Project No: AESPL/IND-E/15-16/EIA/01

Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Proposed Integrated Common Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage & Disposal Facility

(CHWTSDF) at

Plot no. 5, Pissurlem Industrial Estate Phase I, Goa Industrial Development Corporation,

Tahsil Satari, Dist. North Goa Ba

seli

ne

Mo

nit

ori

ng

: S

um

me

r 2

01

6

March 2017

Environmental Consultant: Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd., Mumbai QCI- NABET Accredited EIA Consultant www.aespl.co.in

Declaration by Experts contributing to the EIA “Proposed Integrated common hazardous waste treatment storage and disposal facility (CHWTSDF)” by SMS Envocare limited.

I, hereby, certify that I was a part of the EIA Team in the following capacity that developed the above EIA.

EIA Coordinator:

Name: Dr. Shobha Kamat

Signature & Date: 9th March 2017 Period of involvement: since Feb 2016 Contact information: Mob. 09821513367 E-mail: rajivpers@yahoo.com Functional Area Experts:

S.N. Functional Areas

Name of the Expert/s Involvement (Period &

Task**)

Signature & Date

1 AP* Rajiv Aundhe Since Feb 2016

2 WP* Rajiv Aundhe (Assisted by PK Sarode )

Since Feb 2016

3 SHW* Rajiv Aundhe

(Assisted by PK Sarode ) Since Feb 2016

4 SE* Ms. Aparna Tamhankar Ms Bela Pharate

Since Mar 2016

5 EB* Radhika Powar Dr Shobha Kamat

Since Mar 2016

6 HG* Shrivallabh Kothe Since Mar 2016

7 GEO* Shrivallabh Kothe Since Mar 2016

8 SC Dr N P S Varde Since Mar 2016

9 AQ* Sudhir Verma Since Mar 2016

10 NV* Rajiv Aundhe Since Feb 2016

11 LU* Ms. Bela Pharate Since Mar 2016

12 RH* Nitin Tiwari Assisted by PK Sarode

Since Mar 2016

NOTE : (*) Full forms of abbreviations given on Next Page (**) Tasks for each Functional Area Expert given on Next Page

Declaration be the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organization I, Rajiv V. Aundhe, hereby, confirm that the above mentioned experts prepared the EIA “Proposed Integrated common hazardous waste treatment storage and disposal facility (CHWTSDF) ’ by SMS Envocare limited’’ I also confirm that I shall be fully accountable for any mis-leading information mentioned in this statement.

Name: Rajiv V. Aundhe Designation: Director Name of the EIA Consultant Organization: Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd. NABET Certificate No.& Issue Date: NABET S.N. (3) as per QCI website.

S.N. Functional Area Code

Complete Name of the Functional Areas

Tasks

1 AP Air Pollution Prevention, Monitoring & Control

Assessing baseline ambient air quality, stack emission, possible impacts and control measures

2 WP Water Pollution Prevention, Control & Prediction of Impacts

Assessing baseline surface/ ground water quality, possible impacts and control measures

3 SHW Solid Waste and Hazardous Waste Management

Assessing solid/hazardous waste generation, treatment and disposal

4 SE Socio-Economics Assessing baseline Socioeconomic, demographic situation, impacts and CSR plan/ measures for upliftment

5 EB Ecology and Biodiversity

Assessing baseline biodiversity situation in study area, impacts and Biodiversity management plans

6 HG Hydrology, ground Water & Water Conservation

Assessing baseline hydrogeological situation in study area, impacts and management plans

7 GEO Geology Assessing baseline geological situation in study area, impacts and management plans

8 SC Soil Conservation Studying soil characterictics, assessing soil erosion, soil conservation

9 AQ Meteorology, Air Quality Modeling & Prediction

Assessing nature and scale of impacts on ambient air quality through modelling and management plans

10 NV Noise/ Vibration Assessing baseline ambient noise quality, possible sources, impacts and control measures

11 LU Land Use Assessing baseline Land Use Land cover possible impacts and control measures

12 RH Risk Assessment & Hazard Management

Assessing safety measures taken up by company modeling to assess scale of impacts, disaster management and control measures

Table of Contents

INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................................................ 1

PURPOSE OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT (EIA) REPORT ............................................................. 1 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT & PROJECT PROPONENT .................................................................................... 1

Identification of the Project .......................................................................................................... 1 Project Proponent ......................................................................................................................... 3 Project Location ............................................................................................................................ 3 Importance of the Project to the Country, Region ....................................................................... 5

PRESENT STATUS OF PROJECT ..................................................................................................................... 5 OBJECTIVES AND DESCRIPTION OF ACTITIVES IN EIA ........................................................................................... 6

Objectives of EIA ............................................................................................................................ 6 Activities involved in EIA study..................................................................................................... 6 Structure of EIA Report .................................................................................................................. 9 Regulatory Scoping & Its Compliance ........................................................................................ 11

PROJECT DESCRIPTION ........................................................................................................................... 16

TYPE OF PROJECT .................................................................................................................................... 16 NEED OF THE PROJECT ............................................................................................................................. 16 PROFILE OF INDUSTRIES & HW GENERATING UNITS – GOA ............................................................................... 17

Hazardous Waste generation in Goa state .................................................................................. 17 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT ...................................................................................................................... 18

Connectivity ................................................................................................................................ 18 SIZE/ MAGNITUDE OF OPERATION ............................................................................................................ 21 PROPOSED SCHEDULE FOR APPROVAL & IMPLEMENTATION ........................................................................ 24 TECHNOLOGY & PROCESS DESCRIPTION, ENVIRONMENTAL & SAFETY ASPECTS ............................................ 24

Secured landfill ........................................................................................................................... 24 Capacity of Secured Landfill Facility: ..................................................................................................... 24 Constructional features: .......................................................................................................................... 25 Top Liner: ................................................................................................................................................. 25 Bottom Liner ............................................................................................................................................ 26 Side Liner ................................................................................................................................................. 26 Leachate Drainage / Collection and Its Management ........................................................................... 28 Gaseous Emission Management ............................................................................................................. 28 Surface Runoff Management System ...................................................................................................... 29 Final Cover System .................................................................................................................................. 29

Environmental Monitoring System ........................................................................................................ 29 Closure and Post Closure Maintenance Plan ......................................................................................... 29 Waste acceptance criteria ....................................................................................................................... 30 Number of monitoring locations ............................................................................................................ 30 Number of gas vent of capped SLF ......................................................................................................... 31

Incineration facility .................................................................................................................... 31 Incineration Plant capacity ..................................................................................................................... 32 Waste Characteristics ................................................................................................................................ 32 Categories and types of wastes handled ................................................................................................ 32 Operating standards as per CPCB guidelines ........................................................................................ 37 Emission standards ................................................................................................................................. 37 HW Incineration system.......................................................................................................................... 38 Operating Conditions .............................................................................................................................. 39 Description of Incineration Process ....................................................................................................... 39 On line monitoring .................................................................................................................................... 42 Heat and Mass Balance – Incineration ...................................................................................................... 43

HW segregation, Labelling, Handling .......................................................................................... 48 Handling .................................................................................................................................................... 48 Labelling .................................................................................................................................................... 48 Movement of Wastes within Site .............................................................................................................. 48 Transportation of hazardous and other wastes ........................................................................................ 49

Control over Waste Movement in Transit .................................................................................... 49 Storages details for Hazardous waste ........................................................................................ 50 Electricity and fuel requirement ................................................................................................ 52 Water requirement and waste water generation ...................................................................... 52 Waste water treatment and its management ............................................................................. 54

Sewage Treatment Plant ........................................................................................................................... 55 Effluent Treatment Plant ........................................................................................................................... 56

Employment ................................................................................................................................ 58 Write up on compliance to CPCB protocol ................................................................................... 58

ENVIRONMENTAL ASPECTS ....................................................................................................................... 64 Emission management ................................................................................................................ 64

Odor control .............................................................................................................................................. 65 Solid / hazardous waste generation and management ............................................................ 66 Noise pollution ............................................................................................................................ 67 Thermal pollution ....................................................................................................................... 67 Fugitive emission ........................................................................................................................ 67 Green belt development .............................................................................................................. 67 Occupational health and safety aspect ...................................................................................... 67

RAW MATERIAL REQUIREMENT AND STORAGE ................................................................................................ 68 PROJECT COST AND OPERATING COST ............................................................................................................. 70

Project Cost .................................................................................................................................. 70 FACILITY INFORMATION FLOW AND AGREEMENT FINALISATION ............................................................................ 71

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT .................................................................................................... 73

INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................................................ 73 LAND ENVIRONMENT ............................................................................................................................... 74

Location and Geography .............................................................................................................. 74 Cartographic maps & Google Earth Images of Study Area .......................................................... 75 Physiography & Topography : ..................................................................................................... 77

Contour Maps of Study Area & Vicinity..................................................................................................... 78 Drainage pattern ......................................................................................................................... 82 Geological Setup .......................................................................................................................... 84

Geology and Stratigraphy at Site ............................................................................................................... 85 Interpretation of Resistivity Data: ............................................................................................................. 86

Soil ............................................................................................................................................... 87 Study Area ................................................................................................................................................. 87 Soil Quality in/near CHWTSDF Site ............................................................................................................ 89 Soil composition and Characteristics Study Area .................................................................................. 91 Baseline Soil Analysis at Site - Observation ............................................................................................... 91

Land Use Land Cover Studies ....................................................................................................... 96 Classification Scheme for LULC Map Preparation ..................................................................................... 96 Field Survey ............................................................................................................................................... 97 Area Distribution of Land Use classes ....................................................................................................... 99 LULC Maps over 10km Study Area .......................................................................................................... 100 LULC Maps over 1km Vicinity of Site ....................................................................................................... 102

METEOROLOGY AND CLIMATE .................................................................................................................... 104 IMD Data analysis ...................................................................................................................... 105

AIR ENVIRONMENT ................................................................................................................................ 106 Reconnaissance Survey ............................................................................................................. 106 Baseline Ambient Air Monitoring Studies ................................................................................ 106

Observation of Air quality within study area ...................................................................................... 108 Noise Level Monitoring ............................................................................................................. 109

WATER ENVIRONMENT ............................................................................................................................. 110 Reconnaissance Survey .............................................................................................................. 110 Groundwater Occurrence .......................................................................................................... 110 Surface Water ............................................................................................................................ 113 Baseline Water Monitoring........................................................................................................ 113

Observations on Ground Water analysis ................................................................................................. 117

BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT ....................................................................................................................... 117 Bio-geographical Setting of North Goa District ......................................................................... 117 Baseline Studies of Study Area ................................................................................................... 120

FORESTS .................................................................................................................................................. 121 Human Settlements: ............................................................................................................................... 125 Open Scrub: ............................................................................................................................................. 126 Agricultural Fields: .................................................................................................................................. 127 Horticulture: ............................................................................................................................................ 127 Water Bodies:.......................................................................................................................................... 128

Baseline Studies at Site .............................................................................................................. 132 Observation & Conclusions ........................................................................................................ 134

SOCIO ECONOMIC PROFILE ...................................................................................................................... 134 North Goa District Profile........................................................................................................... 135 Industrial Develpment & Employment ..................................................................................... 136 Profile of Study Area ................................................................................................................. 136 Methodology of Study ............................................................................................................... 137 Profiles of Villages Visited......................................................................................................... 137 Village Infrastructure ............................................................................................................... 140

Roads....................................................................................................................................................... 140 Electricity and Water ............................................................................................................................... 140 Education ................................................................................................................................................ 140 Health ...................................................................................................................................................... 140 Commerce and Trade .............................................................................................................................. 140 Recreation ............................................................................................................................................... 140 Religious places ....................................................................................................................................... 141 Common amenities ................................................................................................................................. 141

Village Economy........................................................................................................................ 141 Social Life .................................................................................................................................. 141 Problem faced by the community ............................................................................................. 143

Water Scarcity ......................................................................................................................................... 143 Health ...................................................................................................................................................... 143 Pollution .................................................................................................................................................. 143 Unemployment ....................................................................................................................................... 143

Needs of the Villages ................................................................................................................. 144 Vocational Training ................................................................................................................................. 144 Sanitation ................................................................................................................................................ 144 Recreation ............................................................................................................................................... 145 Tourist Places .......................................................................................................................................... 145

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES ................................................. 146

INTRODUCTION ....................................................................................................................................... 146 KEY DEFINITIONS ...................................................................................................................................... 146 IDENTIFICATON OF MAJOR ACTIVITIES .......................................................................................................... 146 IMPACT PREDICTION / EVALUATION AND MITIGATION MEASURES ....................................................................... 154 PREDICTION OF IMPACTS DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE AND MITIGATION MEASURES ........................................ 154

Land Environment ...................................................................................................................... 154 Impacts .................................................................................................................................................... 154 Mitigation Measures ............................................................................................................................... 155

Air Environment ......................................................................................................................... 156 Anticipated Impacts ................................................................................................................................ 156 Mitigation Measures ............................................................................................................................... 156

Noise and Environment .............................................................................................................. 157 Impacts .................................................................................................................................................... 157 Mitigation measures ............................................................................................................................... 157

Ecology and Biodiversity : .......................................................................................................... 157 Impacts .................................................................................................................................................... 157 Mitigation Measures ............................................................................................................................... 157

Socioeconomic Environment ...................................................................................................... 158 Impacts .................................................................................................................................................... 158 Mitigation Measures ............................................................................................................................... 158

PREDICTION OF IMPACTS DURING COMMISSIONING PHASE AND MITIGATION MEASURES ...................................... 158 Anticipated Impacts ................................................................................................................... 158 Mitigation Measures ................................................................................................................. 159

PREDICTION OF IMPACTS DURING OPERATION PHASE AND MITIGATION MEASURES .............................................. 159 Land Environment ...................................................................................................................... 159

Impacts .................................................................................................................................................... 159 Mitigation Measures ............................................................................................................................... 160

Air Environment : ....................................................................................................................... 163 Quantitative Assessment of Impacts due Fuel / Waste Burning ............................................................. 163 Mitigation Measures air environment .................................................................................................... 170

Noise & Vibration environment ................................................................................................. 171 Impacts .................................................................................................................................................... 171 Mitigation measures ............................................................................................................................... 171

Water Environment ................................................................................................................... 172 Impacts .................................................................................................................................................... 172 Mitigation Measures : ............................................................................................................................. 173 Rainwater Harvesting Scheme ................................................................................................................ 173 Proposed Effluent Treatment facility ...................................................................................................... 177

Ecology and biodiversity ............................................................................................................ 177 Anticipated Impacts ................................................................................................................................ 177 Mitigation Measures ............................................................................................................................... 178 Green Belt Development ......................................................................................................................... 178 Onsite Green belt area ............................................................................................................................ 179

Socio economic environment ..................................................................................................... 180 Impact ..................................................................................................................................................... 180 Mitigation Measures ............................................................................................................................... 182

CLOSURE AND POST-CLOSURE MAINTENANCE PLAN ....................................................................................... 187 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT MATRIX .............................................................................................................. 187

OBSERVATIONS AND CONCLUSIONS ............................................................................................................. 192

ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES ................................................................................................................ 193

PREAMPLE .............................................................................................................................................. 193 ALTERNATIVE SITE ANALYSIS ....................................................................................................................... 193

Alternate Sites Considered : .................................................................................................................... 193 Compliance of the site with site selection criteria (Selection of the Proposed Site) ............................... 194

ANALYSIS OF TECHNOLOGICAL ASPECTS ........................................................................................................ 195 Waste minimization ................................................................................................................... 195 Treatment of Hazardous waste ................................................................................................. 196 Collection, Transportation and Disposal .................................................................................... 197 Disposal of Hazardous Waste .................................................................................................... 197

Landfill Disposal ...................................................................................................................................... 198 Advantages .............................................................................................................................................. 200 Waste Input ............................................................................................................................................. 200 Dumping at Sea ....................................................................................................................................... 201 Underground Disposal ............................................................................................................................ 201 Transportation alternatives .................................................................................................................... 202

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME ................................................................................... 204

INTRODUCTION ....................................................................................................................................... 204 Objective of Environmental Monitoring Program...................................................................... 204

ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAM ...................................................................................................... 204 Construction phase .................................................................................................................... 205 Commissioning and Operation phase ........................................................................................ 209 Post closure monitoring phase .................................................................................................. 211 Post Closure Monitoring Plan .................................................................................................... 213

Closure and Post-Closure Maintenance Plan .......................................................................................... 213 Post closure stabilization, operation and care ........................................................................................ 213 Operation after Closure .......................................................................................................................... 214 Landfill Monitoring .................................................................................................................................. 214 Periodic Inspection and Maintenance ..................................................................................................... 215

Environmental laboratory equipments ...................................................................................... 218 Measurement Methodologies ................................................................................................... 219 Environmental management cell ............................................................................................... 219 Pollution monitoring facilities .................................................................................................... 220 Reporting schedule of the monitoring data ............................................................................... 220

Budget provisions for EMP ......................................................................................................... 221 Public health monitoring ........................................................................................................... 222

ADDITIONAL STUDIES (RISK ASSESSMENT, PUBLIC HEARING) ............................................................. 223

INTRODUCTION ....................................................................................................................................... 223 RISK ASSESSMENT AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN .................................................................................... 223

Risk Analysis ............................................................................................................................... 223 Hazard identification and evaluation ........................................................................................ 223 Hazard identification ................................................................................................................. 228 Hazardous waste to be handled at TSDF site............................................................................. 228 Details of flammable substances storages at TSDF site ........................................................... 228 Hazardous activities at TSDF site ............................................................................................... 229 Human health risk at TSDF site .................................................................................................. 229

Exposure Pathways ................................................................................................................................. 229 Hazards due to loss of containment .......................................................................................... 230

Release of Flammable waste ................................................................................................................... 230 Fire in stored hazardous waste at TSDF site............................................................................................ 230

Identification of major hazards as per government rules .......................................................... 231 Identification of Toxic, Flammable, explosive chemicals ........................................................................ 231 Applicability of Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules, 1989 and subsequent

amendments ............................................................................................................................................................ 232 Storage facilities of Hazardous chemicals at TSDF .................................................................... 232 Nature of possible hazards at CHWTSDF site ............................................................................ 233 Maximum Credible Accident (MCA) Analysis for Diesel Storage area ....................................... 233 Quatitative risk assessment based on ALOHA ........................................................................... 235

CONSOLIDATED PREVENTIVE AND PROTECTIVE MEASURES BASED ON ALOHA AND GOOD MANUFACTURING PRACTICES

237 Risk mitigation measures for the proposed TSDF ...................................................................... 238

Collection and Transportation of Hazardous Wastes ......................................................................... 238 Storage area (Storage shed) .................................................................................................................... 238 Drums / container storage ...................................................................................................................... 239 Leakage / spillage control measures ....................................................................................................... 239 Fire protection measures / systems ........................................................................................................ 240 Miscellaneous risk mitigation measures ................................................................................................. 240 Hazard Analysis and safety audit ............................................................................................................ 241 Information display at TSDF site ............................................................................................................. 241

ON SITE EMERGENCY PLAN ......................................................................................................................... 241 Defining nature of Emergency ................................................................................................................ 242

Emergency classification ............................................................................................................ 243 Emergency handling priority ...................................................................................................... 243 Elements of planning ................................................................................................................. 243

Legal Authority and Responsibility .......................................................................................................... 243 Organization Structure – Duties and Responsibilities ............................................................................. 244

INFRASTRUCTURE ..................................................................................................................................... 248 Operational systems during emergencies .................................................................................. 248

Communication system ........................................................................................................................... 248 Warning system and control ................................................................................................................... 249

Mutual Aid ................................................................................................................................. 249 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN ................................................................................................................... 250

Earthquake ................................................................................................................................ 251 Flooding of Landfill, Landslides etc ............................................................................................ 252 Major Explosion of Chemicals / Fire and Toxic Gas release in landfill or Stores ........................ 255 Soil contamination and water sources due to leakage of contaminants control measures ...... 257 Toxic gases release from Incinerator ......................................................................................... 258

HAZARD CONTROL MEASURES ................................................................................................................... 259 Fire ............................................................................................................................................. 259 Natural Disasters ....................................................................................................................... 259 Electrical accidents .................................................................................................................... 261

Prevention of Electrical accidents ........................................................................................................... 261 Fire detection and Protection measures proposed ................................................................................. 263 First aid and emergency procedures ....................................................................................................... 264 Types of Fire extinguishers ...................................................................................................................... 265

PUBLIC CONSULTATION ............................................................................................................................. 265 Public Hearing ............................................................................................................................ 265 Social Impact Assessment, R & R (Relocation and Rehabilitation) action plan.......................... 265

PROJECT BENEFITS ............................................................................................................................... 266

INTRODUCTION ....................................................................................................................................... 266 HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT BENEFITS ................................................................................................ 266

Benefits of Landfill ..................................................................................................................... 267 Improvements in physical and social infrastructure .................................................................. 267 Employment Potential ............................................................................................................... 268 Other Tangible benefits ............................................................................................................. 269

ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS ......................................................................................... 270

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN .......................................................................................... 272

INTRODUCTION ....................................................................................................................................... 272 PURPOSE OF THE ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ................................................................................. 272

Financial Provisions for EMP Implementation ........................................................................... 276 Authorities Responsible for EMP Implementation ..................................................................... 276 EMP Implementation Schedule .................................................................................................. 277

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION........................................................................................ 279

INTRODUCTION ....................................................................................................................................... 279 COMPANY AND PROJECT PROPONENT .......................................................................................................... 279 PROJECT DESCRIPTION .............................................................................................................................. 280

Overall objectives ....................................................................................................................... 281 Land details ................................................................................................................................ 281 Water requirement and waste water generation ...................................................................... 282 Power and Fuel requirement ..................................................................................................... 282 Manpower requirement............................................................................................................. 283

DESCRIPMENT OF ENVIRONMENT AND BASELINE STATUS ................................................................................. 283 Study period and area................................................................................................................ 283 Land use and land cover ............................................................................................................ 283 Meterology ................................................................................................................................ 283 Soil quality within study area..................................................................................................... 283

Soil quality in site: ................................................................................................................................... 284 Ambient air quality .................................................................................................................... 284 Noise .......................................................................................................................................... 285 Borewell water quality ............................................................................................................... 285 Biological environment .............................................................................................................. 285 Socio economic environment ..................................................................................................... 286

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES ............................................................... 286 Air environment ......................................................................................................................... 286 Traffic ......................................................................................................................................... 287 Noise environment ..................................................................................................................... 287 Water environment ................................................................................................................... 287 Land environment ...................................................................................................................... 287 Biological environment .............................................................................................................. 288 Socio economic environment ..................................................................................................... 288 Environmental Monitoring Program .......................................................................................... 288

ADDITIONAL STUDIES................................................................................................................................ 288 Risk Assessment, Hazard identification and consequence analysis ........................................... 288

PROJECT BENEFITS ................................................................................................................................... 289 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN .......................................................................................................... 290 GREEN BELT ............................................................................................................................................ 293

RAIN WATER HARVESTING ...................................................................................................................... 293 CONCLUSION ...................................................................................................................................... 293

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED ....................................................................................... 295

List of Tables

Table 1-1 Salient Features of the Project ............................................................................................................... 2 Table 1-2 Compliance to Standard ToR Prescribed by MOEF&CC ........................................................................ 11 Table 1-3 Compliance to Additional TOR granted in 4th EAC (Infra 2) meeting ................................................... 13 Table 2-1 Distribution of industries in North Goa ................................................................................................ 17 Table 2-2 Waste type and quntities ...................................................................................................................... 18 Table 2-3 Site location co ordinates ..................................................................................................................... 18 Table 2-4 Capacity and area of proposed site ..................................................................................................... 21 Table 2-5 Land break up for proposed expansion site ......................................................................................... 21 Table 2-6 Project implementation schedule ......................................................................................................... 24 Table 2-7 Landfill cell details ................................................................................................................................ 24 Table 2-8 Incineration plant details ...................................................................................................................... 32 Table 2-9 Average characteristics of Incinerable Waste ...................................................................................... 32 Table 2-10 Operating standards as per CPCB guidelines ...................................................................................... 37 Table 2-11 Electricity and fuel requirement ......................................................................................................... 52 Table 2-12 Water Requirement and Waste Water Generation ........................................................................... 53 Table 2-13 Manpower Requirement .................................................................................................................... 58 Table 2-14 Pointwise Compliance w r t CPCB Protocol........................................................................................ 59 Table 2-15 Details of Stacks .................................................................................................................................. 65 Table 2-16 Details of hazardous and non hazardous waste – proposed facility .................................................. 66 Table 2-17 Raw Material Required and Storage Details ....................................................................................... 69 Table 2-18 Project Finance means ....................................................................................................................... 70 Table 2-19 Broad Project Cost Break .................................................................................................................... 70 Table 2-20 Overall Phase I & II cost ...................................................................................................................... 71 Table 3-1 Centre Coordinates for Study Area, CHWTSDF, Pissurlem ................................................................... 77 Table 3-2 General Stratigraphic succession of North Goa ................................................................................... 84 Table 3-3 Interpreted Lithological Section ........................................................................................................... 87 Table 3-4 Soil Sampling Locations- Study Area ..................................................................................................... 88 Table 3-5 Soil Analysis Study Area ........................................................................................................................ 88 Table 3-6 Soil Sampling Locations at Site ............................................................................................................. 91 Table 3-7 Soil Sample Analysis at CHWTSDF Site .................................................................................................. 94 Table 3-8 Standard Soil Classification ................................................................................................................... 96 Table 3-9 Land Use Land Cover Classes ................................................................................................................ 96 Table 3-10 GPS points showing Geographical coordinates .................................................................................. 98 Table 3-11 Definition of all Land Use Land Cover Classes .................................................................................... 99 Table 3-12 Landuse/ Landcover Statistics of the 10 km radius Area .................................................................. 101 Table 3-13 LULC Statistics of the 1 km angular distance around project site ..................................................... 103 Table 3-14 Meteoreological data for Summer 2016 (Mar – May 2016) ............................................................. 105 Table 3-15 Details of Ambient Air Monitoring Stations ...................................................................................... 106 Table 3-16 Summarized AAQM Results- Summer 2016 ..................................................................................... 107 Table 3-17 Relevant National Ambient Air Quality Standards (CPCB, 2009) ...................................................... 109 Table 3-18 Ambient Noise Level Survey ............................................................................................................. 109 Table 3-19 Groundwater Resources for Sattari Taluka ....................................................................................... 113 Table 3-20 Locations of Ground Water Wells ..................................................................................................... 113 Table 3-21 Analysis of Well Water ...................................................................................................................... 114 Table 3-22 District wise forest cover, 2015 ........................................................................................................ 119 Table 3-23 Distribution of forest cover in Bicholim, Sattari, Ponda taluka ........................................................ 121 Table 3-24 List of Flora observed on site ............................................................................................................ 133 Table 3-25 List of fauna observed/ evidenced within site .................................................................................. 134 Table 3-26 Comparison of Primary & Secondary data ........................................................................................ 134 Table 3-27 North Goa Census Data..................................................................................................................... 135 Table 3-28 North Goa- Blocks and area covered ................................................................................................ 135 Table 3-29 Demographic Profile of Study Area .................................................................................................. 136 Table 3-30 Population Census Data of Villages visited ....................................................................................... 137 Table 3-31 Literacy and sex ratio data of Villages visited .................................................................................. 138

Table 3-32Workforce data of villages ................................................................................................................. 139 Table 3-33 Infrastructure in Villages ................................................................................................................... 142 Table 3-34 Problems and Needs of the Villages ................................................................................................. 144 Table 4-1 Identification of Aspect and Impact .................................................................................................... 148 Table 4-2 Fuel requirement ................................................................................................................................ 163 Table 4-3 Stack and pollutants quantative details .............................................................................................. 163 Table 4-4 Highest Incremental Increase in concentration of Air Pollutant (SO2) ............................................... 165 Table 4-5 Prediction of GLC of SO2 .................................................................................................................... 166 Table 4-6 Highest Incremental Increase in concentration of Air Pollutant (NOx) .............................................. 166 Table 4-7 Prediction of GLC of NOx ................................................................................................................... 167 Table 4-8 Highest Incremental Increase in concentration of Air Pollutant (PM10) ............................................. 167 Table 4-9 Prediction of GLC of PM10 ................................................................................................................... 168 Table 4-10 Highest Incremental Increase in concentration of Air Pollutant (HCl) .............................................. 169 Table 4-11 Prediction of GLC of HCl .................................................................................................................... 169 Table 4-12 Template for Occupational health of the workers ........................................................................... 186 Table 4-13 Activities Proposed under CSR .......................................................................................................... 187 Table 4-14 Environmental Impact Matrix Evaluation without Mitigation Measures ......................................... 190 Table 4-15 Environmental Impact Matrix Evaluation with Mitigation Measures ............................................... 191 Table 5-1 Selection of site based on knock out criteria ...................................................................................... 194 Table 6-1 Environmental Monitoring to support Construction Phase EMP ....................................................... 206 Table 6-2 Environmental Monitoring to support Operation Phase EMP............................................................ 209 Table 6-3 Environmental Monitoring to support Post Closure phase EMP ........................................................ 211 Table 6-4 Laboratory equipments ...................................................................................................................... 218 Table 6-5 Reporting schedules ........................................................................................................................... 220 Table 6-6 Budgetary Provisions for EMP ........................................................................................................... 222 Table 7-1 Hazard Identification & Risk Assessment at Different Project Stages ............................................... 225 Table 7-2 Details of hazardous waste handled ................................................................................................... 228 Table 7-3 Details of fuel handled and storage .................................................................................................... 229 Table 7-4 Toxicity limits ..................................................................................................................................... 231 Table 7-5 Description of Applicable Provisions of MSIHC Rules ........................................................................ 232 Table 7-6 Details of Proposed Chemicals to be Stored ....................................................................................... 232 Table 7-7 Hazardous chemicals at site................................................................................................................ 233 Table 7-8 Effect of heat radiation ....................................................................................................................... 234 Table 7-9 Heat radiation and fatality ................................................................................................................. 235 Table 7-10 Consequence Analysis studies carried out........................................................................................ 235 Table 7-11 Failure Frequency Data ..................................................................................................................... 236 Table 7-12 Findings of Consequence Analysis Studies ....................................................................................... 237 Table 7-13 Vulnerable Area for Flood, Mudslides in Sattari Taluka ................................................................... 253 Table 7-14 First aid for burns ............................................................................................................................. 264 Table 10-1 Project Implementation Schedule .................................................................................................... 277 Table 10-2 Implementation Schedule for Major actions in the EMP ................................................................. 277 Table 11-1 Proposed project details ................................................................................................................... 280 Table 11-2Land area break up ............................................................................................................................ 281 Table 11-3 Water Requirement And Waste Water Generation ......................................................................... 282 Table 11-4 Power and fuel requirement ............................................................................................................ 282 Table 11-5 Manpower Requirement .................................................................................................................. 283 Table 3-26 Comparison of Primary & Secondary data ........................................................................................ 285 Table 11-6 Environmental Management Plan ................................................................................................... 291

List of Figures Figure 1-1 Map showing location of Pissurlem in Sattari Taluka ............................................................................ 4 Figure 1-2 Flow chart of EIA study .......................................................................................................................... 7 Figure 2-1 Location of Pissurlem Industrial estate in Goa state ........................................................................... 19 Figure 2-2 Location of CHWTSDF Plot in IDC Pissurlem ........................................................................................ 20 Figure 2-3 Site & Surrounding 10 km study area .................................................................................................. 20 Figure 2-4 Site & Surroundings 1 km study area .................................................................................................. 21 Figure 2-5 CHWTSDF Layout ............................................................................................................................... 23 Figure 2-6 Top liner details .................................................................................................................................. 26 Figure 2-7 Bottom liner details ............................................................................................................................. 26 Figure 2-8 Side liner details .................................................................................................................................. 27 Figure 2-9 Cross section view of landfill ............................................................................................................... 28 Figure 2-10 Heat and Mass Balance Incinerator Project ...................................................................................... 46 Figure 2-11 Mass Transfer across Associated Utilities.......................................................................................... 47 Figure 2-12 Schematic Process Flow of Waste Material in Site ............................................................................ 48 Figure 2-13 Water balance diagram without leachate ......................................................................................... 53 Figure 2-14 Water Balance diagram with Leachate .............................................................................................. 54 Figure 2-15 Proposed STP scheme ....................................................................................................................... 55 Figure 2-16 Proposed ETP scheme ....................................................................................................................... 57 Figure 3-1 Detailed map of 10 km radius study area around Project Site ............................................................ 75 Figure 3-2 Composite Map showing Topographical Features in Study Area ........................................................ 76 Figure 3-3 Google Earth Image of Study Area ..................................................................................................... 76 Figure 3-4 Google Earth Image showing 1km Vicinity around CHWTSDF site ...................................................... 77 Figure 3-5 Schematic E-W profile of Goa showing various Physiographic units ................................................. 78 Figure 3-6 Contour map of 1 km angular distance around Project Site ............................................................... 79 Figure 3-7 View of Site from surrounding area .................................................................................................... 80 Figure 3-8 Contour Plan with Layout Superimposed ............................................................................................ 81 Figure 3-9 Map showing Physiographic divisions and drainages of Goa ............................................................. 82 Figure 3-10 Drainage map of 10 km radius area around Project Site ................................................................... 83 Figure 3-11 Drainage map of 1 km angular distance around Project Site ............................................................ 84 Figure 3-12 Geophysical survey with resistivity meter ......................................................................................... 86 Figure 3-13 Resistivity survey Graph for TSDF Site ............................................................................................... 86 Figure 3-14 Interpreted Profile of Subsurface Rocks ........................................................................................... 87 Figure 3-15 Nearest Villages to CHWTSDF Site ..................................................................................................... 90 Figure 3-16 Soil Sample Location within plot ....................................................................................................... 93 Figure 3-17 Map of GPS points Field Study for LULC Determination.................................................................... 97 Figure 3-18 Geo-referenced False Colour Composite (FCC) Resourcesat-2 satellite image ............................... 100 Figure 3-19 Landuse/landcover map of 10 km radius area around Project Site ................................................ 101 Figure 3-20 Landuse/landcover statistics of 10 km radius area around Project Site ......................................... 102 Figure 3-21 Landuse/landcover map of 1 km angular distance around Project Site .......................................... 103 Figure 3-22 Landuse/landcover statistics of 1 km radius area around Project Site ........................................... 104 Figure 3-23 Windrose diagram – Summer 2016 ................................................................................................. 106 Figure 3-24 Locations of AAQM stations ............................................................................................................ 107 Figure 3-25 Dry open dug well in Pissurlem village ............................................................................................ 111 Figure 3-26 Depth to water level map of North Goa -post monsoon ................................................................. 111 Figure 3-27 Depth to water level map of North Goa -post monsoon ................................................................ 112 Figure 3-28 Hydrogeological Map – North Goa ................................................................................................. 112 Figure 3-29 Study Area in North Goa District ..................................................................................................... 118 Figure 3-30 Protected Areas in Goa and Appx. Location of Study Area (Red Circle) .......................................... 119 Figure 3-31 Forest Cover in Goa ......................................................................................................................... 120 Figure 3-32: Hilly terrain with scrub and moist-deciduous vegetation .............................................................. 121 Figure 3-33 Imagery showing Site, Study area, ESA Villages, (Western Ghats) Madei & Bondla WLSs & their ESZ. ............................................................................................................................................................................ 122 Figure 3-34 Glimpses of Sanctuaries visited ....................................................................................................... 123 Figure 3-35 Fauna Observed in Bondla WLS ....................................................................................................... 124

Figure 3-36 Spread of Western Ghats in Goa & Study Area (Red Circle) ............................................................ 125 Figure 3-37: Occupation in Study area ............................................................................................................... 126 Figure 3-40: Sugar cane farm .............................................................................................................................. 127 Figure 3-40: Abandoned paddy fields ................................................................................................................. 127 Figure 3-38: Open Scrub land ............................................................................................................................. 127 Figure 3-41 Plantation/ horticulture in Study Area ............................................................................................ 128 Figure 3-42: Avifauna in/near water bodies in study area ................................................................................. 129 Figure 3-43 Flora & Fauna Observed in Study Area ........................................................................................... 130 Figure 3-44 Proposed Site view towards South & East respectively .................................................................. 132 Figure 3-45 Avifauna at site ................................................................................................................................ 132 Figure 3-46 Flora at site ...................................................................................................................................... 133 Figure 3-47: Aravelam Caves, Notified Archeological monument ...................................................................... 145 Figure 4-1 Manifest system as per HW Rules, 2016 ........................................................................................... 161 Figure 4-2 Windrose of Summer 2016 season .................................................................................................... 164 Figure 4-3 Isopleths of SO2 (Stack Coordinates 0,0) ........................................................................................... 165 Figure 4-4 Isopleths of NOx (Stack Coordinates 0,0) .......................................................................................... 167 Figure 4-5 Isopleths of PM10 (Stack Coordinates 0,0) ......................................................................................... 168 Figure 4-6 Isopleths of HCl (Stack Coordinates 0,0)............................................................................................ 170 Figure 4-7 Long term rainfall: District – North Goa ............................................................................................ 174 Figure 4-8 Rainwater Harvesting Pond with PVC sheet lining ............................................................................ 175 Figure 4-9 Vertical Section of Storm water Drain .............................................................................................. 176 Figure 4-10 Flow chart of Effluent Treatment Plant ........................................................................................... 177 Figure 4-11 Focal Points for CSR Activities - CHWTSDF ...................................................................................... 184 Figure 6-1 Proposed Organisational Set up for Management ........................................................................... 219 Figure 7-1 GSHAP Earthquake Hazard Map Goa ................................................................................................ 251 Figure 7-2 Types of Fire Extinguishers ................................................................................................................ 265

LIST OF ANNEXURES

Number Contents/Title No. of Pages

1.1 GIDC Plot Allotment letter dt. 11.02.16 3 1.1 GIDC Phase 2 allotment letter dt 19.05.16 3 1.2 Official Gazette Goa 6 1.3 Sanad Form1 & Form 14 6 1.4 Approved TOR letter from MoEF & CC 4 1.4 Standard ToR approved by MOEFCC 2 2.1 Proposed Layout plan 1 3.1 Toposheet 1 3.2 Land use and Land cover report 36 3.3 AAQM results 15

3.4A Secondary Data Ecology and Biodiversity 8 3.4 B Primary Listing Ecology and Biodiversity 13 3.5 Socio economic data 6 7.1 ALOHA study and results 9 7.2 Qualitative rsk assessment 7

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

Abbreviation Full form

AAQ Ambient Air Quality

ACGIH American Council for Governmental Industrial Hygienists

BDL Below Detectable Limit

BOD Biological Oxygen Demand

COD Chemical Oxygen Demand

CO Carbon monoxide

CHWTSDF Common Hazardous Waste Treatment Storage and Disposal Facility

CETP Common Effluent Treatment Plant

CREP Corporate Responsibility for Environment Protection

CPCB Central Pollution Control Board

CGWA Central Ground Water Authority

CMD Cubic Meter Per Day

CSR Corporate social responsibility

DISH Directorate of Industrial Safety and Hygiene

dB Decibel

DG Diesel generator

DMP Disaster management plan

EAC Expert appraisal committee

EIA Environment Impact Assessment

ERPG Emergency Response Planning Guidelines

EMP Environment Management Plan

EC Environment Clearance

EHS Enviornment health and safety

EQMP Environment quality management plan

ERT Emergency response team

ETP Effluent treatment plant

GIDC Goa Industrial Development Corporation

GLC Ground Level Concentration

GIS Geographic information system

HW Hazardous Waste

ISO International Organization for Standardization

IMD Indian Meteriological department

IRS Indian remote sensing satellite

ISCST Indian source complex short term model

LULC Land Use Land Cover

MCAS Maximum credible accident scenerio

MTPD Metric Ton Per Day

MSDS Material Safety Data Sheet

Abbreviation Full form

MSIHC Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals

MOEF &CC Ministry of Environment and Forest and climate change

MPCB Maharashtra Pollution Control Board

NOC No Objection Certificate

NAAQS National Ambient Air Quality Standard

NOx Oxides of nitrogen

O&M Operation and Maintenance

OHSAS Occupational Hazard and Safety

PCB Pollution control board

PFD Process flow diagram

PM Particulate Matter

PPE Personal Protective Equipment

RWH Rain Water Harvesting

SLF Secured land fill

SO2 Sulphur dioxide

SEAC State level expert appraisal committee

STEL Short Term Exposure Limit

SOCMI Synthetic Organic Chemicals Manufacturing Industry

TLV Threshold Limiting Value

TWA Time Weighted Average

TOR Term of Reference

TA Metric Ton Per Annum

TPH Ton Per Hour

TOR Terms of reference

USEPA United states environment protection agency

VOC Volatile organic compounds

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 1 – Introduction

Environmental Consultant Page 1

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

INTRODUCTION

Purpose of Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is a process of identifying, predicting, evaluating and mitigating the biophysical, social, and other relevant effects of development proposals prior to major decisions being taken and commitments made. These studies integrate the environmental concerns of developmental activities into the process of decision-making. EIA has emerged as one of the successful policy innovations of the 20th Century in the process of ensuring sustained development. Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) serves as useful tool in prediction of potential impacts on the surrounding environment due to developmental project. It helps the project proponent, impact assessment authorities, regulatory agencies and other stakeholders in understanding the project, environmental impacts and mitigation measures, and establishing emission requirements and other measures early in the project cycle. This report describes the project location, baseline environmental scenario, potential impacts of the project on the environment and proposed measures for effective environment management during the project cycle (Environmental Management Plan during construction and operation stage of the project).

The purpose of this Environmental Impact Assessment report is to investigate the principal environmental concerns, assess magnitude of impact and suggest a suitable adequate measure in Environmental Management Plan for the proposed development of Common Hazardous Waste Treatment Storage and Disposal Facility (CHWTSDF) by M/s SMS Envocare limited (SMSEL) at Plot No. 5, Pissurlem Industrial Estate Phase I, Pissurlem Village, Satari Tahsil, District North Goa, Goa state.

SMS Envocare is the group company promoted by SMS Ltd. In a short span of time the company has emerged as one of the major Environmental Infrastructure development and Renewable Energy Company.

The company believes in adopting the best eco-friendly technology available world over for the scientific disposal of wastes. Hence in 2005-06 the company signed an agreement with Westinghouse Corporation US (Now Alter NRG Corporation Canada) for destruction of Incinerable Hazardous Waste by Plasma Gasification vitrification Technology. This state of the art Technology is being used at the two operational CHWTSDF Sites of the company.

Identification of project & project proponent

Identification of the Project

The Proposed Project falls under S. No. 7(d) of Activity “Common Hazardous Waste

This chapter describes information of the Project, Project Proponent, need of the EIA study, regulatory framework, scope and EIA methodology adopted and structure of the report.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 1 – Introduction

Environmental Consultant Page 2

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Treatment, Storage and Disposal Facilities (CHWTSDFs)” Category ‘A’ as per EIA Notification, 2006 as amended till date. Salient features of the project are summerised in table below

Table 1-1 Salient Features of the Project No Parameter Description 1 Identification of the

Project Proposed Integrated Common Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage & Disposal Facility (CHWTSDF)

2 Project Proponent SMS Envocare Limited 3 Brief description of nature

of the project As per the Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Trans boundary Movement) Rules, 2016 under Environment (Protection) Act, 1986, the hazardous waste generated by industries has to be collected, transported, treated and disposed in a properly designed CHWTSDF Facility. CPCB has laid down guidelines for collection, storage, transportation and disposal of hazardous wastes. The scientific disposal of landfillable hazardous waste can be done at a secured landfill, which requires proper design and operation according to existing guidelines. The proposal is to establish setting up facility for secured landfill and incineration of Hazardous waste.

4 Salient features 4.1 Proposed plant capacity Direct Landfill: 25,000 TPA,

Incineration: 1.5 Ton/ Hr 4.2 Total plot area 77,574 sq m 4.3 Location Plot no. 5, Pissurlem Industrial Estate Phase I,

Tahsil Satari, Dist. North Goa Nearest state highway State highway no 1 (about 1 km away) Nearest railway station Tiwim (24 km north west) Nearest airport Dabolim ( 32 km)

4.4 Water requirement 205 cmd 4.5 Source of water Goa Industrial Development Corporation Goa- IDC 4.6 Waste water Leachate / Effluent from landfill / incineration will be

treated in effluent treatment plant and recycled. 4.7 Manpower During Construction phase, the labors and workers

will be hired from nearby villages Construction phase: ~ 65 workmen Operation phase: 27 workmen

4.8 Electricity/power requirement

250 KVA from Goa State Electricity Board 320 KVA DG set for emergency use

4.9 Land form, Land use and Land ownership

The project is proposed at Industrial plot of Pissurlem Industrial estate, industrial area of North Goa district.

4.10 Estimated cost of the project

Rs. 98 Crores (30 % Equity / owner contribution & 70 % Term loan from Financial institution / banks

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 1 – Introduction

Environmental Consultant Page 3

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Project Proponent

M/s SMS Envocare Ltd. (SMSEL), a group company of SMS Infrastructure Ltd. has its head office at Nagpur. SMS Infrastructure is actively involved in development and implementation of various infrastructure projects on BOOT (Build, Own, Operate and Transfer) basis in Roadways, Railways, Irrigation, Toll Management, Environment and clean Energy etc. SMS Infrastructure Ltd is floated by Late SK Sancheti and its Board of Directors has Professionals from various fields (please refer web site www.smsl.co.in for more details). SMS has been expanding its presence across the country and abroad and is today present across more than 10 cities in India having branch offices and various site offices together with an employee base of over 1300. It is among the first 500 unlisted companies in the country in terms of turnover.

SMS Envoclean is already operating several Common Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage and Disposal Facilities (CHWTSDF) as given below:

Location of CHWTSDF

Details Catering to

Ranjangaon, Pune By name Maharashtra Enviro Power Ltd , includes Secured Landfilling facility and Plasma based Incinerator facility

Industries in Pune, Solapur, Satara, Ahmednagar, Nashik and Aurangabad districts of Maharashtra

Butibori By name Vidharbha Enviro Protection Ltd, includes Secured Landfilling facility and Plasma based Incinerator facility

Industries in Nagpur, Akola, Amrawati, Yawatmal Chandrapur, Buldhana districts of Maharashtra

Shendra, Aurangabad

Under implementation Industries in Jalgaon, Ahmednagar, Buldhana, Latur and Aurangabad districts of Maharashtra

SMS Envoclean Ltd (a group company) is also operating several common infrastructure projects in environmental field as below: • CETP Nagpur, Kolhapur, Aurangabad • Centralized Biomedical Waste Treatment, Storage and Disposal Facility (CBMWTSDF

Facility) Mumbai , Delhi, Waluj, Aurangabad • Installation of centralized treatment facility for Bio-Medical Waste Management at

Vikaspuri, Delhi (CBMWTSDF Facility)

Project Location

Proposed Common Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage and Disposal Facility will be located at Plot No. 5, GIDC Pissurlem, At Post. Pissurlem Post office, Taluka. Satari Dist. North Goa, Goa.

The proposed Facility will be developed in two phases the first phase will only be a landfill site and the second phase will have the Incineration Facility.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 1 – Introduction

Environmental Consultant Page 4

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

(CHWTSDF site : Pissurlem 15031’59.23” N and 74003’55.58”E, Taluka Sattari, District South Goa )

Figure 1-1 Map showing location of Pissurlem in Sattari Taluka

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 1 – Introduction

Environmental Consultant Page 5

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Importance of the Project to the Country, Region

There is a growing concern all over the country for the disposal of hazardous wastes generated from anthropogenic sources. The waste generators find it difficult to dispose their hazardous wastes without causing environmental disturbance; very few scientific disposal facilities are available.

The Hazardous Waste (Management And Handling) Rules 1989 subsequently revised in 2000, 2003, 2008 and 2016, promulgated under the Environment Protection Act 1986 govern the generation, handling, storage, treatment and disposal of Hazardous Wastes. Schedule I and II of the 2016 Rules clearly identify hazardous waste from processes, their characteristics and concentration levels beyond which a waste will be termed as hazardous. As per the Rules, the hazardous wastes need to be disposed off in a secured manner without causing environmental damage. CPCB has published several Guidelines for waste characterization and criteria to choose disposal pathways.

Efforts to draw up inventories of Common hazardous waste generated in the country were initiated in year 2003-04 as a follow up to the recommendations of the High Power Committee (HPC) set up under Chairmanship of Shri MGK Menon and Supreme Court Monitoring Committee (SCMC) established by Hon Supreme Court of India. Many reports by CPCB, Delhi have pointed to the need for Common Facilities for Hazardous Waste Disposal in moderately generating HW states like Goa, considering the total quantity of waste generated (estimated 31,000 TPA from 900 plus units in 2008-09) (http://cpcbbrms.nic.in/writeread/HW%20Management.pdf).

The primary objective of this project is to provide scientific treatment/ disposal of Hazardous Wastes through Incineration/ common landfill facility to cater to the hazardous wastes generation in Goa state.

Present Status of Project

In view of increasing industrial activity in the state leading to an increasing industrial waste load, industries and GIDC encouraged the Industries to form a special purpose

vehicle designated as Goa Industries Environment Management Association (GEIMA). GEIMA is an umbrella organization of industries generating hazardous waste formed in the State of Goa primarily to address the issues of hazardous waste disposal. GEIMA is facilitating this project of hazardous waste disposal site in Goa for and on behalf of Goan industries.

M/s SMS Envocare Ltd. (SMSEL) has been awarded the contract vide LOI dt 03.06.2013 for developing the CHWTSDF within the Goa Industrial Development Corporation’s (GIDC) industrial estate located in Pissurlem Phase I, on Build, Own, Operate & Transfer (BOOT) basis for an active period of 25 years and post monitoring period of 30 years by forming a Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV). M/s SMS Envocare Ltd. (SMSEL) has incorporated a ‘SPV’ in the Name of ‘M/s Ponda Envocare Ltd’.

Land was identified on the basis of CPCB rejection or knock out criteria. Site visits were done in April 2015 by SMSEL representative, President GIEMA and PA to Chairman GIDC. Various sites were visited and suitable land was identified for the development of CHWTSDF.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 1 – Introduction

Environmental Consultant Page 6

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Land allotment order was issued by Goa- IDC for allotting 57,574 m2 (on 11.02.2016) and additionally for 20,000 m2 on 19.05.2016 in Pissurlem Industrial Estate to GIEMA for establishment of CHWTSDF (Annexure 1.1). It maybe noted that Pissurlem IDC was notified by Goa Government in its Gazzette in October 2002 (Annexure 1.2) and Sanad granted in 2003 (Annexure 1.3). Letter for transferring plot of CHWTSDF to M/s SMS Envocare Ltd. was issued by GIEMA on 23.09.2015. Land transfer is in progress.

Contour survey has been completed and DPR has been submitted by SMS to GIEMA.

The detailed chronology for conducting EIA studies and obtaining Environmental clearance is as under :

Registered on MoEF&CC web portal on 12.02.2016.

• Submitted Online Application & received acknowledgement slip with file number and proposal number on 15.02.2016.

• TOR was deliberated in the 4th meeting of Expert Appraisal Committee held on 29.03. 2016 at MoEF&CC, New Delhi

• ToR was granted by MoEF&CC vide letter dt 04.05.2016 (Annexure 1.4 ToR Letter).

• Baseline studies were conducted in Summer 2016

Objectives and Description of Actitives in EIA

Objectives of EIA

The objectives of EIA for the proposed project are listed below:

• Characterization and benchmarking of existing environmental status.

• To identify and quantify significant impact on the environmental parameters during Construction, Commissioning, Operation and Decommissioning phases of the proposed project.

• To recommend appropriate mitigation measures to avoid/minimize pollution and health hazards, environmental disturbance, property damage and nuisance.

• Preparation of an environmental management plan to minimize adverse impacts of proposed project, a budget, monitoring plan, organogram to implement the same.

Activities involved in EIA study

EIA is a management tool to identify, frame and prioritize the environmental issues in such a way as to work out the mitigation measures to allow the negative impacts to be minimized or to be avoided during different phases of the proposed project. EIA process passes through the following phases:

• Screening, Scoping by Preliminary scanning of project and study area • Regulatory approval of ToR • Desktop study of the project details and study area to understand environmental

issues and identify Secondary data sources and identify Environmental indicators

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 1 – Introduction

Environmental Consultant Page 7

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

• Field studies (Primary survey) collection of baseline environmental data for study area

• Impact identification, prediction and evaluation • Assessment of alternatives and delineation of Environment Management Plan • Risk Assessment (RA) and Disaster Management Plan (DMP) • Review and finalization of EIA report • Final EIA report and EC Application.

Flow chart of various activities carried out for EIA report preparation is depicted below.

Figure 1-2 Flow chart of EIA study

These activities are described in detail below :

1. Screening and scoping

Screening stage is not necessary for this project since it is listed in category 7 (d) of the EIA Notification, 2006 and thus requires EIA. Scoping is carried out by Environmental

Consultant by studying the project activity and its location and site specific Terms of Reference was proposed for the EIA. ToR proposed was deliberated in 4th meeting of Expert Appraisal Committee – Infrastructure projects at MOEFCC held on 29.03.2016 and ToR letter issued by MOEFCC vide dt 04.05.2016 (Annexure 1.4).

2. Desktop Study and Secondary Data : Desk top study includes study of the project proposal/ process details, its air/water pollution aspects, wastes generation, hazardous chemicals used. Desk study also includes study of available maps, Google Earth images to understand the study area and helps identify available data on environmental monitoring from other reliable sources, if any. Secondary/published data has been accessed for the EIA study, to supplement and/or confirm observations in the primary study (field surveys). Reference materials such as Census 2011, SOI/OSM maps,

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 1 – Introduction

Environmental Consultant Page 8

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

published articles from authentic sources, Data from Forest Department, Health Department have been used for the preparation of EIA report.

3. Field studies

Field studies have been carried out in Summer 2016 to verify and complement information gathered from desktop study. Baseline data describes the existing environmental status of the identified study area and covers all the relevant components of ambient air monitoring; noise, water quality, soil monitoring, ecological, and socio-economic and health components of the environment as below

- Air environment: Monitoring of the existing status of ambient air quality and analysis have been carried out for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, CO results compared with National Ambient Air Quality Standard, 2009. In addition, nMHC and HCl were

determined. Seven sampling stations have been selected considering the pre-dominant downward wind direction, population zone and sensitive receptor of the region. Micro-meteorological data like hourly wind speed and direction, temperature, relative humidity, rain fall etc. have been collected by using wind monitor. Monitoring of flue gas emission was carried out from the existing plant.

- Noise environment: Noise level monitoring has been carried out for day and night times by Sound Level Meter to assess the present scenario of the noise environment.Results have been compared to Standards for various Land Use as given in EP Act.

- Land Environment: Geo hydrological studies and Soil investigations were conducted

by engaging a QCI NABET accredited Geohydrology expert and Soil Conservation. Soil samples have been collected from selected locations within the impact zone and analyzed for relevant parameters. Studies on soil characteristics were carried out. Existing land use and topography, landscape and drainage patterns within the study area were analyzed.

- Water environment: Ground & Surface Water samples have been collected from various locations within 10 km radius from the project. Analysis was carried out for physico-chemical, heavy metal, microbiological and biological parameters. Results have been compared with IS 10500:2012 (Drinking Water Quality Standards) to assess the water quality.

- Ecology & Socio-Economic Environment

Primary data of flora and fauna in 10km study area in various habitats identified have

been collected from site surveys by QCI- NABET accredited Functional Area Experts.

Similarly, surveys were conducted through Socioeconomic experts to assess the quality of life and status of socioeconomic conditions in study area.

- Laboratory Analysis: Samples collected during the field sampling are analyzed in AESPL’s MOEFCC accredited laboratory.

4. Impact Prediction and Evaluation

Four phases of the project have been identified viz Construction, Erection and Commissioning, Operation and Decommissioning. Impact prediction is a way of ‘mapping’

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 1 – Introduction

Environmental Consultant Page 9

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

the environmental consequences of the significant aspects of the project and its alternatives in each of these phases. Wherever possible impacts are quantified using available regulatory models (for example ISCST 3 model of the USEPA has been used for predicting Air quality impacts). Impact evaluation was carried out using the matrix method.

5. Risk and Hazard Assessment : Risk assessment report contains hazard identification, consequence analysis of failures and predict consequences due to accidents resulting in fire, explosion, hazardous releases etc. The report gives pointers for effective Onsite /Off site Emergency Plan and ways for reducing the hazards and accident occurrences.

6. Mitigation Measures and Environmental Management Plan

Mitigation plan has been drawn up for each of the identified project phases depending

upon severity of impacts estimated to avoid/minimize pollution and health hazards, environmental disturbance, property damage and nuisance. an environmental management plan to minimize adverse impacts of proposed project, a budget, monitoring plan, organogram to implement the same.

7. EIA Report

Based on the field survey visit primary & secondary data collection, compilation of data and technical details were done by the project team and reviewed by the EC. Draft EIA report was prepared after incorporation of all the technical data, maps, drawings, FAEs comments and inputs from EC. Quality check was conducted by a QA/QC team and their comments were incorporated in the report. After final confirmation from the project

proponent EIA report was submitted to MoEFCC.

Structure of EIA Report

No Chapter Content 1 Introduction • Purpose of the report

• Identification of project & project proponent • Brief description of nature, size, location of the project and

its importance to the country, region • Scope of the study – details of regulatory scoping carried

out. 2 Project

Description Condensed description of those aspects of the project (based on project feasibility study), likely to cause environmental effects. Description contains the details of the following: • Type of project • Need for the project • Location details showing general location, specific location,

project boundary & project site layout • Technology and process description including drawings

showing project layout, components of project etc. • Description of mitigation measures incorporated into the

project to meet environmental standards.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 1 – Introduction

Environmental Consultant Page 10

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

No Chapter Content 3 Description of

the Environment

• Study area, period, components & methodology. • Establishment of baseline for valued environmental

components, as identified in the scope. • Study Period • Base maps of all environmental components. • Frequency of monitoring

4 Anticipated Environmental

Impact and mitigation measures

• Details of Investigated Environmental impacts due to project location, possible accidents, project design, project construction, regular operations.

• Measures for minimizing and / or offsetting adverse impacts identified.

• Irreversible and Irretrievable commitments of environmental components

• Assessment of significance of impacts (Criteria for determining significance, Assigning significance)

• Mitigation measures. 5 Analysis of

Alternatives (Site and

Technology)

• Analysis of alternatives site considered for siting the project.

• Analysis of alternatives technologies considered for the project

6 Environmental monitoring programme

Technical aspects of environmental monitoring for the effectiveness of mitigation measures (incl. Measurement methodologies, frequency, location data analysis, reporting schedules, emergency procedures, budget & procurement schedules)

7 Additional studies (Public

hearing and Risk

assessment)

• Hazard Identification • Risk Assessment & control/prevention Measures • Disaster Management • Results of public hearing and recommendations

8 Project benefits

• Details of the Socio-economic & other tangible / intangible benefits of the project.

9 Environmental cost benefit

analysis

• Details of the environmental benefits of the project.

10 Environmental management

plan

Description of the administrative aspects of ensuring that mitigation measures are implemented and their effectiveness monitored, after approval of the Clearance. The Chapter consist of: • Mitigation measures for impacts • Pollution Prevention Plan • Greenbelt Development Plan • Waste management plan • Environment Management Cell • Budgetary Provisions for EMS

11 Summary and conclusions

• Brief description of EIA content, summary and conclusion

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 1 – Introduction

Environmental Consultant Page 11

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

No Chapter Content 12 Disclosure of

consultant engaged

• Details of EIA Consultant

Regulatory Scoping & Its Compliance

Compliance to various TOR items as per the Standard TOR issued by MoEFCC dt 10.04.15 and Project specific TOR prescribed by MoEFCC vide 04.05.2016 are given in tables below.

Table 1-2 Compliance to Standard ToR Prescribed by MOEF&CC

No Clause as per Standard ToR issued by MOEFCC for CHWTSDF Category 7 (D)

Compliance/ Companies Reply

1. Reasons for selecting the site with details of alternate sites examined/ rejected/ selected on merit with comparative statement and reason/ basis for selection. The examination should justify site suitability in terms of environmental damages, resources sustainability associated with selected site as compared to rejected sites. The analysis should include parameters considered along with weightage criteria for short-listing selected site.

Refer Chapter 5 for the details of reasons for site selection and other details.

2. Submit the details of the road/rail connectivity along with the likely impacts and mitigative measures

Details of road/rail connectivity are presented in Chapter 2 & Likely impact and mitigation measures are discussed in Chapter 4

3. Submit the present land use and permission required for any conversion such as forest, agriculture etc

Land is allotted by IDC, (Annexure 1.1). Proposed site is in Pissurlem Industrial estate notified by Goa Industrial Development Corporation (Annexure 1.2 & 1.3).

4. Examine the details of transportation of Hazardous wastes, and its safety in handling.

Details of waste transportation and safety measures in handling are presented in Chapter 7 (Additional studies – Risk assessment).

5. Examine and submit the details of on line pollutant monitoring.

On line pollutant monitoring plan is presented in Chapter 2.

6. Examine the details of monitoring of Dioxin and Furan.

Monitoring of dioxin and furan will be carried out by third party (MOEFCC recognized laboratory as per frequency as mentioned in MOEFCC Guidelines/ EC)

7. MoU for disposal of ash through the TSDF.

The ash from incinerator shall be disposed within the Landfill site.

8. MoU for disposal of scrubbing waste water through CETP.

The scrubbing water and other trade effluents shall be treated within the site

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 1 – Introduction

Environmental Consultant Page 12

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

No Clause as per Standard ToR issued by MOEFCC for CHWTSDF Category 7 (D)

Compliance/ Companies Reply

at the effluent treatment plant and disposed within site.

9. Examine and submit details of monitoring of water quality around the landfill site.

Water quality monitoring results are presented in Chapter 3 (Water Environment)

10. Examine and submit details of the odour control measures.

Odour control measures are presented in Chapter 4

11. Examine and submit details of impact on water body and mitigative measures during rainy season.

Impact on water bodies during rain and mitigation measures are presented in Chapter 4

12. Environmental Management Plan should be accompanied with Environmental Monitoring Plan and environmental cost and benefit assessment. Regular monitoring shall be carried out for odour control.

Refer Chapter 8, 9 & 10 for the details.

Refer Chapter 6 for odor control monitoring

13. Water quality around the landfill site shall be monitored regularly to examine the impact on the ground water.

Refer Chapter 6 for water quality monitoring aspects

14. The storage and handling of hazardous wastes shall be as per the Hazardous Waste Management Rules.

Refer chapter 2 & 7 for details

15. Submit details of a comprehensive Disaster Management Plan including emergency evacuation during natural and man-made disaster.

Salient details of Disaster management plan including precaution to be taken, emergency evaculation during natural and man-made disaster are presented in Chapter 7 (Additional studies – Risk assessment)

16. Public hearing to be conducted for the project in accordance with provisions of Environmental Impact assessment notification 2006 and issues raised by public shluld be addressed in the Environmental plan. The Public Hearing should be conducted based on the ToR letter issued by the Ministry and not on the basis of Minutes of the Meeting available on the web-site

The Public hearing is not applicable as the proposed project is in notified industrial area. Refer Point No. 3 of Approved TOR letter.

17. A detailed draft EIA/EMP report should be prepared in accordance with the above additional TOR and should be submitted to the Ministry in accordance with the Notification.

Noted and being followed.

18. Details of litigation pending against the project, if any, with direction /order passed by any Court of Law against the Project should be given.

There is no litigation pending against the proposed project.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 1 – Introduction

Environmental Consultant Page 13

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

No Clause as per Standard ToR issued by MOEFCC for CHWTSDF Category 7 (D)

Compliance/ Companies Reply

19. The cost of project (capital cost and recurring cost) as well as the cost towards implementation of EMP should be clearly spelt out.

Refer Chapter 2 & Chapter 6

20. Any further clarification on carrying out the above studies including anticipated impacts due to the project and mitigative measure, project proponent can refer to the model ToR available on Ministry website "http://moef.nic.in/Manual/Incinerator"

For informtion

Table 1-3 Compliance to Additional TOR granted in 4th EAC (Infra 2) meeting Sr.

No. Clause as per Additional ToR issued by

MOEFCC dt 04.05.2016 Compliance/ Companies

Reply 1 Importance and benefits of the project Importance and benefits of the

project are presented in Chapter 1 and 2.

2 To carry out sensitivity analysis of alternatives sites as per the “Guidelines for conducting environmental impact assessment: site selection for Common Hazardous Waste Management facility published by CPCB in 2003”

Refer Chapter 5 for details

3 Project proponents also submit a write up on how their project proposal conforms to the stipulations made in the “Protocol for performance evaluation and monitoring of the Common Hazardous Waste Treatment Storage & Disposal facilities including Common Hazardous Waste Incinerators” published by the CPCB on May 24, 2010.

Refer Chapter 2 (Section 2.6.11)

4 Details of various waste management units with capacities for the proposed project

Detailes of various waste management units e.g. landfill, incinerator, waste waste water treatment systems are described/ presented in Chapter 2

5 List of wastes to be handled and their source along with mode of transportation

Refer Chapter 2 for the details

6 Other chemicals and materials required with quantities and storage capacities

Refer Chapter 2 for the details

7 Details of temporary storage facility for storage of hazardous waste at project site.

Refer Chapter 2 for the details

8 Details of pretreatment facility of hazardous waste at TSDF

Refer Chapter 2 for the details

9 Details of air emissions, effluents, hazardous/ solid waste generation and their management

Refer Chapter 2 for the details

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 1 – Introduction

Environmental Consultant Page 14

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Sr. No.

Clause as per Additional ToR issued by MOEFCC dt 04.05.2016

Compliance/ Companies Reply

10 Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status of approval, water balance diagram, manpower requirement (regular and contract)

Refer Chapter 2 for the details

11 Process description along with major equipment and machineries, process flow sheet (quantitative) from waste material to disposal to be provided.

Refer Chapter 2 for the details

12 Hazard identification and details of proposed safety measures

Refer Chapter 7 for the details

13 Layout map of proposed solid waste management facilities indicating storage areas, plant area, green belt area, utilities etc

Refer Chapter 2 for the detail and Annexure 2.1 for the map)

14 Details of the drainage of project upto 5 km radius of area. If the site is within 1 km radius of any river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrence frequency based on past 30 years. Details of the flood level of the project site and maximum flood level of the river shall be provided.

Details of drainage pattern Refer chapter 3 (The site is not within 1 km radius of any river)

15 Ground water quality monitoring in and around project site.

Ground water quality in and around project site is presented in Chapter 3

16 Status of land purchases in terms of land acquisition acts and study the impact.

The proposed project land is part of GIDC Pisssurlem estate and is allotted for the project (Refer Annexure 1.1)

17 Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not complete, stage of acquisition process and expected time of complete possession of land.

Not applicable. The plot is within Pissurlem industrial estate of Goa IDC and is allotted for the project purpose.

18 R & R details in respect of land in line with state government policy

R & R is not applicable as the land is part of notifed Goa IDC’s Pissurlem estate.

19 Details of effluent treatment and recycling process Refer chapter 2, for details 20 Leachate study report and detailed leachate

management plan to be incorporated. Refer Chapter 2 & Chapter 4 for the details

21 Action plan for measures to be taken for excessive leachate generation during monsoon period

Refer Chapter 4 for the details

22 Action plan for any pollution of ground water is noticed during operation period or post closure monitoring period.

Refer Chapter 2 & Chapter 6 for the details

23 Detailed environmental monitoring plan as well as post closure monitoring plan

Refer Chapter 6 for monitoring plan during various project phases

24 Public hearing to be conducted and issues raised and commitments made by project proponent on the same should be included in EIA/EMP report in

Public hearing is not applicable as the project is within notified industrial area of Goa IDC.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 1 – Introduction

Environmental Consultant Page 15

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Sr. No.

Clause as per Additional ToR issued by MOEFCC dt 04.05.2016

Compliance/ Companies Reply

the form of tabular chart with financial budget for complying with the commitments made.

25 Any litigation pending against the project and/or any direction/order passed by any court of law against the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any notice under the section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant sections of Air and Water Acts? if so, details thereof and compliance / ATR to the notice (s) and present status of the case.

There no litigation pending against the proposed project.

26 A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance of above TORs.

This is part of this chapter.

These 'TORs' should be considered for the preparation of EIA & EMP report for setting up of Common Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage and Disposal Facility (CHWTSDF) at Plot No.5, Pissurlem Industrial estate Phase I, District North Goa, Goa by M/s SMS Envocare Limited in addition to all the relevant information as per the 'General Structure of EIA' given in Appendix III and IIIA in the EIA Notification, 2006.

Public hearing is exempted as per para 7(i) III Stage (3)(i)(b) of EIA Notification, 2006 for preparation of EIA/EMP Report, being site is located in the Notified industrial area.

(Ref: TOR recommend letter: http://environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/Form-1A/TOR/148050520161TOR10-17-2016.pdf (Annexure 1.4)

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 2 – Project Description

Environmental Consultant Page 16

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

Type of Project

The proposed project is an Integrated Common Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage and Disposal Facility (CHWTSDF) and thus covered under category 7 (d) category A as per

EIA Notification dt 14.09.2006.

This facility will cater the need of entire Goa state for collection, transportation, treat and dispose the hazardous waste in scientific and environmentally suitable manner and as per legal requirement from its member industries.

The proposed Facility will be developed in two phases the first phase will only be a landfill site and the second phase will have the Incineration Facility.

Need of the Project

Goa has seen a steady growth of industries in the recent years. Government of Goa, while encouraging industrial growth, is also conscious about the Environmental impacts of the

industries. Thus, the Governments efforts have been targeted to ensure better compliance to environmental laws and encouraging industries which are low polluting in nature. While the problem of effluent and air pollution can be controlled through readily available & comparatively low cost in-plant treatment technologies, Hazardous waste generated needs treatment and disposal which cannot be undertaken at individual industry level, as this will result in creating pollution hot spots at multiple locations.

Thus, highly industrialized states like Maharashtra, Gujarat have installed Common Hazardous Waste Treatment and Disposal Facilities (CHWTSDF) at multiple locations to ensure safe treatment and disposal of wastes.

An inventory of HW generation was prepared in 2009 for submission to SCMC/CPCB which showed that there are about 912 units generating about 31,000 TPA of Hazardous

wastes .

Many reports by CPCB, Delhi have pointed to the need for Common Facilities for Hazardous Waste Disposal in state generating moderate quantity of HW like Goa, (http://cpcbbrms.nic.in/writeread/HW%20Management.pdf).

Presently there is no Common Hazardous Waste Treatment Storage and disposal Facility (CHWTSDF) within Goa state. Industries here are required to dispose their hazardous waste in other nearby states which poses following problem:

• objections are raised by other states on being used as “dumping” ground

• uneconomical due to high transport cost

This chapter deals with the project details of the proposed Hazardous Waste Management Facility with location, size & magnitude of operation including associated activities required by and for the project, including environmental aspects and technical details & Proposed schedule for approval and implementation

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 2 – Project Description

Environmental Consultant Page 17

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

• hazards during long distance transportation

In view of the same, Government of Goa is taking steps to establish Common facilities for treatment and disposal of Hazardous Waste.

The primary objective of this project is to provide scientific treatment/ disposal of Hazardous Wastes through Incineration/ common landfill facility to cater to the hazardous wastes generation in Goa state.

Profile of Industries & HW Generating Units – Goa

North Goa District has 11 IDC areas and South Goa District has 8 IDC areas. As per the Brief Industrial Profile for North Goa District published by Government of India, Ministry

of MSME (Micro Small and Medium Entreprises) (in 2012), there are a total of 7,438 units in Goa. Of this, 4,594 are in North Goa (about 1700 in IDC areas) while remaining are in South Goa. In North Goa, the total number of operating unit was 1,904. North Goa has 300 chemical based units, about 60 registered Large and medium scale units of which 19 Large scale and 18 Medium scale units are working units.

The broad distribution of Industrial units in North Goa district is as below :

Table 2-1 Distribution of industries in North Goa Sr. No.

Taluka Industrial Estate Working units

Non operational

units

Total units

1 Prenem Tuem 145 103 248 2 Sattari Honda, Pissurlem 130 115 245 3 Bicholim Bicholim 245 284 529 4 Bardez Covale,Tivim, Pilerne, Mapusa 581 852 1433 5 Ponda Bethoda,Madkaim,Kundaim,

Shiroda 564 664 1228

6 Tiswadi Corlim, 239 554 793 Total 1904 2572 4476

Source: Brief Industrial Profile for North Goa District published by Government of India, Ministry of MSME (Micro Small and Medium Entreprises) (in 2012)

Similar detailed statistical data is not available for South Goa district.

Hazardous Waste generation in Goa state

• As per data shared by GSPCB, there are about 498 RED category units in Goa,

• About 100 in Highly Polluting Category as per Central Action Plan of CPCB

o - 72 Distilleries - 24 Dyes and Intermediates

o - 1 Fertilizer - 1 Pesticide/Agrochemical

o - 2 Thermal Power - 3 Integrated Iron and Steel

• Out of the 3602 working industrial units covered under consent mechanism 912 units are found to be generators of hazardous wastes as defined under the Hazardous Wastes Management & Handling Rules 2008.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 2 – Project Description

Environmental Consultant Page 18

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

• GSPCB carried out HW Inventory in 2008-09 and submitted same to CPCB and Honourable Supreme Court.

• As per GSPCB Inventory, Hazardous waste generation in Goa is as follows:

Table 2-2 Waste type and quntities

Mode of Disposal

Quantity (TPA) Estimated Quantity (TPA) 2009 (*) 2016 (#)

Land fillable 12,834.37 3345.665 11,000 to 13,000

Incinerable 8616.23 16705.9438 5,000 to 8,000

Recyclable 10302.13 1873.83 2,000 to 4,000

Empty Drums/cans / tins etc Not available 37339 nos

Oil Filters/Empty tins Not available 9947 nos.

TOTAL 31,752.73 21925.4388

Note : (*) Based on Dry Inventory done by AESPL, submitted by GSPCB to SCMC/CPCB

(#) Actual Inventory based on Returns submitted by Industry

Considering the quantity of landfillable hazardous waste generated as around 12,000 TPA, the total land available for the Common Hazardous Waste Treatment Storage Disposal Facility (CHWTSDF) will suffice for period of about 20 years.

As mentioned above currently there is no hazardous waste disposal facility in Goa, hence in order to Incinerate the waste and dispose of the land fillable waste, a Common

Hazardous Waste Management Facility is proposed in North Goa district to meet the demand of the state of Goa.

Location of the Project

The proposed project is in 77,574 sq.m. area of land located at GIDC’s Pissurlem Industrial Estate, District North Goa. Site is at an average elevation 80 meter above MSL.

Entire land is fallow and in possession of GIDC. The site coordinates are as follows:

Table 2-3 Site location co ordinates

Location Latitude Longitude

NW corner 15°31'32.40"N 74°04'42.60"E

NE corner 15°31'24.46"N 74°04'53.72"E

SE corner 15°31'19.65"N 74°04'52.81"E

SW corner 15°31'28.96"N 74°04'41.73"E

Connectivity

Pissurlem is a village located in Satari taluka of North Goa and is 30 KM towards East from District headquarters Panaji & the industrial area is located 9 KM from Satari village.

Nearest Railway Station: Karmali railway Station is the nearest railway station on Konkan Railway located 15 km to East side.

Nearest Airport: Nearest airport Dabolim located at 32 km to SW side.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 2 – Project Description

Environmental Consultant Page 19

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Nearest Connectivity: The site is connected with excellent network of transportation through roads connecting National highway 17.

Location of Pissurlem industrial estate in Goa state, Location of proposed CHWTSDF site within Pissurlem IDC and Google image showing 10 km radius and 1 km radius area are shown below in figures.

Figure 2-1 Location of Pissurlem Industrial estate in Goa state

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 2 – Project Description

Environmental Consultant Page 20

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Figure 2-2 Location of CHWTSDF Plot in IDC Pissurlem

Google earth image showing 10 km and 1 km area surrounding the project site is presented in below figures.

Figure 2-3 Site & Surrounding 10 km study area

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 2 – Project Description

Environmental Consultant Page 21

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Figure 2-4 Site & Surroundings 1 km study area

Size/ Magnitude of Operation

The proposed project will be set-up on 77,574 sq.mtr (over 14 Acres) land at Pissurlem GIDC. The capacity of the proposed site shall be as follows:

Table 2-4 Capacity and area of proposed site

Secured Landfill facility Landfillable hazardous waste 12,000 T/Annum 20 year operation + 30 year post monitoring Waste bulk density (assumed) 1.5 T/m3 SLF - I 18025.864 sq m 1,22,000 T SLF - II 16232.931 sq m 107,000 T Incineration Plant Incinerable hazardous waste 10,000 TPA Type Solid/semisolid/liquid Capacity 1.5 T/hr Average CV 4000 kcal/kg Thermal capacity 6 millon Kcal/hr Fuel LDO Operating period 300 days per year

Table 2-5 Land break up for proposed expansion site

No Particular Area in sq.m % of area

A Total plot area 77,574 100

Break up as follows

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 2 – Project Description

Environmental Consultant Page 22

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

No Particular Area in sq.m % of area

1 Secured landfill - 1 18025.864 23.07

2 Secured landfill - 2 16232.931 20.78

3 Incineration plant 20,556 26.31

4 Guard / security cabin 15 0.02

5 DG set shed 30 0.04

6 Switch yard 150 0.19

7 Substation / panel room 120 0.15

8 Admin building cum Laboratory 400 0.51

9 Canteen 150 0.19

10 Workers amenities 125 0.16

11 Weigh bridge 45 0.06

12 Weigh bridge cabin 10.56 0.01

13 Material storage shed 200 0.26

14 Workshop 200 0.26

15 Water reservoir 1000 1.28

16 Hazardous waste storage shed 1500 1.92

17 Stabilisation shed 1200 1.54

18 Batching plant shed 300 0.38

19 Vehicle wash area 130 0.17

20 Vehicle maintenance shed 200 0.26

21 Effluent treatment plant 450 0.58

22 Leachate collection tank 150 0.19

Detailed plant layout showing proposed plants, utilities, storage and other details attached as Annexure 2.1.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 2 – Project Description

Environmental Consultant Page 23

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Figure 2-5 CHWTSDF Layout

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 2 – Project Description

Environmental Consultant Page 24

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Proposed Schedule for Approval & Implementation

This facility is proposed to be set up in phases:

Phase 1: Secured landfill

Phase 2: Incineration facilities.

SMSEL are in the process of getting prior Environmental Clearance from Ministry of Environment & Forest & Climate Change (MoEFCC) for the CHWTSDF, which fall under the purview of EIA Notification, 2006.

Project implementation plan after securing the prior environmental clearance shall be as follows:

Table 2-6 Project implementation schedule No Activity Description Start by End by Remark After the Final Approval of EC 1 Detail engineering Month 1 Month 1 SMSEL 2 Consent to establish Month 2 Month 2 SMSEL 3 Drawing approval Month 2 Month 3 SMSEL 4 Site civil work Month 5 Month 11 SMSEL 5 Consent to operate and commissioning Month 11 Month 12 SMSEL

Technology & Process Description, Environmental & Safety Aspects

The facility shall be for secured landfill and incineration which will be executed in phases.

Secured landfill

Secured landfill is final graveyard for the hazardous wastes. Secured landfill will be prepared as cells. These cells will have bottom, side liners and top liners. The impermeability and reactivity of these liners is of prime importance. Once the bottom and side liners are complete, waste is dumped in it. The impermeable liner installed helps to collect the leachate generated. Any leachate that is collected will be pumped out and treated. Monitoring wells are required to check the quality of ground water in that area. On complete filling of waste the top liners are placed and packed. In other words, waste is encapsulated in the cell.

Capacity of Secured Landfill Facility:

The capacity of each cell and/or phase depends upon the expected waste quantity. An operational period of 2 years has been considered for each cell. The following has been considered as the design criteria in the design of all the cells.

Table 2-7 Landfill cell details Size of the cell 120 m (L) X 150 m (W) * Total height of the cell (H) 10.0 m * Height above the GL 5.5 m * Height below the GL 4.5m *

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 2 – Project Description

Environmental Consultant Page 25

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Outer side slope of the cell 1: 2 (vertical: horizontal) Inside slope of the cell 1: 2 (vertical: horizontal) Bottom area of cell (A1) 4816 m2 Top area of cell (A2) 12096 m2 The volume of the cell H/3 [ A1+A2 + (A1 x A2)0.5 ]

Note: * Above dimensions may change depending on the final master plan of the site.

• The volume thus calculated is 81,814 cu.m.

• Considering the bulk density of about 1.5 MT/ cu.m. of waste

• The total quantity of wastes disposed off in the cell=1,22,000 MT.

• This indicates that the life of the cell/phase will be little more than 10 years considering

the expected receipt of solid waste (12,000 MT).

• Where A1 is the area of base of the cell

• A2 is the area of top of the cell.

Constructional features:

The construction of landfill and development phase requires proper planning and proper selection of the earthwork/lining material. The containment system of landfill is proposed with double liner system with a view to avoid the leachate infiltration into the ground.

Top Liner:

The top liner is provided with parabolic shape to allow drainage of surface run-off. HDPE liner of 1.5mm thickness will be provided over which drainage layer of 150mm will be laid. The bottom of liner will have 750 mm layer of blended soil. The drainage layer will be covered with top yellow soil of 750 mm thickness. Uniform vegetative cover will be provided to protect the top liner from erosion during heavy rains and dust blow due to heavy winds. A section of top liner is shown in Figure given below:

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 2 – Project Description

Environmental Consultant Page 26

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Figure 2-6 Top liner details

Bottom Liner

The construction of landfill and development phase requires proper planning and proper selection of the earthwork/lining material. The containment system of landfill is proposed with double liner system with a view to avoid the leachate infiltration into the ground. The primary (top) membrane of 1.5mm HDPE liner will be laid over 450mm thick clay layer. Over the HDPE layer 300mm thick perforated granular layer is laid for leachate collection. Leachate

contribution is mainly due to release of entrapped liquid waste in the solid waste and any unseasonal rainfall likely to occur.

The bottom layer of secondary membrane of 1.5mm HDPE liner will be laid over 450mm thick clay layer resting on subsoil. Over the HDPE layer 300 mm drainage/detection layer. The secondary membrane shall comprise of geotextile membrane laid over 300 mm drainage/detection layers. The section of the bottom liner is shown in Figure given below:

Figure 2-7 Bottom liner details

Side Liner

The side layer of secondary membrane of 1.5mm HDPE liner will be laid over 200 mm thick blended clay layer resting on subsoil. The side layer will have a slope of 1:3 (1 vertical to 3 horizontal). The section of the sideliner is shown in Figure below:

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 2 – Project Description

Environmental Consultant Page 27

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Figure 2-8 Side liner details

The secondary membranes shall have suitable resistance properties to ward itself from soil bacteria / fungus, compatible with waste being filled, ample water resistance. The mechanical strength should be adequate to withstand the load conditions, soil pressure, compaction, seismic stresses, strain due to anchor trench etc. The membrane will have permeability < 10-

12 cm/sec or its equivalent.

The clay liner is formed with varying preparation of hydrated Aluminum silicate (e.g. Keolinate, bentonite etc.). The properly compacted layer with the required compounds form a soil mass giving low hydraulic conductivity. Proper permeability test will be carried out to achieve suitable clay layer to minimize the leachate.

The construction detail of cross section of secured landfill is shown in Figure below. The

construction guidelines will suit the following criteria:

• The sub-grade material will meet specified grading, moisture content and density requirements.

• The material will meet acceptance and conformance testing as per manufacturers’ guidelines.

• The integrity of the seams will be maintained.

• The membrane on installation will be covered with layer of soil or geo-synthetic as soon as possible after quality activities are completed.

• The maximum hydraulic conductivity will be 1 x 10-7 cm/sec. The soil used in the liner

will meet the following minimum criteria:

• The soil will be classified under the United soil classification system CL, CH, SC and OH (ASTM standard D248769)

• The soil will allow greater than 30% passage through no. 200 sieve (ASTM test D 1140)

• The soil will have a liquid limit equal to or greater than 30 units (ASTM test D 423)

• The soil will have plasticity greater than or equal to 15 units (ASTM test D 424)

• The soil will have pH of 7.0 or higher.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 2 – Project Description

Environmental Consultant Page 28

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

The soil may be pre-processed for carrying out water adjustment, removal of oversized materials, pulverization of any clumps, homogenization of the soils and introduction of additives such as bentonite.

Preventive measures to protect compacted layers from desiccation are to be provided during construction.

Figure 2-9 Cross section view of landfill

Leachate Drainage / Collection and Its Management

A leachate collection system will be designed at the base of all the landfills. It will comprises

of drainage layer i.e. layer of pebbles of greater permeability, leachate collection sump, and its removal i.e. pump. After collecting the leachate it will lead to onsite Leachate Treatment Plant, This involves complete treatment of the leachate to meet the discharge standards for lined drains. Treatment process may be biological, chemical or physical.

Gaseous Emission Management

This system will be optional as landfill gas is generated as a product of waste biodegradation or on account of presence of VOCs in the waste. Gas generation can be avoided or reduced by avoiding disposal of biodegradable / organic waste. If the gaseous emissions are anticipated, the gas management strategy will be (a) controlled passive venting or (b) control collection and treatment /reuse.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 2 – Project Description

Environmental Consultant Page 29

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Surface Runoff Management System

Surface water management system will be provided. It is required to ensure that rainwater run-off does not drain in to the waste from surrounding area and that there is no water logging / pounding on covers of landfills. A surface runoff management system comprises of channels, ditches, culvers and basin.

Final Cover System

Final cover of secured landfills will be placed after completion of total capacity of SLF. The shape of the final cover will be in parabolic shape to avoid the infiltration of rain water in to SLF and provide the normal slope towards the surface run off drainage /system. Please refer the conceptual drawing for the TOP LINER

Environmental Monitoring System

Monitoring at site will be carried out in four zones

• On and within landfill

• In the unsaturated sub surface zone (vadose zone) beneath and around the SLF

• In the ground water (saturated) zone beneath and around the SLF

• In the atmosphere/local air and around the SLF

Parameters are:

• Long term movement of the landfill cover, Leachate head within the SLF, Leachate quality within the SLF

• Quality of ground water in saturated zones

• Air quality above the SLF, at building on or near the SLF and along any preferential migration paths.

Closure and Post Closure Maintenance Plan

A statement on the end use of SLF site is an essential part of the plan for landfill closure and post closure maintenance plan. The maintenance plan comprises following components

• Plan for vegetation stabilization of the final landfill covers and side slopes.

• Plan for management of surface water run off with an effective drainage system

• Plan for periodical inspection and maintenance of landfill cover

• Plan for post closure management of leachate & post closure environmental monitoring.

• Super fund for any unforeseen event.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 2 – Project Description

Environmental Consultant Page 30

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Waste acceptance criteria

Waste acceptance criterion will be formulated for land fill site. The following guidelines for waste acceptance are suggested.

1. All waste will be routinely accepted if the truck / tipper carries authorized documents indicating the source and type of waste. Such waste will be routinely inspected visually at the tipping area in the landfill site.

2. Bulk or non-containerized liquid hazardous waste or slurry type hazardous waste contining free liquid or waste sludge, which has not been dewatered, will not be placed in landfills. Such waste (usually transported in pipelines) will be placed in hazardous waste inpounds designed specifically for liquid hazardous waste.

3. Incinerable / compostable waste or any other type of waste from which energy/ material recovey is feasible, will not be placed in HW landfills.

4. Incompatible waste will not be placed in the same landfill unit. Compatible wastes will be grouped together and placed in the same landfill unit (each such unit will have its own phase, cells etc) Incompatble waste group will be accommodated in separate landfill unit (each such unit will have its own phases, cells etc)

5. Wastes which are incompatible with the liner material will either be containerized and placed in the landfill (ensuring adequate container safety or placed in a separate landfill unit made of alternate compatible liner material).

6. Extremely hazardous waste (e.g radio active) will not be disposed off in HW landfills

but in specially designed waste disposal units.

7. Non-hazardous waste (e.g. Muncipal sold waste) will not be disposed in HW landfills.

8. Residue of treated bio medical waste (e.g. incinerator ash etc) can be disposed in HW landfills.

Number of monitoring locations

Sampling Locations: Ground water samples will be collected at least up to a distance of 5 KM from the TSDF location.

If no open wells or tube wells are available, action needs to be taken to provide at least 4

monitoring wells (piezometric) around the TSDF i.e. one on up gradient of the ground water flow and other three on the down gradient side of the ground water flow at least up to first layer aquifer. Depending upon the situation, if required, the monitoring wells will also be extended till second aquifer in consultation with the SPCB/PCC. As per CPCB guidelines Protocol for Performance Evaluation and Monitoring of the Common Hazardous Waste Treatment Storage and Disposal Facilities including Common Hazardous Waste Incinerators, May 2010.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 2 – Project Description

Environmental Consultant Page 31

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Number of gas vent of capped SLF

Monitoring of the Vent Gases attached with the capped SLF:

Suggested parameters and the frequency: Parameters, namely, total VOCs and H2S should be monitored at least once in a month through the vents of the capped cells till designed life span of the TSDF.

The CHWTSDF will consist of number of such Secured landfill cells, having a life of about 20 years. The additional life will take care of the projected growth rate of waste generation and receipt, which has been taken at 5 % in the line with the growth rate of industries of the region. As per CPCB guidelines Protocol for Performance Evaluation and Monitoring of the Common Hazardous Waste Treatment Storage and Disposal Facilities including Common Hazardous

Waste Incinerators, May 2010.

Incineration facility

Incineration process is adopted for the destruction of toxic and organic hazardous waste received at the site. The total numbers of industries in Goa are approximately 4700. There are different kind of industries like Pharmaceutical industries, Pesticides industries, Distilleries, Cosmetics, Tyre industries and Industrial lubricating, Automotive lubricants & Solvents which are generating large quantum of incinerable waste. The total quantum of Incinerable waste is 6000- 8000 TPA.

At present the state of Goa is not having any facility to treat and handle incinerable waste. The industries in Goa are transporting their incinerable waste to Maharashtra for Incineration and

for co-processing to Cement plants in Karnataka. Transportation of hazardous waste for long distance is not desirable as it is unsafe practices.

In the second phase of Setting up of Common Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage & Disposal Facility at Pissurlem Industrial Area, Goa it is proposed to have a Common HW incinerator facility at site.

The proposed incineration facility will be designed as per the CPCB guideline for common hazardous waste incineration system. Rotary kiln system will be provided as primary combustion chamber is operated 1000 C temperature to ensure complete destruction of waste hazardous toxic compounds. The temperature will be maintained by controlling excess air and by support of fuel such as LDO through temperature controller. The flue gas from the

primary combustion chamber will be taken to post combustion chamber where flue gas temperature is elevated to 1100-1150 oC and provided minimum 2 seconds retention time to ensure destruction of toxic organic compounds. Bottom ash will be collected in solid form from the bottom of the furnace. Flue gas from the secondary combustion chamber will be then treated in Air Pollution Control System to achieve the flue gas disposal norms before it is vented to atmosphere.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 2 – Project Description

Environmental Consultant Page 32

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Incineration Plant capacity

Table 2-8 Incineration plant details Incineration Plant Incinerable hazardous waste 10,000 TPA (max) Type Solid/ semisolid/ liquid Capacity (of waste firing) 1.5 T/hr Average CV 4000 kcal/kg Thermal capacity 6 millon Kcal/hr Fuel LDO Operating period 300 days per year Start up Heat up furnace with fuel

Waste Characteristics

Average characterictics of wastes to Incinerator are as given below :

Table 2-9 Average characteristics of Incinerable Waste

Composition in wt % basis component Combined Waste

Carbon C 38.90

Hydrogen H 4.04

Oxygen O 11.22

Nitrogen N 5.32

Chlorides Cl 1.00

Sulphur S 2.00

Moisture H20 20.00

Iinorganic/inerts 17.52

Total 100.00

Gross calorific value Kcal/Kg 4,097

Net calorific value Kcal/Kg 3,981

Waste will be received in different physical forms and based on the physical forms they are

divided into different categories

Categories and types of wastes handled

As per waste description and mode of receipt of the incinerable waste will be transported under four categories:

Category Waste description Mode of receipt I Liquid Waste Drums/Tanker II Liquid Aqueous Waste Drums/Tanker III Semisolid Organic Waste Drums of 50L Capacity

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 2 – Project Description

Environmental Consultant Page 33

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

IV Solid Waste Bags / Loose Form

The proposed CHWTSDF will cater all type of Hazardous waste categorized in Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016.

S.No. Processes Hazardous Waste* 1. Petrochemical processes and

pyrolytic operations 1.1 Furnace or reactor residue and debris 1.2 Tarry residues and still bottoms from distillation 1.3 Oily sludge emulsion 1.4 Organic residues 1.5 Residues from alkali wash of fuels 1.6 Spent catalyst and molecular sieves 1.7 Oil from wastewater treatment

2. Crude oil and natural gas production

2.1 Drill cuttings excluding those from water based mud

2.2 Sludge containing oil 2.3 Drilling mud containing oil

3. Cleaning, emptying and maintenance of petroleum oil storage tanks including ships

3.1 cargo residue, washing water and sludge containing oil

3.2 cargo residue and sludge containing chemicals 3.3 Sludge and filters contaminated with oil 3.4 Ballast water containing oil from ships

4. Petroleum refining or re-processing of used oil or recycling of waste oil

4.1 Oil sludge or emulsion 4.2 Spent catalyst 4.3 Slop oil 4.4 Organic residue from processes 4.5 Spent clay containing oil

5. Industrial operations using mineral or synthetic oil as lubricant in hydraulic systems or other applications

5.1 Used or spent oil 5.2 Wastes or residues containing oil 5.3 Waste cutting oils

6. Secondary production and / or industrial use of zinc

6.1 Sludge and filter press cake arising out of production of Zinc Sulphate and other Zinc Compounds.

6.2 Zinc fines or dust or ash or skimmings in dispersible form

6.3 Other residues from processing of zinc ash or skimmings

6.4 Flue gas dust and other particulates 7. Primary production of zinc or

lead or copper and other non-ferrous metals except aluminium

7.1 Flue gas dust from roasting 7.2 Process residues 7.3 Arsenic-bearing sludge 7.4 Non-ferrous metal bearing sludge and residue. 7.5 Sludge from scrubbers

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 2 – Project Description

Environmental Consultant Page 34

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

8. Secondary production of copper

8.1 Spent electrolytic solutions 8.2 Sludge and filter cakes 8.3 Flue gas dust and other particulates

9. Secondary production of lead 9.1 Lead bearing residues 9.2 Lead ash or particulate from flue gas 9.3 Acid from used batteries

10. Production and/or industrial use of cadmium and arsenic and their compounds

10.1 Residues containing cadmium and arsenic

11. Production of primary and secondary aluminum

11.1 Sludges from off-gas treatment 11.2 Cathode residues including pot lining wastes 11.3 Tar containing wastes 11.4 Flue gas dust and other particulates 11.5 Drosses and waste from treatment of salt sludge 11.6 Used anode butts 11.7 Vanadium sludge from alumina refineries

12. Metal surface treatment, such as etching, staining, polishing, galvanizing, cleaning, degreasing, plating, etc.

12.1 Acidic and alkaline residues 12.2 Spent acid and alkali 12.3 Spent bath and sludge containing sulphide,

cyanide and toxic metals 12.4 Sludge from bath containing organic solvents 12.5 Phosphate sludge 12.6 Sludge from staining bath 12.7 Copper etching residues 12.8 Plating metal sludge

13. Production of iron and steel including other ferrous alloys (electric furnace; steel rolling and finishing mills; Coke oven and by products plant)

13.1 Spent pickling liquor 13.2 Sludge from acid recovery unit 13.3 Benzol acid sludge 13.4 Decanter tank tar sludge 13.5 Tar storage tank residue 13.6 Residues from coke oven by product plant.

14. Hardening of steel 14.1 Cyanide-, nitrate-, or nitrite -containing sludge 14.2 Spent hardening salt

15. Production of asbestos or asbestos-containing materials

15.1 Asbestos-containing residues 15.2 Discarded asbestos 15.3 Dust or particulates from exhaust gas treatment.

16. Production of caustic soda and chlorine

16.1 Mercury bearing sludge generated from mercury cell process

16.2 Residue or sludges and filter cakes 16.3 Brine sludge

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 2- Project Description

Environmental Consultant Page 35

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

17. Production of mineral acids 17.1 Process acidic residue, filter cake, dust 17.2 Spent catalyst

18. Production of nitrogenous and complex fertilizers

18.1 Spent catalyst 18.2 Carbon residue 18.3 Sludge or residue containing arsenic 18.4 Chromium sludge from water cooling

tower 19. Production of phenol 19.1 Residue or sludge containing phenol

19.2 Spent catalyst 20. Production and/or industrial

use of solvents 20.1 Contaminated aromatic, aliphatic or

napthenic solvents may or may not be fit for reuse.

20.2 Spent solvents 20.3 Distillation residues 20.4 Process Sludge

21. Production and/or industrial use of paints, pigments, lacquers, varnishes and inks

21.1 Process wastes, residues and sludges 21.2 Spent solvent

22. Production of plastics 22.1 Spent catalysts 22.2 Process residues

23. Production and /or industrial use of glues, organic cements, adhesive and resins

23.1 Wastes or residues (not made with vegetable or animal materials)

23.2 Spent solvents 24. Production of canvas and

textiles 24.1 Chemical residues

25. Industrial production and formulation of wood preservatives

25.1 Chemical residues 25.2 Residues from wood alkali bath

26. Production or industrial use of synthetic dyes, dye-intermediates and pigments

26.1 Process waste sludge/residues containing acid, toxic metals, organic compounds

26.2 Dust from air filtration system 26.3 Spent acid 26.4 Spent solvent 26.5 Spent catalyst

27. Production of organic-silicone compound

27.1 Process residues

28. Production/formulation of drugs/pharmaceutical and health care product

28.1 Process Residue and wastes 28.2 Spent catalyst 28.3 Spent carbon 28.4 Off specification products 28.5 Date-expired products 28.6 Spent solvents

29. Production, and formulation of pesticides including stock-piles

29.1 Process wastes or residues 29.2 Sludge containing residual pesticides 29.3 Date-expired and off-specification

pesticides 29.4 Spent solvents 29.5 Spent catalysts

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 2- Project Description

Environmental Consultant Page 36

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

29.6 Spent acids 30. Leather tanneries 30.1 Chromium bearing residue and sludge 31. Electronic Industry 31.1 Process residue and wastes

31.2 Spent etching chemicals and solvents 32. Pulp and Paper Industry 32.1 Spent chemicals

32.2 Corrosive wastes arising from use of strong acid and bases

32.3 Process sludge containing adsorbable organic halides(AOX)

33. Handling of hazardous chemicals and wastes

33.1 Empty barrels/containers/liners contaminated with hazardous chemicals /wastes

33.2 Contaminated cotton rags or other cleaning materials

34. De-contamination of barrels / containers used for handling of hazardous wastes/chemicals

34.1 Chemical-containing residue arising from decontamination.

34.2 Sludge from treatment of waste water arising out of cleaning / disposal of barrels / containers

35. Purification and treatment of exhaust air/gases, water and waste water from the processes in this schedule and common industrial effluent treatment plants (CETP’s)

35.1 Exhaust Air or Gas cleaning residue 35.2 Spent ion exchange resin containing

toxic metals 35.3 Chemical sludge from waste water

treatment 35.4 Oil and grease skimming 35.5 Chromium sludge from cooling water

36. Purification process for organic compounds/solvents

36.1 Any process or distillation residue 36.2 Spent carbon or filter medium

37. Hazardous waste treatment processes, e.g. pre-processing, incineration and concentration

37.1 Sludge from wet scrubbers 37.2 Ash from incinerator and flue gas

cleaning residue 37.3 Concentration or evaporation residues

38. Chemical processing of Ores containing heavy metals such as Chromium, Manganese, Nickel, Cadmium etc.

38.1 Process residues 38.2 Spent acid

The sources of generation of landfillable, incinerable waste are chemical, pharmaceuticals manufacturing units.

The transportation of hazardous waste will be done as per provision included in Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016. All the hazardous waste will be collected and transported by authorized vehicles. The transportation fleet will be authorized by State transport authority/GSPCB as applicable.

These types of vehicles will be required for the transportation:

• Full Body LPT

• Half Body LPT

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 2- Project Description

Environmental Consultant Page 37

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

• Hook loader

• Crane

• Tipper

• Hud Body

• Close Body

• TATA Ace

These vehicles will be equipped with GPRS, spark arrestor and spillage control kit.

Waste Feed system (waste preparation and feed section)

Waste category I & II Liquid Form (Pumped & transferred to storage tank) (Tanker/Small container/drums of 200 L) Drum Unloading station provided

Waste category III Process waste/distillate residues (Semi-solid or Solid form) Direct drum charging system for drums upto 20 L & for more than 50 L up to 200 L drum unloading system provided.

Waste category IV Solid Waste in Bags/loose form. Directly fed to waste feed system through double door system.

Operating standards as per CPCB guidelines

Table 2-10 Operating standards as per CPCB guidelines CPCB Requirements Compliance Combustion Efficiency (CE) shall be at least 99.9% and shall be computed as follows: CE = % CO2 X 100 / (%CO2 + % CO)

Will be complied by Incineration process.

Temperature of primary chamber shall be at least 850 °C Will be complied by incineration process.

Secondary chamber gas residence time shall be at least 2 (two) seconds at 1100 deg C with minimum 3% Oxygen in the stack gas

Will be complied by incineration process.

Destruction and Removal Efficiency (DRE) for each principal organic Common hazardous constituent in the waste feed shall be at least 99.99% DRE for Common hazardous waste containing PCBs, PCTs and other chlorinated compounds shall be 99.9999%.

Will be complied by incineration process.

Emission standards

While operating at 100 % rated capacity, emission limit from the discharge of stack will be as under:

Parameter Emission Limit (mg/Nm3) Particulates 30

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 2- Project Description

Environmental Consultant Page 38

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

HCl 50 SO2 200 CO 100 TOC 20 HF 4 NOX (NO and NO2 expressed as NO2) 200

Note: All values above will be corrected to 10% oxygen on dry volume basis.

Hydrocarbon: 10 PPM, over an hourly rolling average on dry basis, measured as propane.

Opacity: While operating properly at 100% rated capacity, the system will have visible emission rate of less than on equal to 10%, except for condensed water vapour, from the discharge of stack (one hour rolling average).

Dioxin / Furans: While operating at 100% rated capacity, the system will have an

emission of dioxin and furans less than or equal to 0.1 ng TEQ / Nm3 corrected to 10% Oxygen. Sampling period will be minimum 6 hours and maximum 8 hours.

Metals: While operating properly at rated capacity, the system will have an emission rate from the discharge of stack to atmosphere less than or equal to

Metals: Emission Limit (mg/NM3)

Cd+Th (& its compounds) 0.05

Hg (& its compounds) 0.05

Sb+As+Pb+Cr+Cu+Mn+Ni+V (& it’s compounds) 0.5

Note: All values above will be corrected to 10% oxygen on dry volume basis.

HW Incineration system

Dual Chamber furnace Primary chamber - Rotary kiln type; Secondary chamber – Stationary type

Primary Chamber (Rotary Kiln):

Waste will be charged to the furnace from the feed section

Incineration of HW shall be carried out using atmospheric air

Waste to air ratio will be maintained so as to endure complete combustion of waste

Temperature of rotary furnace will be maintained at minimum 1000 oC

Secondary Chamber (Stationary)

Hot flue gas from the rotary furnace will be fed to the Secondary Chamber

Flue gas temperature is raised to 1200oC using air burner

Retention time of Flue gas is >2 sec to ensure removal of organic constituents.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 2- Project Description

Environmental Consultant Page 39

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Rotary furnace rare end will be connected to secondary furnace

Ash left out in Rotary furnace falls at the bottom hopper of the secondary furnace and finally discharged through ash removal system

Ash will be collected in underground RCC

tank

Operating Conditions

Incineration system will be operated to achieve a level of destruction such that Total Organic Carbon (TOC) content of the bottom ashes is less than 3%, or their loss of ignition is less than 5% of the dry material weight.

Incineration system will be designed, built and operated in such a way that the gas resulting from the process is raised, after the injection of combustion air, in a controlled and homogeneous fashion and even under the most unfavorable condition, to a temperature of 850 C for two seconds. If hazardous waste with a content of more than 1 % halogenated organic substances expressed as chlorine are incinerated, temperature

has to be raised to 1100 C for at least two seconds.

Description of Incineration Process

Entire Plant is divided into following sections

Section 100: Waste Preparation and Feed Section

Section 200: Incineration in rotary kiln, Secondary Chamber (PCC) and Air Pollution

Control System

Section 300: Water Treatment, Cooling Tower and Instrument Air, utilities

1. Waste Preparation and Feed Section

Waste of each category will be handled separately and will be prepared such that it becomes suitable for feeding to the Incineration section.

Waste Category I & II

Category I & II type wastes are basically in liquid form, which can be pumped and transferred to the storage tank. This type of waste will be either received in Tanker or small container or in drums of 200 liters. In order to transfer waste from either tanker or drums unloading station will be provided. From this station waste will be either directly pumped to incinerator or will be transferred to day storage tank for feeding to the incinerator through day storage tank.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 2- Project Description

Environmental Consultant Page 40

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

For storage of Category I and Category II type of waste two separate storage tanks will be provided. These tanks will be agitated tank and provided with protection lining from the inside.

Waste Category III

Generally process waste, distillate residue will be received in drums from the industries. These will be in semi solid or solid form and it may not be possible to recover these waste from the drums. To handle such waste it is proposed to provide direct drum charging system for drums up to 20 Liters capacity and drum unloading system for drums larger than 50 liters and up to 200 liters capacity.

Waste Category IV

Solid waste received in bags will be treated as waste category IV. Waste received in bags will be put directly on waste feeding using EOT grab bucket arrangement. From here waste will be charged into waste feeding system through double door system.

As described above following waste feed system is proposed for the plant.

Category I & II : Pumping using screw pump to handle liquid up to high Viscosity.

Category III : Up to 20 Lit Drums: Drum charger

Above 20 Lit drums: Drum unloading station.

Category IV : Overhead crane with Jaw end to charge waste into charging duct/hopper of the Rotary Kiln.

2. Incineration in Rotary kiln, Secondary Chamber (PCC) and Air Pollution Control System

Hazardous waste incineration will be carried out in dual chamber furnaces. Primary

Incineration Chamber will be of rotary kiln type and Secondary Incineration chamber shall be of stationary type.

Primary Chamber (Rotary Kiln)

Rotary inclined furnace will be provided as primary chamber. Here, waste will be charged to the furnace from the feed section. Incineration of hazardous waste will be carried out

using atmospheric air. Waste to Air ratio will be maintained so as to ensure complete combustion of waste. Temperature of Rotary Furnace will be maintained at minimum 1000 C. In addition to the Calorific Value available with the waste, fuel oil will also be used (if required) to maintain the minimum required furnace temperature. Thus, flue gas and solid waste will travel in co-current direction in the furnace to ensure maximum efficiency of the combustion.

Rotary furnace will be a brick lined furnace having adequate layers of fire bricks and insulation brick at the inside of the shell. Rotary furnace will be installed at an angle of 2. Furnace will be driven by variable speed electric motor to achieve speed of rotation in the range of 0.5 to 2 RPM.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 2- Project Description

Environmental Consultant Page 41

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Fuel oil /LDO burner to be provided with burner management system, will automatically startup/shutoff based on the furnace temperature. Burner system will be provided with fuel to air ratio controller and flame failure device.

Rear end of the rotary furnace is connected with the secondary furnace. Ash left out in Rotary Furnace falls at the bottom hopper of the secondary furnace from where it is discharged through ash removal system. Ash will be collected in underground RCC tank where it is allowed to cool down.

Secondary Chamber

Hot flue gas from the rotary furnace will be fed to the secondary chamber. Secondary chamber will be stationary vertical brick lined furnace. Here, flue gas temperature is raised to 1200 C using an oil burner. This oil burner is also provided with burner

management system to control temperature, oil to fuel ratio and flame failure device. Here flue gas is given retention time of more than 2 seconds to ensure complete destruction and removal efficiency of organic constituents. Secondary furnace will be insulated from outside for reducing surface heat loss.

Hazardous waste destruction will be carried out in rotary kiln furnace followed by post combustion chamber.

3. Air Pollution Control Section

Four stage flue gas cleaning system is provided to meet the final emission limit.

Stage: 1: Gas Quencher

Stage 2: Bag Filter

Stage 3: Ventury Scrubber

Stage 4: Polishing Scrubber

Gas Quencher: Gas quencher will be installed immediately after secondary combustion chamber. It will be designed to take gas inlet temperature of 1200 C. Here gas will be

cooled down in circulation of water mixed with aqueous waste (scrubber bleed liquor / effluent) by evaporation of the water part. Gas is cooled down to 180-220 C in spray tower by evaporation of water.

Bag Filter: Saturated gas from gas quencher is fed to reverse pulse jet type bag filter system. Before bag filter activated carbon is injected into gas stream for adsorption of any

VOCs left out on surface of activated carbon. Bag filter is provided with SS casing and internals with Teflon coated glass fiber bags which can withstand temperature of gas up to 250 C on continuous basis. Bag filter is provided with 0.8 to 1 M/Min Air to cloth ratio. Bag filter is provided with complete assembly of cages, venturies and compressed air injectors with sequential control systems. Collected solids from the bottom of bag filter are removed through air sealed rotary valve. Bag filter is also provided with heater system to maintain minimum 180 C inside bag house to avoid condensation of moisture on the bag.

Ventury Scrubber: From Bag filter clean gas is passed through ventury scrubber where gas is quenched to saturation temperature along with pollutant gases such as HCl and SO2 is absorbed in continuous circulation of alkaline scrubber solution. Free alkalinity in the

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 2- Project Description

Environmental Consultant Page 42

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

scrubber solution is maintained by continuous addition of caustic lye in the scrubber liquor. Part of the scrubber solution is continuously bleed off from the system. Suspended solids are filtered in filter press and then bleed liquor is sent outside for treatment in effluent treatment plant.

Polishing Scrubber: Cooled and saturated gas at 78C will be taken to polishing scrubber. In polishing scrubber provided polishing scrubbing for the removal of traces of pollutant gases. In the second stage of polishing scrubber gas is cooled down to 500C by direct cooling of gases through circulating liquor through cooling tower. Due to cooling of gas evaporated waste water in the system is condensed into liquid stream. Additional scrubber liquor thus generated is sent to effluent treatment plant for the further treatment.

ID Fan: A centrifugal fan is provided to maintain negative draft in the system and to overcome pressure drop in the entire system. Negative pressure in rotary kiln is controlled automatically by controlling speed of the fan through inverter drive.

Stack: A rubber lined stack will be provided after the scrubber system with flue gas sampling port, platform, ladder with safety ring.

Details of Stack: Stack height

1. Stack height will be 30 meters or as given by formula as below

2. Stack height requirement based on sulphur dioxide emissions by using the equation – stack height = 14 (Q) 0.3 [where, Q is the emission rate of SO2 in kg/hr]

Emergency Stack

The emergency stack is located on top of the secondary chamber. It is pneumatically operated. In case of system stoppage, solid waste present in the Incinerator will continue to generate gas due to heat. The flue gas generated during this period needs to be vented out. This is achieved by automatic opening of emergency flap.

Emergency Overhead Tank

Though emergency stack vents the gas to atmosphere during power failure, additional safety system consisting of overhead tank is provided to quench the residual flue gas present in the quencher. This can cause damage to downstream equipment because of

overheating. In order to protect the same, water from emergency overhead tank floods the quencher allowing cooling of flue gas.

On line monitoring

Online monitoring will be provided at incinerator stack and ETP. The analysers will be installed on stacks/ chimneys and at the outlets of Effluent Treatment Plant. The analysers will continuously generate data at intervals of one second to few minutes. Online monitoring will be installed for all parameters for Incinerator stack and effluent as per CPCB Guidelines for Real-time Effluent Quality Monitoring System dated

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 2- Project Description

Environmental Consultant Page 43

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

07.11.2014. CPCB issued direction for Online monitoring System for all SPCB/PCCs on 05.02.2014 . Parameters for stack emission

• PM • Fluoride

• NOx • SO2

• Cl2 • HCl

• NH3 • VOCs

• Pesticides • Heavy metals

• TPM • HCl

• CO • TOC

For effluent (ETP) (Inlet and Outlet parameters)

• pH • Flow

• BOD • Chromium (Hexavalent)

• COD • Ammoniacal Nitrogen,

• TSS, • Fluoride

• Phenolic compounds • Cyanide

• Temperature • AOx

• Arsenic • Pesticides

Heat and Mass Balance – Incineration

Heat and Mass balance for the incineration plant is shown in following Figures

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 2- Project Description

Environmental Consultant Page 44

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 2- Project Description

Environmental Consultant Page 45

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 2- Project Description

Environmental Consultant Page 46

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Figure 2-10 Heat and Mass Balance Incinerator Project

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 2- Project Description

Environmental Consultant Page 47

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Figure 2-11 Mass Transfer across Associated Utilities

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 2- Project Description

Environmental Consultant Page 48

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

HW segregation, Labelling, Handling

Handling

When the waste is received at the TSDF site by authorized transportation fleet the vehicles goes to weigh bridge and waste samples are then sent to laboratory for Comprehensive Analysis/ fingerprint analysis. The trained technical staff from laboratory and operations is involved in handling of Hazardous waste from Weigh Bridge to laboratory. Based on fingerprinting analysis and following the CPCB criteria for disposal of Hazardous wastes, waste found suitable for Incineration will be taken for Incineration and if found containing leachable substance (like heavy metals) will be pre-treated by mixing with suitable stabilizing agents and then taken to secured landfill.

Wastes found to contain only inerts will be taken directly for Secured Landfill.

Labelling

It will be ensured that hazardous or other wastes are packaged in a manner suitable for safe handling, storage and transport as per the guidelines issued by the Central Pollution

Control Board from time to time. The labeling will be done as per Form 8.

The label will be of non-washable material, weather proof and easily visible (as Per Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016)

Movement of Wastes within Site

The schematic process flow of the material within site is depicted below,

Figure 2-12 Schematic Process Flow of Waste Material in Site

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 2- Project Description

Environmental Consultant Page 49

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Transportation of hazardous and other wastes

All the conditions for Transportation of hazardous and other wastes as per Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016 will be followed. Authorized vehicles as permitted by Goa government and Goa pollution Control Board will be used for transportation of hazardous waste. Measures for safe transport:

- The transport of the hazardous and other waste will be in accordance with the provisions of these rules and the rules made by the Central Government under the Motor Vehicles Act, 1988 and the guidelines issued by the Central Pollution Control Board from time to time in this regard.

- The occupier will provide the transporter with the relevant information in Form 9,

regarding the hazardous nature of the wastes and measures to be taken in case of an emergency and will label the hazardous and other wastes containers as per Form 8.

- In case of transportation of hazardous and other waste for final disposal to a facility existing in a State other than the State where the waste is generated, the sender will obtain ‘No Objection Certificate’ from the State Pollution Control Board of both the States.

- In case of transportation of hazardous and other waste for recycling or utilisation including co-processing, the sender will intimate both the State Pollution Control Boards before handing over the waste to the transporter.

- In case of transit of hazardous and other waste for recycling, utilisation including coprocessing or disposal through a State other than the States of origin and

destination, the sender will give prior intimation to the concerned State Pollution Control Board of the States of transit before handing over the wastes to the transporter.

- In case of transportation of hazardous and other waste, the responsibility of safe transport will be either of the sender or the receiver whosoever arranges the transport and has the necessary authorisation for transport from the concerned State Pollution Control Board. This responsibility should be clearly indicated in the manifest

- The authorisation for transport will be obtained either by the sender or the receiver on whose behalf the transport is being arranged.

Control over Waste Movement in Transit

The sender of the waste shall prepare seven copies of the Manifest in Form 10 comprising of colour code indicated below and all seven copies shall be signed by the sender:

Copy number with colour code

Purpose

Copy 1 (White) To be forwarded by the sender to the State Pollution Control Board after signing all the seven copies.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 2- Project Description

Environmental Consultant Page 50

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Copy 2 (Yellow) To be retained by the sender after taking signature on it from the transporter and the rest of the five signed copies to be carried by the transporter.

Copy 3 (Pink) To be retained by the receiver (actual user or treatment storage and disposal facility operator) after receiving the waste and the remaining four copies are to be duly signed by the receiver.

Copy 4 (Orange) To be handed over to the transporter by the receiver after accepting waste.

Copy 5 (Green) To be sent by the receiver to the State Pollution Control Board. Copy 6 (Blue) To be sent by the receiver to the sender. Copy 7 (Grey) To be sent by the receiver to the State Pollution Control Board of

the sender in case the sender is in another State. These types of vehicles will be required for the transportation:

• Full Body LPT • Half Body LPT • Hook loader • Crane • Police Van • Tipper • Hud Body • Close Body • TATA Ace

These vehicles will be equipped with GPRS, spark arrestor and spillage control kit.

Storages details for Hazardous waste

Total Hazardous waste Storage area is 1500 Sq. M.

Guidelines for storage of incinerable hazardous waste: CPCB guidelines for storage of hazardous waste, as follows shall be strictly implemented as below :

Storage area (Storage shed)

• Flammable, ignitable, reactive and non-compatible wastes will be stored separately and never will be stored in the same storage shed.

• Storage area may consist of different sheds for storing different kinds of incinerable

hazardous wastes and sheds will be provided with suitable openings.

• Adequate storage capacity (i.e. 50 % of the annual capacity of the hazardous waste incinerator) will be provided in the premises.

• Storage area will be designed to withstand the load of material stocked and any damage from the material spillage.

• Storage area will be provided with the flameproof electrical fittings

• Automatic smoke, heat detection system will be provided in the sheds. Adequate fire fighting systems will be provided for the storage area, along with the areas in the facility.

• There will be at least 15-meter distance between the storage sheds.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 2- Project Description

Environmental Consultant Page 51

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

• Loading and unloading of wastes in storage sheds will only be done under the supervision of the well trained and experienced staff.

• Fire break of at least 04 meter between two blocks of stacked drums will be provided in the storage shed. One block of drum will not exceed 300 MT of waste.

• Minimum of 1 meter clear space will be left between two adjacent rows of pallets in pair for inspection.

• The storage and handling will have at least two routes to escape in the event of any fire in the area.

• Doors and approaches of the storage area will be of suitable sizes for entry of fork lift and fire fighting equipment;

• The exhaust of the vehicles used for the purpose of handling, lifting and transportation within the facility such as forklifts or trucks should be fitted with the approved type of spark arrester.

• In order to have appropriate measures to prevent percolation of spills, leaks etc. to the soil and ground water, the storage area will be provided with concrete floor or steel sheet depending on the characteristics of waste handled and the floor must be structurally sound and chemically compatible with wastes.

• Measures will be taken to prevent entry of runoff into the storage area. The Storage area will be designed in such a way that the floor level is at least 150 mm above the maximum flood level.

• The storage area floor will be provided with secondary containment such as proper slopes as well as collection pit so as to collect wash water and the leakages/spills etc.

• All the storage yards will be provided with proper peripheral drainage system connected with the sump so as to collect any accidental spills in roads or within the storage yards as well as accidental flow due to fire fighting.

1. Storage drums/containers

- The container will be made or lined with the suitable material, which will not react with, or in other words compatible with the hazardous wastes proposed to be stored.

- The stacking of drums in the storage area will be restricted to three high on pallets (wooden frames). Necessary precautionary measures will be taken so as to avoid stack

collapse. However, for waste having flash point less than 65.50 C, the drums will not be stacked more than one height.

- No drums will be opened in the storage sheds for sampling etc. and such activity will be done in designated places out side the storage areas;

- Drums containing wastes stored in the storage area will be labeled properly indicating mainly type, quantity, characteristics, source and date of storing etc.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 2- Project Description

Environmental Consultant Page 52

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

2. Spillage/leakage control measures

- The storage areas will be inspected daily for detecting any signs of leaks or deterioration if any. Leaking or deteriorated containers will be removed and ensured that such contents are transferred to a sound container.

- Incase of spills / leaks/dry adsorbents/cotton will be used for cleaning instead of water.

- Proper slope with collection pits be provided in the storage area so as to collect the spills/leakages.

- Storage areas will be provided with adequate number of spill kits at suitable locations. The spill kits will be provided with compatible sorbent material in

adequate quantity.

3. Record keeping and maintenance

- Proper records with regard to the industry –wise type of waste received, characteristics as well as the location of the wastes that have been stored in the facility will be maintained.

4. Miscellaneous

- Smoking will be prohibited in and around the storage areas;

- Good house keeping will be maintained around the storage areas.

Landfillable waste storage:

Near LAT/stabilization area a separate temporary and interim storage will be provided to store the landfillable waste till the dispute resolve.

Electricity and fuel requirement

The details of the power required for operation of the facility and fuel required for running DG sets for emergency use during power failure are given in table below

Table 2-11 Electricity and fuel requirement

Details of requirement Capacity Remarks Power 250 KVA From Goa state electricity board DG Set 320 KVA DG set will be used as emergency power

back up Diesel for DG set 150 LPD Diesel sulphur content < 0.05 % Incineration LDO 227 kg/hr For Incineration Coal/husk/bagasse 450 kg/hr For Boiler for MEE

It is proposed to install one storage tank for Diesel of 12 KL capacity at site.

Water requirement and waste water generation

Water requirement for the project will be met through the supply from Goa IDC. The details of the water requirement is given in table below

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 2- Project Description

Environmental Consultant Page 53

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Table 2-12 Water Requirement and Waste Water Generation

Figure 2-13 Water balance diagram without leachate

Sr No UtilityWater required

in (CMD)

Consumption /

losses (CMD)

Waste water

(effluent)generation

(CMD)

Method of waste water treatment

and disposal

1 Domestic 30 6 24Treatment at Sewage treatment plant and

treted water to be used for Gardening

2 Vehicle wash / tyre wash/ Lab 5 0 5

3 Boiler / Cooling Towers 70 34 36

4 Incinerator / scrubber 35 15 20

6

Corporate social

responsibility activity & other

civil works

45 45 - For CSR actvities and other civil works

7 Green belt 20 20 - Gardening and Landscaping

Total 205 120 85

Treatment through solar evaporation

pond / effluent treatment plant / forced

evaporation and residual salsts disposed

off to landfill

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 2- Project Description

Environmental Consultant Page 54

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Figure 2-14 Water Balance diagram with Leachate

Waste water treatment and its management

Wastewater will arise only from vehicle wash, scrubber and leachates generated from the secured landfill.

A leachate collection system will be designed at the base of all the landfills. It will comprises of drainage layer i.e. layer of pebbles of greater permeability, leachate collection sump, and its removal i.e. pump.

After collecting the leachate, it will be transferred to Effluent Treatment Plant, which will provide the physico chemical treatment consisting of neutralization, precipitation and filtration of leachate. Here, acidity, suspended solids and heavy metal content of leachate will be precipitated and removed from the waste water. Concentrated salt solution will be disposed off in the landfill after solidification & stabilization.

Other method of leachate treatment is by recirculation, whereby the leachate passes uniformly throughout the entire stored waste

Recirculation:- has two beneficial effects:

(i) the process of landfill stabilization is accelerated and (ii) the constituents of the leachate are attenuated by the biological chemical and physical changes occurring with the landfill. Re circulation of a leachate requires the design of a distribution system. Leachate recirculation has been used in some municipal waste landfills.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 2- Project Description

Environmental Consultant Page 55

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

It is proposed to treat domestic waste water and trade effluent separately. Schemes of which are described below.

Sewage Treatment Plant

Sewage will be treat in proposed Sewage treatment plant of capacity 30 cmd. Treated sewage will be reused for gardening.

Figure 2-15 Proposed STP scheme Units in Sewage treatment plant

1. Bar Screen (0.6 X 0.8 m): A bar screen is a mechanical filter used to remove large objects, such as rags and plastics, from wastewater

2. Equalization tank (2.3 X 2.3 X 3 m): pH is controlled here.

3. Aeration Tank (1.7 X 1.8 X 3 m): Artificially Eco-system established. Blowing air helps to live micro-organism.

4. Clarifier (1.2 X 1.2 x 3 m): The solids settled effectively with the help of plate settler arrangement and they collected to sludge holding tank.

5. Filter Feed Tank (0.7 X 0.7 X 2 m): The clarified water is passed to the filter feed tank. From here the treated water is pumped to the carbon and sand filters, where the suspended solids, colour and odour will be removed.

6. PSF and ACF (Dia 0.4 X Hos 1.5): The treated water is pumped from filter feed tank to carbon and sand filters. In this chamber the suspended impurities and odor is removed. The treated water will be passed to the UV sterilizer for disinfection process.

Flow chart of STP Plant

Screening

Equalization Tank

Aeration Tank Sludge Drying Bed

Sludge Disposal Clarifier

Filter Feed Tank

PSF

ACF

Final Treated Water For Garden Use/

Commercial Use

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 2- Project Description

Environmental Consultant Page 56

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

7. Sludge Drying Bed (2 X 2 X 1.3 m): A sludge drying bed is a common method utilized to dewater sludge via filtration and evaporation.

8. Final Treated water Tank (1.7 X 1.8 X 3 m): After completing the treatment process the final treated water stored in treated water tank and used for gardening or flushing applications.

Effluent Treatment Plant

ETP is proposed for treatment of waste water generated form plant processes and for leachate generated from the secured landfills. The proposed ETP comprises of Primary, Secondary & Tertiary treatment along with MEE.

The treated effluent from ETP will be sent to MEE/ dryer for concentration of inorganic

salts. The condensate from MEE will be recycled within plant & reject having high salt content will be disposed of in secure landfill.

Units in ETP

1. Bar Screen( 1 X 1 m) : A bar screen is a mechanical filter used to remove large objects, such as rags and plastics, from wastewater

2. Oil Skimmer (1 X 1 X 1 m): Oil skimmers are pieces of equipment that remove oil floating on the surface of a fluid. Oil skimmers are usually all that is necessary to remove oil from a liquid.

3. Equalization tank (3.4 X 3.4 X 3 m): pH is controlled here.

4. Reaction Tank (Mixer) (1 X 1 X 1 m): The flocculation/clarification process is applied when there is a high degree of turbidity in the water or when solids must be separated from liquids and also mixed to Alum and Poly dosing if required.

5. Primary/ Secondary Tank (1.7 X 1.7 X 3 m): The Primary Settlement or sedimentation tanks are designed to reduce the velocity of the wastewater flow, allowing heavier organic solids (called raw sludge) to settle.

6. Aeration Tank (2.7 X 2.7 X 3 m): Artificially Eco-system established. Blowing air helps to live micro-organism.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 2- Project Description

Environmental Consultant Page 57

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Figure 2-16 Proposed ETP scheme

7. Intermediate Tank (1.1 X 1.1 X 3 m): Is also work like holding tank and intermediate diffused wall perpendicular to the flow in the clarifier.

8. PSF and ACF (Dia 0.6 X Hos 1.5): The treated water is pumped from filter feed tank to carbon and sand filters. In this chamber the suspended impurities and odor is removed.

The treated water will be passed to the UV sterilizer for disinfection process.

9. Sludge drying bed (3 X 3 X 1.3 m): A sludge drying bed is a common method utilized to dewater sludge via filtration and evaporation.

10. Clarifier (2.7 X 2.7 X 3 m): The solids settled effectively with the help of plate settler arrangement and they collected to sludge holding tank.

11.Final Treated water Tank (2.7 X 2.7 X 3 m): After completing the treatment process the final treated water stored in treated water tank and used for gardening or flushing applications.

12. MEE: Its purpose is to remove dissolved inorganic salts. Evaporators is used to separate materials based on differences in their boiling temperatures.

Overflow

Permeate

Reject

Intermediate Tank

Screening

Flow chart of ETP plant

Primary Settling Tank

Sludge Drying Bed

Reaction Tank (Mixer)

Equalization Tank

Oil Skimmer

Sludge Disposal

Aeration Tank

Secondary Settling Tank

Dosing of Poly, Alum

Pressure Sand Filter

Active Carbon Filter For Garden Use/ Commercial Use

Clarifier

MEE System Final Treated Water

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 2- Project Description

Environmental Consultant Page 58

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Employment

Details of the skilled and unskilled manpower for the proposed project during construction and operational phase are given in table below

Table 2-13 Manpower Requirement

Sr No Details Construction Operation Remark 1 Management/skilled - 3 Permanent 2 Semiskilled - 9 Permanent 3 Unskilled 15 15 On Contract Total 15 27 - Indirect employment during project construction stage will be around 50

The local areas will be benefited by way of generation of employment opportunities. The project creates employment to about 42 persons once the facility comes to the operational stage and for 50 persons during construction stage. Top priority will be given to locals for semi-skilled and unskilled jobs.

Write up on compliance to CPCB protocol

Project proponents will comply with the stipulations made in the “Protocol for performance evaluation and monitoring of the common hazardous waste treatment storage and disposal facilities including common hazardous waste incinerators” published by the CPCB on May 24, 2010.

As per CPCB guidelines “Protocol for performance evaluation and monitoring of the

common hazardous waste treatment storage and disposal facilities including common hazardous waste incinerators” on proposed CHWTSDF. The Proposed Facility will be established as per regulatory norms. The development of Secured Landfill and Incinerator will be done as per CPCB guidelines. All components of the proposed facility will be established on the basis of provision given in the CPCB guidelines and Hazardous waste (M, H & T) Rules 2016 and further amended. The proposed facility will be developed in two phases the first phase will only be a landfill site and the second phase will have the Incineration Facility. The main components of the proposed project are –

• Weigh Bridge

• Hazardous waste shed

• Stabilization Shed

• Laboratory

• Batching Plant

• Effluent Treatment Plant

• Leachate collection Tank

• SLF-I & SLF –II • Incinerator Plant.

The proposed project components and operating condition will comply with guidelines.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 2- Project Description

Environmental Consultant Page 59

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Pointwise proposed compliance w r t protocol (Protocol for Performance evaluation and monitoring of the Common Hazardous Waste Treatment Storage And Disposal Facilities including Common Hazardous Waste Incinerators” published by the CPCB on May 24, 2010) is given below.

Table 2-14 Pointwise Compliance w r t CPCB Protocol No Protocol Protocol requirement Compliance /

remark 1.0 Introduction - Noted, for

information 2.0 Rules and the

guidelines applicable for development and operation of the common hazardous waste treatment, storage and disposal facilities.

- Noted, for information

2.1 Environmental Impact Assessment Notification S.O.1533 (E) dated 14 September 2006;

According to the environmental impact assessment (EIA) notification dated 14 September 2006, establishment of an integrated facility having incineration & landfill or incineration alone requires Environmental Clearance from the Ministry of Environment & Forests (MoEF) as per the procedures stipulated under these Rules. In case of establishment of a secured landfill (SLF) alone, environmental clearance is to be obtained from the State Environmental Appraisal Committee constituted by the State Government /UT administration.

Noted and is being followed

2.2 Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling & Transboundary Movement) Rules 2008 notified on 24 September 2008;

Various rules applicable w r t TSDF and incinerator viz. 3(j), 3(m), 3(r),4,5,7,18,19,20,21 & 25

The applicable rules will be followed alongwith revised requirements as per HWM Rules 2016

2.3 Gaseous Emission Norms for Common Hazardous Waste Incinerators notified as Environment

Common Hazardous Waste Incinerators are required to comply with the gaseous emission norms notified under the Environment (Protection) Fifth Amendment Rules, 2008, dated 26 June 2008 as mentioned in table 3 therein.

Limiting concentration as per EP Act will be followed by the project proponent

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 2- Project Description

Environmental Consultant Page 60

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

No Protocol Protocol requirement Compliance / remark

(Protection) Fifth Amendment Rules, 2008 dated 26 June 2008;

2.4.1 Criteria for Hazardous waste landfill

These guidelines provide mainly criteria for location, site selection, site investigation, planning & design, requirements of landfill liner & cover, construction & operation, inspection, monitoring and record keeping, apart from requirement of post-closure financial assurance as well as contingency plans for emergencies. These guidelines also emphasize adoption of single liner system or double liner system depending upon the rainfall, type of sub-soil and the water table beneath the base of the landfill. In a place where rainfall is high and /or sub-soil is highly permeable (e.g. gravel, sand, silty sand) and /or the water table is within 2.0 m to 6.0 m, the guidelines suggest to adopt double composite liner. The specifications of the single composite liner, double composite liner system and cover system requirement as mentioned in the document 2.4.1 (i) to 2.4.1 (iii)

Criteria for location, site selection and other requirements as per protocol have / will be followed by project proponent.

2.4.2 Guidelines for proper functioning and up-keep of disposal sites

These guidelines suggest responsibilities of the Occupier, transporter, operator of a facility, Toxicity Characteristics Leaching Procedures (TCLP) limits, waste acceptance for direct disposal (i.e finger print & comprehensive analysis parameters) (Table 4 & Table 5 respectively), criteria for direct disposal of hazardous waste into secured landfill (Table 6), leachate standards (Table 7).

Various guidelines mentioned, protocols, responsibilities, and criteria will be followed during execution of the project.

2.4.3 Guidelines for storage of incinerable hazardous waste

After review of the existing guidelines of CPCB for storage of incinerable hazardous waste, the revised guidelines for storage and handling of incinerable hazardous waste are suggested in 2.4.3(i) to 2.4.3(vii)

Storage of incinerable hazardous waste will be as per requirement of the protocol.

3.0 Need for development of protocol for performance

The Common Hazardous Waste Treatment Storage and Disposal Facility operators or Common Hazardous Waste Incineration operators are required to

For information.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 2- Project Description

Environmental Consultant Page 61

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

No Protocol Protocol requirement Compliance / remark

evaluation and monitoring of TSDFs and hazardous waste incinerators

strictly follow the rules stipulated under the HW (M, H & TM) Rules, 2008 and amendments made thereof as well as guidelines issued by CPCB from time to time for development as well as operation of the Common TSDFs/Common Hazardous Waste Incinerators. In order to assess implementation of the said rules as well as the guidelines especially with respect to design and construction of TSDFs, procedures for acceptance of wastes, their analysis, treatment and disposal practices followed by the TSDFs operators, Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) conducted a survey of operational TSDFs in different States during 2007-2008. The Committee appointed by CPCB also undertook visit to a few TSDFs. Requirement as per 3.1 to 3.3 are to be followed/met.

4.0 Protocol for performance evaluation of TSDFs

The protocol for evaluation of the TSDFs has been prepared in two parts as given below: (a) Basic Information to be provided by the operator of facility in the prescribed format at the time of setting up of the facility or prior to the commissioning of the facility and by 31 December 2009 for the existing facilities; and (b) Periodic information to be provided on quarterly basis by the operator of the facility during its operation. 4.1 to 4.5 to be followed/met.

Protocol as per 4.1 to 4.5 will be adhered to by the project proponent.

5.0 Summary 5.1 to 5.8 to be followed. Protocol as per 5.1 to 5.8 will be adhered to by the project proponent.

Other rules and guidelines applicable

Norms for DG set, The Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000, Effluent Discharge norms,

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 2- Project Description

Environmental Consultant Page 62

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

No Protocol Protocol requirement Compliance / remark

surface/ground water norms and Ambient Air Quality norms.

General standards for discharge of environmental pollutants Part –A: Effluents notified vide G.S.R. 422 (E) dated 19 May 1993 and published in the Gazette No. 174, dated 19 May 1993 under the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 and rules made there under, shall also be applicable for disposal of leachate into sewage treatment plant, common effluent treatment plant, inland surface water bodies or coastal areas.

6.0 Guidelines applicable for TSDFs:

i Criteria for Hazardous Waste Landfills (Hazardous Waste Management Series: HAZWAMS /17/2000-01)

As per criteria Project proponent will follow the protocol.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 2- Project Description

Environmental Consultant Page 63

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

No Protocol Protocol requirement Compliance / remark

ii Manual on Sampling, Analysis and Characterization of Hazardous Wastes (Laboratory Analytical Technique Series: LATS/16/2002-2003);

As per criteria Project proponent will follow the protocol.

iii Guidelines for Conducting Environmental Impact Assessment: Site Selection for Common Hazardous Waste Management Facility (Hazardous Waste Management Series: HAZWAMS /25/2003-4);

As per criteria Project proponent will follow the protocol.

iv Manual for Design, Construction and Quality Control of Liners and Covers for Hazardous Waste Landfills

As per criteria Project proponent will follow the protocol.

v Guidelines for Common Hazardous Waste Incineration (Hazardous Waste Management Series: HAZWAMS /30/2005-06)

As per criteria Project proponent will follow the protocol.

vi Management of Hazardous Waste - Pre-Requisites

As per criteria Project proponent will follow the protocol.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 2- Project Description

Environmental Consultant Page 64

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

No Protocol Protocol requirement Compliance / remark

for Issuing Authorization by SPCB/PCC (Hazardous Waste Management Series: HAZWAMS /31/2005-2006);

vii Management of Hazardous Waste - Guidelines for Proper Functioning and Upkeep of Disposal Sites (Hazardous Waste Management Series: HAZWAMS /32/2005-2006);

As per criteria Project proponent will follow the protocol.

viii Management of Hazardous Waste - Guidelines for Transportation of Hazardous waste (Hazardous Waste Management Series: HAZWAMS /33/2005-2006

As per criteria Project proponent will follow the protocol.

Environmental Aspects

Each waste treatment process produces gaseous emissions, wastewater effluents or solid residuals, which are to be treated further. For this SMSEL proposes the following :

Emission management

Emission from the proposed facilities will be from the stacks attached to the processing units (incinerators). Incinerator will be continuous however DG set will be required in case of power outage. Boiler is required for MEE operation, coal will be used for same. In addition, there will be fugitive emissions. Adequate measures are proposed for the control of emissions to keep these within prescribed limits.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 2- Project Description

Environmental Consultant Page 65

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Table 2-15 Details of Stacks

Stack attached to Incinerator Boiler DG set Internal dia, m 1.0 0.6 0.15 Temperature, deg C 55 180 - Height, m 31 31 3.5 m above roof Flow rate, m3/hr 26765 8100

Pollutants concentration (all units in mg/Nm3) Particulate matter 50 150 150 HCl 50 - - SO2 (after scrubber) 200 262 - CO 100 - - TOC 20 - - HF 4 - - NOx 400 - - Total Dioxins and furan 0.1 ng TEQ/Nm3 - - Cd+Th+their compounds 0.05 - - Hg & its compounds 0.05 - - Sb+As+Pb+Co+Cr+Cu+Mn+Ni+V +Their compounds

0.5 - -

Key mitigation measures adopted to control stack emission shall be

For Incinerator - gas quencher, gas scrubber and stack height.

For Boiler – Scrubber and stack height

Odor control

Odour generated from landfill operations has the potential to lead to community discomfort depending upon the topography and the prevalent micro-meteorological conditions. Potential sources of landfill odors include sulfides, ammonia, and certain NMOCs, if present at concentrations higher than normal. Although landfill odors may not associated with long-term adverse health effects or illness it may be considered offensive

and unpleasant by the nearby communities.

The main sources of odour are from waste storage yard, collection sump, sorting area incineration unit and Land fill.

Storage Facility

The proposed facility will receive and store the waste in an enclosed area with a negative pressure with the airflow being routed through the incinerator which prevents unpleasant odours from escaping into the atmosphere. While handling odourous wastes, care shall be taken to avoid smell nuisance.

Incineration

Incineration (medical in this case) is the oxidation of the odour into carbon dioxide and water by the combustion of the odour with fuel and air. The reaction takes place at temperatures ranging from 750 deg C to 850 deg C. This is generally above the auto-ignition temperature of most solvents and other VOCs and is a reflection of the heat required to maintain the reaction at dilute concentrations with additional process heat losses. In this regime, the destruction efficiency is almost 100%, assuming adequate

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 2- Project Description

Environmental Consultant Page 66

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

oxygen supply. In some cases, other compounds may be formed depending on the mixture of fuel and air used the flame temperature and the composition of the odour. These compounds may include carbon monoxide, oxides of nitrogen and sulphur oxides.

Solid / hazardous waste generation and management

SMSEL is proposing facilities for TSDF & Incineration facilities which is scientific treatment and disposal of hazardous waste & is also the key to reduce the negative environment impact created by the hazardous solid waste generated by the polluting industries. Details of Designing & Process aspects are given in above sections. Three categories of hazardous waste will be generated from the proposed project i.e. Used oil, Used Bags/ Drums/ barrels and Incineration Ash. Generation quantity, method of storage, treatment, handling & mode of disposal is given in table bwlow

Table 2-16 Details of hazardous and non hazardous waste – proposed facility No Type of waste Waste

category as per

HW rule, 2016

Quantity (T/month)

Handling and disposal pathway

Non hazardous 1 Boiler Ash - 100 Will be disposed within

premises – landfill / will be sold to brick manufacturer

2 Biological sludge from ETP

- 0.3 Will be disposed within premises - landfill

Hazardous 1 Incinerator ash 37.2 2 Will be disposed within

premises - landfill 2

Used oil 5.1

2 KL / M Sale to CPCB/SPCB approved recycler

3 Used bags 33.1 20 Nos / M CPCB/SPCB approved recycler after

decontamination 4 Used drums / barrels 33.1 30 Nos / M Sale to CPCB/SPCB

approved recycler after decontamination

5 Chemical sludge from ETP

35.3 60 Will be disposed within premises - landfill

6 Any other (Cotton Waste, off

specification products, expired

laboratory chemicals, waste garbage)

33.1 0.04 Will be disposed in existing CHWTSDF.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 2- Project Description

Environmental Consultant Page 67

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Noise pollution

Noise is expected to be generated from the industrial activity during construction and operation phase.

The plant and equipment will be designed to ensure that noise generated is limited to pollution control board norms. The equipment will be provided with noise control measures such as acoustic insulation etc, to ensure noise abatement. The rotating equipment will be properly balanced. Where high noise levels are produced, employees will be provided with ear protection devices.

Thermal pollution

Heat transmitted from hot components e.g. Incinerator constitutes a thermal pollution

problem. In order to dissipate heat properly, plant layout will ensure good air circulation and natural ventilation. Thermal insulation will be provided where the skin temperature is more than 65º C to limit the skin temperature to not higher than 60 to 65º C.

Fugitive emission

The waste shall be collected from various places / industries across the state and will be transported through trucks and heavy vehicles, hence, a plan for the handling & transportation of the raw material within the premises and across the roads will be as below:

• All trucks will be transported after covering from the top.

• Raw material unloading will be done by mechanized truck unloading system.

• Dust collectors will be in line with unloading hoppers.

• Material handling in the plant will be done in closed conveyors.

• All the trucks being used for transportation of raw material and final product will be checked for "Pollution under Control" certificate prior to their entry to the plant premises.

• Storage of raw material in dedicated sheds to avoid fugitive emissions.

• Speed of vehicles inside the factory premises and roads will be controlled.

Green belt development

Green belt will be developed around the plant, fuel handling area, administration building etc. The wastewater generated will be used for green belt development and maintenance. The green belt development will be in line with the guidelines set by CPCB. The green belt will be developed along plot boundaries with width of 9 m using varieties of plant species suitable to local environment.

Occupational health and safety aspect

All employees will first undergo medical checks-up organized by the HR Department before hiring is done. There after all people who have a satisfactory health condition will

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 2- Project Description

Environmental Consultant Page 68

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

be hired and the facility for free medical checkups will be given to each and every employee every 6-12 months.

First aid facilities will be available at the premises to treat basic injuries. If the case is beyond first aid, then the person will be taken to the nearest hospital for further treatment and consultation.

All necessary pre-cautions will be taken to monitor restriction at work period. All government banned substances and products will be in the restriction list at the premises. All necessary signboards will be put up at the required places through-out the facility.

Raw Material Requirement and Storage

As can be seen from the above, the activities carried out at the site are Landfill, Landfill After Treatment (LAT), Incineration. Effluent Treatment Plant is provided at site to treat the leachates generated. The list of chemicals required, maximum quantity at storage are given below :

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 2- Project Description

Environmental Consultant Page 69

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Table 2-17 Raw Material Required and Storage Details

Adequate safety precautions will be taken in storage shed with segregation of chemicals so that there are no hazards created due to use of above chemicals.

S.no Chemical Requirement/

Storage

Chemical Requirement / Storage Chemical Requirement / Storage

1 Ammonia

Solution

Commercial

Not anticipated at

this site

Refractory Alum Powder 45 kg /day and stored in

store godown

2 Caustic (Lye) Not anticipated at

this site

Caustic (Lye) 1MT -1.5MT caustic lye required

for plant operation/ day. 5-6

MT stock maintained & stored

in open yard storage shed in

front of ETP

Castor Oil Not anticipated at this site

3 Caustic Soda

Flakes

Not anticipated at

this site

Caustic Soda

Flakes

2.5 -3 MT caustic soda flakes

required for plant operation /

day. Stored in storage godown

Castor Oil

(Defoamer)

Not anticipated at this site

4 Cement Stored in storage

shed

Diesel Not being used DAP

(Diammonium

Phosphate)

5-8kg/day/ stored in RO

plant shed

5 Diesel As and when

required issued

from stores

Furnace Oil Not being used Diesel 300 ltr/day and as required

issued from store shed.

6 Fly Ash In third party

scope

HDPE Bags HDPE bags are used for waste,

metcoke, hydrant lime . Bags

provided by third party

Hydrated Lime

90%

45 kg /day and stored in

store godown.

7 Hydrated

Lime 80%

Reagent storage

shed

Hydrated

Lime 90%

2.5 MT will be required for

plant operations/day. Stored in

storage godown

Hydrocloric

Acid

45-50 ltr/day and stored in

ETP open yard.

8 Poly

Aluminium

Chloride

(PAC)

Not anticipated at

this site

Light/Low

Diesel OilLDO - Two 18m3 Bulk storage

tank . Required for plant

operation1m3/day.

Jaggery (Gud) 5-10 kg/day/ stored in RO

shed.

9 Sodium

Hypochloride

Not anticipated at

this site

Lime Stone

Chips

Used as per requirement Sulfuric Acid Not anticipated at this site

10 Lime Stone

Granuals

Used as per requirement Urea 10-15 kg /day and stored

in RO shed.

11 Lime Stone

Powder

Used as per requirement

12 Met Coke 2.5-3 MT for plant operation /

day. Stored in godown in front

of ETP. Packed in 20 kg size bag

for plant operations.

13 Old HDPE

Bags

Not being used

14 Oxygen

Cylinder

10-12 Nos are used on daily

basis for plant operations.

Cylinders are sent for refilling

on daily basis.

15 Soda Ash As per requirement. It is issued

by Stores

Pre-treatment/ LAT Incineration Effluent Treatment Plant

List of chemicals/raw materials used for following

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 2- Project Description

Environmental Consultant Page 70

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Project cost and operating cost

Project Cost

The proposed project finance means will be as under:

Table 2-18 Project Finance means Sr No Means Particulars 1 Equity / Owner contribution 30 % of total grants term load 2 Govt grant for TSDF’s -- 3 Term loan from Financial institutes / banks 70 % of (total grants) Grand Total 100 % (~Rs. 9,800 Lacs)

The project will be executed in 2 phases, Phase I & Phase II. The broad break up of the cost will be as follows

Table 2-19 Broad Project Cost Break

Phase I costing

Sr No Description Cost, Rs Lacs 1 Civil Cost 3201.11 2 Plant & Machinery 208.23 3 Landfill Cell 1423.89 4 Lab Equipments 16.5 5 Furniture & Fixtures 21.45 6 Office Equipments 33 7 Hazardous waste vehicles 222.75 Subtotal 5126.93 Contingency @ 2.5 % 128.17 Interest during construction(IDC) 144.9 Total project cost 5400

Phase II costing

Note – The cost breakup given above is exclusively for the setting up of Rotary Incinerator facility at proposed CHWTSDF. It does not include the cost of Civil Cost, Plant & Machinery, Landfill Cell, Lab equipment’s, Furniture & Fixtures, Office equipment’s and Hazardous waste transportation Vehicles as other components has already being covered in Phase I proposal

HW Incinerator Break-up cost, 1.5 Tons/hr x 2 Streams, Rotary Kiln Based incineration system S.no Component Cost in Rs Lacs

Stream I Stream II Total 1 Civil Cost 400 200 600 2 Mechanical, Electrical and

Instrumentation 1750 1600 3350

3 Installation, Erection and Commissioning

150 120 270

Total 2300 1920 4220

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 2- Project Description

Environmental Consultant Page 71

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Table 2-20 Overall Phase I & II cost

The site will be operated on BOOT basis. The overall facility will be so designed in a manner which is reliable and cater for present and for the foreseeable future. The overall objectives of setting up the facility are:

• To ensure that the environmental impacts due hazardous waste disposal are minimized

• To ensure that resource conservation is maximized

• To ensure techno-economic feasibility of the project

• To enable the TSDF to handle the hazardous wastes in a lawful manner

• To prevent accumulation of the hazardous wastes at the facility

• To establish an administrative framework and have necessary infrastructure to ensure proper collection, transport, transit storage, treatment and disposal of the hazardous wastes

• To minimize the health effects associated with hazardous waste handling and management activities

• To ensure the technical reliability of the adopted technology in terms of safety, flexibility and sustainability under local conditions

• To ensure compliance with regulatory requirements at every stage of hazardous solid waste handling.

Facility information flow and agreement finalisation

• Marketing executives will go to Generator and collect various Hazardous waste samples. Along with the sample they also will collect documents like consent to operate, Raw material list and process flow diagram.

• They will send collected samples to Laboratory for analysis. This sample which is collected before lifting the waste is called as comprehensive sample. On the basis of report received from Laboratory, the disposal pathway / rates will be decided and as per requirement of generator, marketing department and Operation and

Sl. No. Description Cost in Rs. Lacs 1 Civil Cost 3201.11 2 Plant & Machinery 208.23 3. Landfill Cell 1423.89 4. Lab equipment’s 16.50 4. Furniture & Fixtures 21.45 5. Office equipment’s 33.00 6. Hazardous waste transportation Vehicles 222.75 7. HW Incinerator 4249.54 Sub- Total 9412.36 Add Contingency @ 2.5% 235.30 Cost of the project (Exclusive IDC) Add Interest During Construction (IDC) 144.90 Total Project Cost 9792.59

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 2- Project Description

Environmental Consultant Page 72

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Logistic department will arrange for lifting of waste, once agreement between generator and the TSDF facility is established.

• The comprehensive samples of hazardous waste collected by marketing division from various member industries will be analyzed in the Laboratory for various parameters as per CPCB/MPCB guidelines. Based on the analysis report, disposal as in Consent to Operate and Toxicity of the waste, disposal path is decided by the Laboratory. Mainly the Disposal path is Direct Landfill, Landfill after Treatment and Thermal Treatment. Based on the analytical report submitted by Laboratory disposal rates are decided by marketing division.

• Marketing department will also help to the Industries in the lifting and disposal of old, Laboratory waste, Toxic waste, if lying, with the member industries.

• The company will establish a state – of – the –art Environmental Laboratory at site. SMSEL will get the laboratory approved by Ministry of Environment and Forests. The company will establish IMS i.e. ISO 9001:2008, ISO 14001:2004 and OHSAS 18001:2007 certification and accordingly the working standard shall be maintained. The Laboratory will be equipped with sophisticated equipments like GC/MS, Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometer, Total Organic Carbon Analyzer, Parr make Bomb calorimeter etc.

• As per requirement of generator the waste will be lifted with standard Manifest system. The samples of waste lifted will again be collected at gate entry point and Finger print analysis i.e. testing of few important parameters like calorific values, pH etc. is done by Laboratory chemist and the results are compared with the

comprehensive sample results. On matching the results Hazardous waste is disposed off by the operation department. In case of deviation/variation of results from Comprehensive samples the waste is unloaded in the shed and variation in results i.e. change in the disposal path is informed to the generator through marketing department and on resolution of the problem the waste is disposed off accordingly.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 73

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

Introduction

Baseline environmental status in and around the proposed project depicts terrestrial environment covering land environment, biological environment (flora & fauna) the existing environmental conditions of air, water, noise, soil, biological and socio-economic environment. With proposed project as the center, a radial distance of 10 km is considered as ‘Study area’ for baseline data collection. Baseline data was collected for various environmental attributes by undertaking Primary surveys through field visits, monitoring and laboratory analysis. Secondary data was collected from relevant agencies, such as Town Planning, Forest Department and Directorate of Census Operations so as to compute the impacts that are likely to arise due to proposed developmental activity. The data was collected with the aim of the impact assessment study to find out the impact of the project on the the environment. The success of any impact assessment study depends mainly on two factors. First is estimation of impact from proposed project on the environment and the second is assessment of the environmental condition. Both are key factors to arrive at the post project scenario. The estimated impact due to the proposal can be superimposed over the existing conditions to arrive at the post project scenario.

The baseline data collected and generated, together with the relevant project activities will be considered for predicting the likely impacts of the project on the environment. Subsequently, an appropriate environmental management plan (EMP) will be presented to enable the project proponent to run the project within acceptable level of environmental impact and meet the compliance of the regulatory criteria (MOEFCC’s Guidelines). An Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) will be ultimately made to summarize the post project status of the terrestrial environment, with the project proponent incorporating the suggested EMP measures.

The baseline data generation has been carried out in March 2016 to May 2016 (summer) Period.

This Chapter describes the baseline environmental conditions around the project site for various environmental attributes, viz., and physical, biological and socio- economic, within the 10 km radial zone, which is termed as the study area. Topography, soil, water, meteorology, air, noise, and land constitute the physical environment, whereas flora and fauna constitute the biological environment. Demographic details and occupational pattern in the study area constitute socio-economic environment. Baseline environmental conditions are based on the field studies carried out during the study period (1st March 2016 to 31st May 2016 summer season) at and around the proposed site and through secondary data collected from published sources.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 74

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Land Environment

Location and Geography

The study area includes a buffer zone of 10 km around the central co-ordinate of 74°4'47.324"E and 15°31'29.233"N for Proposed Common Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage, Disposal Facility (CHWTSDF) at Pissurlem, Goa falls in the Satari, Bicholim and Ponda tehsil of North Goa District in Goa. The Project site is located in the Pissurlem Village Panchayat in Satari tehsil of North Goa District in Goa State. Proposed site of Pissurlem, CHWSTDF is approximately 37 km far from District headquarter and State capital of Panjim city which is located towards West side. The proposed site is approximately 46 km away from Dabolim International Airport by road. The project site is reachable from a Goa State Highway 1. Kulem is the nearest major railway station located approximately 37 km away which is reachable by Darbandora–Sancordem–Mollem road. A number of jetties and barge loading-unloading platforms are visible within 10km radius that play and important role in transportation of iron ore which is one of the key component of economy within the study area. The site is located in the Pissurlem industrial area in Pissurlem village Panchayat in Satari tehsil. Local population of Pissurlem Village Panchayat as per Census of India, 2011 is 1,940. Honda (Onda) is the nearest major village situated towards North West and has a population of 5,863 as per Census of India, 2011 survey. Valpoi town, the administrative HQ of Tehsil Satari, is having a population of 8,532 as per Census of India, 2011 and is located towards East side of proposed project site (approximately 10km by road). The tehsil place is accessible by State Highway 1. Ponda is the nearest city located approximately 30 km towards South West having population of 22,644 as per Census of India, 2011 Survey.

A detailed map for the study area that indicates minor roads, State Highways, Village settlements, river and reservoir as well as heritage site is prepared and enclosed below Project site is surrounded by existing industries and mining area between State Highway 1 and Valpoi-Birondem-Advoi-Pissurlem-Onda Road. State Highway 4, Sanquelim-Velguem-Surla-Usgaon Road, Valpoi-Birondem-Advoi-Pissurlem-Onda Road, Guleli-Vagem Road, Ponda-Apewal-Querim-Savoi-Verem-Betqui-Marcela Road, Khandepar Road are some of the important roads within study area.

Arvalem caves and waterfall (about 6km to NW) are important tourist attractions within study area. It is believed that Pandavas took refuge in these caves during the period of their exile. In addition to Arvalem, ruins of Nanuz fort and Sesa Goa Pig Iron Plant are some important locations present within 10km radius.

The study area shows presence of Mhadei River, Valvot River, Kudne Nadi, Mandovi River, Ragada River, Kotrachi Nadi and Costi Nadi. Anjunem reservoir is located in the North side of project site (about 10km).

Pissurlem Industrial estate has about 55 units and is a mixed use industrial units generally into packaging, construction raw materials (7 out of 55), engineering/fabrication (13 out of 55), Food products (cashew 2 nos), plastic parts (6 nos), chemicals (5 nos mostly in detergents and emulsifiers) etc. Ambey Metallic (sponge

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 75

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

iron manufacturing), Alcon Cements (slag cement manufacturer) etc are the large sized units in this industrial estate. List of industrial units are enclosed as Annexure 3.1.

Figure 3-1 Detailed map of 10 km radius study area around Project Site

Cartographic maps & Google Earth Images of Study Area

Survey of India (SOI) Toposheets in 1:50,000 scale are used to identify topographic features within 10 km radius around project site. Survey of India toposheet numbers D43B14, D43B15, D43C2 and D43C3 cover the study area around proposed project site. The composite map prepared showing topographical features in the study area is enclosed below.

Iron mining areas, mine dumping sites and allied industries such as beneficiation plants,

iron plant, Jetties for Barges to transport iron ore are predominant within study area.

Boundaries of Bondla and Mhadei Wildlife Sanctuaries fall within the 10km radius around project site. North East side of project site shows dense vegetation whereas patches of Reserved Forest are seen throughout the study area, mostly on the hills which dot the surrounding landscape.

Google earth image showing 10km study area and detailed location image showing 1km vicinity is enclosed below alongwith Centre coordinates of study area of 10km radius.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 76

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Figure 3-2 Composite Map showing Topographical Features in Study Area

Figure 3-3 Google Earth Image of Study Area

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 77

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Figure 3-4 Google Earth Image showing 1km Vicinity around CHWTSDF site

Table 3-1 Centre Coordinates for Study Area, CHWTSDF, Pissurlem

Study Area (Sq.km) Center Co-Ordinates For The Study Area

329.51 Latitude Longitude

15°31'29.233"N 74°4'47.324"E

Physiography & Topography :

The TSDF Pissurlem site is located in North Goa district, which belongs to the “Central Midland region” characterized by moderately elevated but undulating terrain having roughly NW – SE trend; separated again by undulating tracts of deeply weathered etch plains. The project area forms a part of elevated and undulating relict ridge which rises to an elevation of nearly 85 m amsl (meter above mean sea level). It occupies the area in the shape of English Alphabet “L”. The highest elevation within the TSDF Site is about 83 meter (along central portion) while the lowest elevation is of 60 meter along northernmost tip of site.

This highland along with its foot hill portion owes its origin to the processes of differential weathering and erosion. The Pissurlem CHWTSDF site and the surrounding area are made up of hard slab of laterite, covered with thin layer of lateritic granules. This region is made up of ferruginous meta-sedimentary rock, while the country rock is soft, meta-sedimentary rock. Being hard at the top and ferruginous, the TSDF site and close surrounding is resistant to erosion and weathering while the country rock area is more

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 78

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

susceptible. This results in giving rise to low land around the TSDF site with ferruginous and lateritic portion standing out as a hillock. The project area occurs as a barren land covered with wild growth of plants.

Figure 3-5 Schematic E-W profile of Goa showing various Physiographic units As the TSDF site is located at moderately high elevation with steep (1 in 20 to 1 in 30 m) slopes, it distinctly forms a run off zone, with predominant surface run off over the land and less groundwater recharge. The surrounding area shows presence of many pits of iron ore mines which may be working and/ or abandoned. It is flanked by an ore burden dump from an iron ore mine. The neighboring area at Pissurlem is part of a Government Notified industrial area which hosts many medium and small scale industries.

Contour Maps of Study Area & Vicinity

Thematic manuscript for contour layer was generated from Survey of India toposheet at 1:50,000 scale. After scanning, coverage was generated. Coverage was edited to remove all errors of dangle. Attribute value was given to each contour in the coverage.

A 5 m interval contour map is prepared for the area covering 10 km radius around the project site (see Figure below). As project site is located within the Western Ghats of India, hilly structures are surrounding the project site. Overall terrain shows undulations and predominant hilly structures are visible towards North East. General slope of the study area is from North East to South West. Contours are closely spaced and steep slopes are seen in many area. A number of small hills are spread across the study area whereas a dominant hill can be observed at North East side. Highest point within the 10 km radius area around the project is 720 m above mean sea level whereas lowest point is at 0 m

above mean sea level.

Detailed map of 1 m interval contour covering 1 km angular distance is shown in below figure. The map exhibits contoured terrain. Gentle slopes are visible at some locations whereas a number of concentric contours are seen within 1 km angular distance around

Pissurlem TSDF Site

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 79

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

project site. These concentric contours could possibly indicate dumping sites for mining area. Overall slope is towards South East. Highest point of this map is located in the south west side of the project site at 131 m above mean sea level and the lowest point in the 1 km angular distance from project site is at 19 m above mean sea level towards South East. Project site shows equally spaced contours and highest point is located close to Centre of project site at 86m whereas lowest point within the project site is located at 52m above mean sea level.

Figure 3-6 Contour map of 1 km angular distance around Project Site

The contour map of project site with the project layout superimposed on it is presented in figure below.

As can be seen, the Project Site is shaped in the form of two trapezoidal plots connected to each other at an angle of 130 degrees (approximately). The plot towards North is

partitioned to form a rectangle with a length (N to S) of 224 m and width (W to E) of about 85 m. The connected trapezoidal Southern Plot has two parallel sides with lengths (NW to SE) of 435 m and 336 m. The width (SW to NE) of the same is about 130 m. The general topography of the entire Site is such that the highest contours lie in the extreme West at the junction of the plots and the slope travels towards the NE along three dissected drainage lines draining beyond the Eastern boundaries of the Site. The first and second drainage lines, which are located in the Northern Plot, start at the highest contours of 71 m & 82 m (on the SW and SSW) and lowest contours of 57 m and 62 m (at the NNE), respectively. The third drainage line located in the Southern trapezoidal plot, has the highest contour of 87 m at the Western boundary of the Plot and the lowest contour of 71 m draining beyond the NE boundary of the Plot.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 80

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

The large Southern Main Plot with a total area of 57,570 sq m is divided in three Sub-Plots (SPs), namely SP 1 (23,311 sq m), SP 2 (16,233 sq m) and SP 3 (18,026 sq m). The project layout is adequately conceived by proposing most of the building structures such as Administrative Building, Laboratory, Electrical Control Structures, Weigh Bridge facility, Materials Storage Shed, Workshop, Hazardous Waste Shed, Stabilization Shed, Batching Plant, Vehicles Maintenance Shed, Water Reservoir and Leachate Sump, within SP 1. The latter has the highest relief and is located at the junction of the two Main Plots. The total Built-up area works out to around 6,300 sq m. A Green Belt is planned in the remaining open area of SP 1 admeasuring 7,230 sq m. The sub-plots SP 2 and SP 3, located towards the South of the Project Site with reliefs ranging from 84 m to 78 m, are reserved for Secured Landfill 1 and Secured Landfill 2. The Project Site is connected to the internal road network of the PIE by two 20 m roads. The first road runs all along the Western

boundary of the Site and leads to the Main entrance of the Project leading to the sub-plot SP 1 which houses the main built-up area of the proposed Facility, as described above. The second road runs parallel to the Eastern boundary of the Site, to connect to SP 1 which will contain the Secured Landfill 1.

The entire Northern Plot with an area of 20,556 sq m is reserved for Incinerators.

Figure 3-7 View of Site from surrounding area

South side hillock South-West view of site

East view of site North view of site (Downward slope)

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 81

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Figure 3-8 Contour Plan with Layout Superimposed

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 82

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Drainage pattern

The site of TSDF project occupies the sloping portion of a small, relict ridge. The ridge has divergent slopes which discharge the incident rainfall in small streamlets along the foot hill portion on east and western side. Although, there is no drainage of prominence nearby, the TSDF site and surrounding area occupies a small portion of Upper reaches of Mandovi river; one of principal drainages in Goa. In general, the drainage pattern of this region is dendrite, wherein the smaller drainage line meets the larger one at an acute angle. Figure below depicts the physiographic division vis a vis the drainages of Goa state.

Figure 3-9 Map showing Physiographic divisions and drainages of Goa

Drainage layer is generated after scanning the thematic manuscripts which is further edited for line errors. Two different layers were made separately for line drainage. Drainage order was given to all the drain lines in the layer. Strahler’s method of ordering is used for giving order to drainage. Wherein the smallest permanent streams are designated as the first order and the confluences of two first order streams give rise to

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 83

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

second order stream and so on. The order of trunk stream is not altered by the addition of lower order. The order of the stream will increase only by the addition of streams of same order.

The study area covering 10 km radius around project site exhibits majority of third order drainage pattern as shown in figure below. Overall, the study area displays distinct and sub-dendritic drainage pattern. The study area shows drainage pattern wherein majority of the streams flow towards South, South-East and contribute to Mahadayi (Mhadei) River Basin. Some streams flow towards North – North West and contribute to Valvot River, since the project site is located at a slightly elevated location, streams are observed to pass away from project site. Some of the minor streams that flow towards North contribute to Anjunem dam.

Figure 3-10 Drainage map of 10 km radius area around Project Site

A detailed drainage map of the 1 km angular distance around project site is also shown in following figure. The proposed project site is topographically positioned in a way that streams are passing away from the project site. No major streams are passing through the project site. All the water bodies and river with sufficient width were put in a polygon layer and direction of Rivers and streams is shown in below figures.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 84

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Figure 3-11 Drainage map of 1 km angular distance around Project Site

Geological Setup

North Goa district is covered by the formation of Goa Group belonging to Dharwar Super Group of Archaean to Proterozoic age. The Goa Group comprises of metamorphic rocks of green schist facies and is divided into Barcem, Sanvordem, Bicholim and Vageri formation in the ascending order of superposition. The Goa Group of rocks has been intruded by granite gneiss, feldspathic gneiss, hornblende gneiss and porphyritic granite, followed by basic intrusive. During the Sub – Recent and Recent times, the rocks have been subjected to lateritisation of varying thickness. Thus, laterite occurs extensively covering almost all the formations in North Goa district. The area in close surrounding of TSDF site also displays lateritic capping of enormous thickness. No rock exposure is witnessed close to TSDF site due to lateritisation. The general strtaigraphic succession of North Goa sourced from CGWB Brochure for North Goa district is detailed in table below

Table 3-2 General Stratigraphic succession of North Goa

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 85

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Geology and Stratigraphy at Site

Since proposed site is meant to be a CHWTSDF, with secured landfill facility meant for burial of waste, Geophysical Surveys were carried out at highest and intermediate elevations within proposed CHWTSDF plot so as to assess the nature of subsurface rock. Theory: “Electrical resistivity” is a physical property that characterizes the material almost as definitely as its density and magnetic susceptibly. For this reason measure of the resistivity of soil & rock material in natural state makes it possible to distinguish one type from another without drilling or exposing the subsurface materials. Electrical Resistivity technique of subsurface investigation is based on the variations in resistivity of subsurface layers depending on density, chemical composition & moisture contents. In electrical resistivity investigation an electrical current I is introduced into the ground with the help of two current electrodes and the potential difference V between two potential electrodes is measured. The apparent resistivity i.e. V/I is converted into apparent resistivity Rho (ρ) by applying proper geometrical factor. The apparent resistivity depends upon density, thickness of different layers and current electrode spacing. As the current electrode spacing is increased, deeper layer start contributing. When there is a sudden change in resistivity of a particular layer, it gets reflected in the apparent resistivity. In electrical resistivity investigations, both types of electric conductivity are involved, i.e. electronic conductivity through soil particles, rocks and electrolytic conductivity through ground water. More mineralized rock materials result in higher conductivity of ground water due to high metal concentration and iron content. Since conductivity is the reciprocal of resistivity, the fewer the free ions in a materials & the drier it is, the higher is electrical resistivity. Low resistivity zones are looked for

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 86

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

ground water potential. Geophysical Investigations result in ρ (rho) value i.e. resistivity in ohm-m indicating compactness of the subsurface rock.

Vertical Electrical Sounding – VES using Schlumberger method were undertaken in TSDF area. These were intended to understand the nature of the sub surface rock with increasing depth. The geophysical study has been carried out up to 100 m depth bgl. in the TSDF area.

Figure 3-12 Geophysical survey with resistivity meter

Interpretation of Resistivity Data:

The representative graph of apparent resistivity curve plotted from the Verticle Electrical Sounding values is shown and interpreted to understand subsurface geology within TSDF site. After interpretation, it is observed that the subsurface rock in this area is principally in the form of thick lateritic capping and lateritic rock. upto depth of 50 meter bgl (below ground level). Moreover, the effects of lateritisation have been found to persist even upto 100 depth below ground level.

Figure 3-13 Resistivity survey Graph for TSDF Site

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 87

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

The subsurface lithological section interpreted from the Resisitivity Survey readings upto surveyed depth of 100 meter below the ground level is tabulated below:

Table 3-3 Interpreted Lithological Section Sr. No. Description Depth (m bgl)

1 Highly lateritised hard rock 0 to 30

2 Less fractured but lateritised rock 30 to 70 3 Highly weathered, clayey rock 70 to 100

Interpretation: The subsurface rock predominantly in the form of thick sheet of lateritised metasedimentary rock (Duricrust) with resistivity values varying from 3000 – 3550 Ohm-m, with the individual layers’ thickness varying from 0 m to 30 m. It is then followed with slightly loose or unconsolidated lateritic rock upto 70 meter depth followed by clayey rock or lithomarge clay upto 100 meter depth. Being away from promising surface water bodies, these zones do not show significant potential and hence may not bear groundwater significantly. The lateritic layer at the top being porous will facilitate leakage of groundwater and thereby aid subsurface leakage if proper care is not taken in developing the TSDF Site. From the readings of resistivity surveys and graph, the profile of subsurface rocks as shown in figure below emerges.

Hydrogeological study in and around TSDF project highlights some probable impacts due proposed project. The effects and their respective remedies are discussed in Chapter 4.

Figure 3-14 Interpreted Profile of Subsurface Rocks

Soil

Study Area

The study area falls under the Eastern zone of North Goa’s agro-climate zones. The soils of North Goa district occur on different landforms such as hills, ridges, pediments, and plains. The types of soils distributed range from red loamy soil to Yellow red sandy soil

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 88

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

and lateritic soil with low permeability. The soil does not show any regular variation in depth and colour due to undulating topography.

Soils of the north Goa district can be broadly classified into 3 types namely (i) Laterite soil (ii) Saline soil and (iii) Alluvial soil.

(i) Lateritic soil is the major soil type in the district. It is red to brownish red in colour,

highly porous & permeable, slightly acidic with low pH values, low in organic matter, Calcium and Phosphorus. It is common along the highly located eastern border portion of the district.

(ii) Saline soil in the district occurs in the flood plains of Zuari and Mandovi rivers in

Tiswadi, Bardez and Ponda taluks. It also occurs in Pernem taluk. The soil is deep, poorly drained and less permeable. It is saline, high in pH and contains humus and organic matter.

(iii) Alluvial soil occurs as very thin strip along the coastline towards western part of the district. It is reddish brown to yellowish, coarse grained and confined to narrow valleys of rivers. It is well drained, acidic with low pH and organic content.

For the purpose of ascertaining baseline soil quality, soil samples were collected in areas of different land uses in the study area. Results of soil analysis are enclosed below :

Table 3-4 Soil Sampling Locations- Study Area Sr.No. Date Location Depth Land Use

S1 18-03-16 Pissurlem (Nikhil Parab House)

Deep Cultivation Cashew

S2 18-03-16 Valpoi Road (Pandurang

Parab House)

Deep Cultivation Mango, Phanas, Banana

S3 18-03-16 Bhuimpal Road (Narayan

Parab House)

Moderate Wasteland

S4 14-03-16 Sattari (Near Sattari Temple)

Deep Agricultural field near Mhadei WLS

S5 14-03-16 Mann Road (Gajanan Chari House)

Moderate Wasteland

S6 14-03-16 Mann village (Nagesh Parab House)

Deep Cashew Plantation

Soil analysis data was carried out to gauge fertility and soil characterictics and results are presented in Table below.

Table 3-5 Soil Analysis Study Area Parameter S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 Clay (%) 11 6 9 12 10 8

Silt (%) 21 18 24 21 19 25 Fine Sand (%) 61 63 57 61 59 60 Coarse Sand (%) 7 13 10 6 12 7

1 Texture SCL SL SL SCL SL SL

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 89

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

2 Colour R R DB DB DB DB 3 pH 6.3 6.4 5.8 6.1 6.2 5.5 4 Moisture (%) 9 6 8 10 7 11 5 WHC (%) 35 32 29 38 31 32 6 Nitrogen (kg/Ha) 151 135 78 204 117 149 7 Phosphorous (Kg/Ha) 12 29 23 39 13 15 8 Potash (kg/Ha) 47 58 27 154 117 74 9 CEC (meq/100 gm) 3.9 1.8 2.9 4.6 1.7 2.5

10 Conductivity (µmhoS/cm)

0.4 0.6 0.7 0.4 0.3 0.7

11 TOC (%) 0.6 0.8 0.2 0.7 0.3 0.5

Note: SL – Sandy Loam, SCL – Sandy Clay Loam

Colour : R – Red DB Dark Brown TOC Total Organic Carbon WHC Water Holding Capacity

Intrepretation :

From the above data it is readily seen that soil is acidic and is of Sandy loam or Sandy Clay Loam type. The Organic carbon is medium to high, Nitrogen content is medium to good, Phosphorous content is low and the Potash content is low to medium. The Water holding capacity is fairly high. Soils have low conductivity.

Soil Quality in/near CHWTSDF Site

The soil in/near the TSDF site is seen to be mostly Lateritic soil. It is red coloured, coarse grained and hence, highly porous & permeable. The CHWTSDF site admeasuring about

80 Ha is located in Survey No. 24/1 (part) of Pissurlem Village in Sattari Taluka of Goa. As per Form I & XIV the land is classified under “Dry Crop” (Jirayat) category which is also referred to as “Bharad Land” (Annexure 1.3). Such lands are uplands which are naturally covered by forest tree species interspersed with fruit trees such as Jackfruit, Cashew, Mango, Tamarind and wild grasses. These soils are also occasionally cultivated to rain-fed millet (ragi), cucumber, and the like. The Site in question was mostly covered with a limited number of forest trees and fruit trees such as Jackfruit, Cashew and Tamarind. However, now the site is already officially converted for industrial use (Annexure 1.2) and forms a part of the Pissurlem Industrial Estate (PIE) owned by the Goa State Industrial Development Corporation (GSIDC).

On the Northern side the Project Site is bounded by an internal approach road of the PIE,

which is connected to the main State Road (Bicholim-Sankhelim-Honda-Pissurlem). The PIE is located towards the North and North-West of the Site and most of the area towards the West is occupied by worked out mining pits, some of which have exposed water tables. The South-West border of the Project site coincides with the border of an abandoned Ore mine and on its North-East and South-East sides it is surrounded by the remaining area of Survey No. 24/1. The latter is an open area partly covered with bushy natural growth mixed with native trees. The nearest small patches of settlements (other than the Industrial Sheds of PIE) are located about 1 km towards the West and South-West as also 0.7 km on the East (Man/Cumarcond Village) of the Site (see Figure below).

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 90

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Physical and Chemical Characteristics of Soils of the Project Site and Environs

Soil sampling was carried out to represent the topographic features of the Project Site as well as the CHWTSDF Layout Plan which allocates different subplots to establish various components required to safely store, treat and dispose varied categories of Hazardous Waste. The Project Layout Plan superimposed on the Contour Map of the Site is presented in figure below and Annexure 2.1. Accordingly, 15 Surface Soil Samples were collected to represent the Project Site land and its immediate vicinity. The locations from where the soils were sampled are shown in figure below.

The soil samples were analysed for their baseline physical properties and chemical composition comprising “primary/secondary” plant nutrients other routine chemicals which determine soil productivity as reflected by the “quality/quantity” of biomass

produced on it. As Hazardous Waste may contain a number of trace elements (heavy metals) which may contribute to the surrounding soil environment in the long run, the baseline contents of elements such as Chromium, Cadmium, Lead, Mercury, Zinc, Arsenic, Nickel, Selenium, Manganese, and Copper were also determined. The complete results of the said analytical work covering all 15 soil samples are presented in Table below. For the ease of interpretation of the results vis-à-vis the topographical location of soils, envisaged project components (Incinerators, Office Buildings and Landfills 1 & 2) and probable future impacts of the latter, the results are presented below.

Figure 3-15 Nearest Villages to CHWTSDF Site

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 91

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Soil composition and Characteristics Study Area

Tropical heat and high rainfall have resulted in the formation of highly weathered Soils (Ultisols). Leaching of bases due to heavy precipitation has resulted in the enrichment of sesquioxides (oxides of iron and aluminium) which form a hard crust on prolonged exposure to atmosphere and presents expression of laterisation. Such soils are acidic, deep to very deep, well drained, gravelly, Silty-Loam (SL) to Silty-Clay-Loam (SLC) in texture and occur on moderately sloping to steeply sloping terrain. Evidently, such soils pertain to the taxonomic Subgroup “Plinthic Tropohumult”. They have a high content of organic matter in the surface horizon and are dark red to reddish brown in colour. Natural vegetation consists of grasses, shrubs and native forest tree species. Cleared soils are commonly cultivated to hill millets, coconut/areca plantations and fruit trees such as

banana, mango, jackfruit and the like.

Fifteen Soil samples are analysed within plot locations as tabulated and shown in figure below.

Table 3-6 Soil Sampling Locations at Site No Colour Depth of soil GPS Coordinates

S-1 Dark Brown moderate 15.31.32.89N 74.04.44.38E S-2 Dark Brown moderate 15.31.30.57N 74.04.45.84E

S-3 Dark Brown moderate - S-4 Red moderate 15.31.28.49N 74.04.47.93E

S-5 Red moderate 15.31.26.03N 74.04.48.54E

S-6 Dark Brown moderate 15.31.29.60N 74.04.46.23E

S-7 Dark Brown moderate 15.31.28.04N 74.04.44.65E

S-8 Dark Brown moderate 15.31.27.90N 74.04.48.92E S-9 Dark Brown moderate 15.31.24.46N 74.04.48.47E

S-10 Brown moderate 15.31.27.05N 74.04.51.55E S-11 Dark Brown moderate 15.31.24.46N 74.04.48.47E

S-12 Dark Brown moderate 15.31.25.74N 74.04.51.46E

S-13 Brown moderate 15.31.23.98N 74.04.51.04E S-14 Brown moderate 15.31.22.14N 74.04.53.67E

S-15 Dark Brown moderate 15.31.20.65N 74.04.52.65E

Soil sample analysis results are presented in Table below. For ready reference, the Standard Soil Classification as per the Handbook of Agriculture, Indian Council of

Agricultural Research is given below. Intrepretaion of soil analysis results are presented below .

Baseline Soil Analysis at Site - Observation

• The soil texture varies from Sandy Clay Loam (SCL) to Sandy Loam (SL), soil colour from Brown (B) to Dark Brown (DB) and pH from 5.3 to 6.6, as expected considering the high rainfall in the area Acidic nature is the characteristic feature of lateritic soil

• Soil depth is moderate to deep (> 1 m to 2.0 m) and the soil clay being Kaolinitic in nature, the Water Holding Capacity (WHC) is satisfactory (26 to 40 %). Due to light to medium texture and lateritic mineralogy the CEC is low and ranges from 0.2 to 0.6

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 92

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

umhos/cmindicating that the soils are totally free from the problems of salinity and alkalinity and this is normally the case in highly weathered soils formed in warm and high rainfall regions of the West Coast of India, dominated by the South-West monsoon.

• The soils have a moderately high Organic Carbon (>0.4%) and good/better content of Total Nitrogen (>125 kg/Ha), as expected in soils of humid region with ample vegetation cover.

• The soil is predominantly sandy with less silt and still less clay percentage. Hence, the moisture content is less. Thus, due to sandy nature of the soil indicative possibility of free passage to groundwater.

• Thus, the development of TSDF site needs to be done with suitable precautions.

• The soil samples do not show presence of heavy metals indicative of absence of industrial pollution.

• The Ca content ranges from medium to low (96 mg/kg to 240 mg/kg).

• Except for the exceptionally high levels of Fe (>100 mg/kg), all other trace elements range from Not Detectable (ND) to very Low levels. However, only in three cases the levels of Mn and Zn were detected as High due to localized abnormalities.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 93

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Figure 3-16 Soil Sample Location within plot

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 94

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Table 3-7 Soil Sample Analysis at CHWTSDF Site

Location In Site

INCINERATOR PLOT

BUILDING PLOT LANDFILL 2 LANDFILL 1 WITHIN PLOT

OUTSIDE PLOT

SOIL SAMPLES S-5 S-4 S-2 S-3 S-1 S-7 S-9 S-8 S-6 S-11 S-12 S-10 S-13 S-14 S-15

Elevation Contour (m)

69 62 57 56 54 87 86 77 73 84 80 79 80 79 78

Clay (%) 8 4 5 16 7 8 16 12 5 21 18 24 19 23 11 Silt (%) 25 25 19 23 21 16 10 15 32 9 11 17 5 8 13 Fine Sand (%) 58 63 72 51 61 65 69 67 50 64 63 66 68 64 65 Coarse Sand (%) 9 8 5 10 12 10 5 6 13 6 8 3 8 5 11 Texture SL SL SL SCL SL SL SCL SCL SL SCL SCL SCL SCL SCL SCL Colour R R DB DB DB DB DB DB DB DB DB B B B DB pH 6.2 6.6 6.1 6.4 5.9 5.5 6.2 5.3 5.8 6.1 6.4 6.2 6.2 6.3 6.1 Moisture (%) 9 8 6 8 9 8 6 7 8 10 8 7 7 5 8

WHC (%) 29 28 26 31 35 34 36 27 28 40 38 37 27 35 38 Nitrogen(kg/Ha) 37 118 171 116 183 94 141 71 85 106 172 151 81 90 78 Phosphorous (Kg/Ha)

12 23 18 34 25 28 35 44 25 13 27 25 19 14 19

Potash (kg/Ha) 64 101 69 104 94 158 79 81 94 79 136 63 124 43 51 CEC (meq/100 gm)

1.4 1.1 1.3 1.1 1.3 1.5 2.6 1.5 1.4 3.1 2.5 2.3 1.9 2.3 2.6

Conductivity (µmhoS/cm)

0.2 0.5 0.5 0.2 0.2 0.6 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.4 0.5 0.5

TOC (%) 0.3 0.5 0.6 0.4 0.7 0.4 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.5 0.7 0.5 0.4 0.5 0.4 Trace Elements

Ca (mg/kg) 80 96 104 136 160 147 208 160 144 240 200 144 120 160 136 Mg (mg/kg) 88 19 82 48 62 34 67 62 48 86 58 48 34 48 96

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 95

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Location In Site

INCINERATOR PLOT

BUILDING PLOT LANDFILL 2 LANDFILL 1 WITHIN PLOT

OUTSIDE PLOT

SOIL SAMPLES S-5 S-4 S-2 S-3 S-1 S-7 S-9 S-8 S-6 S-11 S-12 S-10 S-13 S-14 S-15

Fe (mg/kg) 162 186 192 186 192 153 81 180 13 119 138 116 115 119 132 Cr (mg/kg) 1.7 1 1 1 1 1 1.3 1 2 1.7 ND ND ND 1.7 1 Cd (mg/kg) ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND Pb (mg/kg) ND ND ND ND ND 1 ND ND 0.6 1 0.2 1.4 1.8 1 0.2 Hg (mg/kg) ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND Zn (mg/kg) ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 1.4 ND ND ND ND 3.3 ND 7.2 As (mg/kg) ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND Ni (mg/kg) ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND Se (mg/kg) ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND Mn (mg/kg) 0.4 ND 1.9 ND 1.9 6.2 2.3 1.9 ND 5.5 ND 1.6 0.5 0.7 1.5 Cu (mg/kg) ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND Chloride (Mg/Kg)

164 68 145 164 106 126 232 164 106 212 193 164 212 193 193

Note : SL – Sandy Loam SCL- Sandy Clay Loam Colour R – Red B- Brown DB Dark Brown

ND – Not Detected TOC – Total Organic Carbon WHC – Water Holding Capacity

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 96

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Table 3-8 Standard Soil Classification

No Soil Test Classification 1 pH Less than 4.5 : Extremely acidic

4.51 – 5.50 : Very strongly acidic 5.51 – 6.00 : Moderately acidic 6.51 – 7.30 : Neutral 7.31 – 7.80 : Slightly alkaline 7.81 – 8.50 : Moderately alkaline 8.51 – 9.00 : Strongly alkaline 9.01 and above : Very strongly alkaline

2 Salinity Electrical conductivity (µmhos/cm) (1 ppm = 640 µmhos/cm)

Up to 1.00 : Average 1.01 to 2.00 : Harmful to germination 2.01 to 3.00 : Harmful to crops (sensitive to salts)

3 Organic Carbon (%) Up to 0.2 : Very less 0.21 to 0.40 : Less 0.41 to 0.50 : Medium 0.51 to 0.80 : On an average sufficient 0.81 to 1.00 : Sufficient > 1.0 : More than sufficient

4 Nitrogen (Kg/Ha) Up to 50 : Very less 51 – 100 : Less 101 – 150 : Good 151 – 300 : Better More than 300 : Sufficient

5 Phosporous (Kg/Ha) Up to 15 : Very less 16 – 30 : Less 31 – 50 : Medium 51 – 65 : On an average sufficient 66 – 80 : Sufficient More than 80 : More than sufficient

6 Potash (Kg/ha) 0 – 120 : Very less 121 – 180 : Less 181 - 240 : Medium 241 - 300 : Average 301 – 360 : Better More than 360 : More than sufficient

Source: Handbook of Agriculture, Indian Council of Agricultural Research

Land Use Land Cover Studies

Classification Scheme for LULC Map Preparation

The data classification is based on National Natural Resources Information System (NNRIS) scheme of classification. The classification scheme is given in Table below.

Table 3-9 Land Use Land Cover Classes Level I Level II Level III

Habitation Residential

Urban Village

Industrial Area Industrial Area Agriculture Fallow land Fallow land

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 97

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Agriculture Agriculture Plantation

Vegetation land

Scrub land Scrub land

Vegetation Degraded vegetation Dense vegetation Secondary vegetation

Wasteland

Roads National Highways Minor Roads

Railway Rail Track Mining Area Quarry Open land Open land

Water River

Stream River

Reservoir Ponds/Lakes Reservoir

Heritage Site, if any Heritage Site Heritage Site

Field Survey

Reconnaissance survey is an important aspect of GIS study that aids in differentiation of various land use classes. Field survey was carried out in order to understand the land use of the study area. Compared to the vegetation extracted from Satellite image the site showed higher percentage of vegetative cover. Also, fallow land in satellite image is replaced with paddy fields. A number of land use features were identified and geographical location was marked using GARMIN GPS. Altogether 43 different locations were mapped within 10 km radius around study area. These locations are shown in along with their geographical locations and its land use pattern in the below table.

Figure 3-17 Map of GPS points Field Study for LULC Determination

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 98

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Table 3-10 GPS points showing Geographical coordinates Sr No Lat Long Description

1 15°26'4.77"N 74° 4'33.04"E Tisk Usgaon village settlement 2 15°26'50.93"N 74° 3'56.66"E Paddy fields and plantation surrounding paddy fields 3 15°27'14.54"N 74° 4'15.61"E Open scrub 4 15°27'25.95"N 74° 4'17.68"E Plantation (areca nut, banana and coconut) 5 15°28'0.69"N 74° 5'17.30"E Plantation and Mahadei River on left side 6 15°28'6.96"N 74° 5'55.48"E Poly house on left side and blasting zone on right 7 15°28'21.13"N 74° 6'25.09"E Gandhi Bridge on Mahadei River plantation on left 8 15°28'37.88"N 74° 6'48.56"E Banana plantation and Guleli village settlement 9 15°28'57.03"N 74° 8'35.35"E Cotorem village settlement and moderate dense

vegetation on right 10 15°28'49.03"N 74° 9'42.62"E Open vegetation towards right and moderate dense

vegetation on left side 11 15°29'52.32"N 74° 8'32.80"E Khotodem settlement and banana, coconut plantation 12 15°30'13.30"N 74° 8'23.66"E Open land in village Codqui and plantation around 13 15°30'54.75"N 74° 8'36.23"E Poly house and plantation beyond Mahadei River 14 15°30'45.46"N 74°10'4.47"E Paddy fields and rural settlement 15 15°31'34.39"N 74°10'18.42"E Plantation and Saverdem village settlement 16 15°31'32.62"N 74° 9'59.62"E Plantation and Cudcem village settlement 17 15°32'8.69"N 74° 9'32.39"E Plantation on left and open scrub on right side 18 15°31'52.25"N 74° 8'14.46"E Valpoi settlement market place 19 15°31'37.21"N 74° 6'13.87"E Moderate dense vegetation in the surrounding area 20 15°32'32.53"N 74° 4'38.99"E Industrial area on the right side 21 15°32'18.47"N 74° 4'31.06"E Scrub land on both sides 22 15°31'53.37"N 74° 4'45.48"E Pissurlem industrial area 23 15°31'32.56"N 74° 4'43.24"E Pisurlem CHWTSDF Project site 24 15°31'46.98"N 74° 4'12.71"E Pisurlem Village settlement & Government High

School 25 15°32'25.55"N 74° 3'32.57"E Way to Mining area, paddy & settlement around 26 74° 3'8.65"E 74° 3'8.65"E Honda Village Settlement 27 15°33'22.98"N 74° 3'29.97"E Village settlement 28 15°33'55.35"N 74° 3'24.09"E Cashew plantation and open land on right 29 15°34'28.56"N 74° 2'50.85"E Morlem village settlement & open land on right side 30 15°35'2.77"N 74° 2'33.58"E Laterite mines on left and open scrub on right 31 15°35'34.20"N 74° 2'22.55"E Poriem Junction to State Highway 4, plantation

around 32 15°36'7.64"N 74° 3'16.26"E Satari settlement 33 15°36'56.70"N 74° 5'18.04"E Anjunem dam 34 15°36'38.88"N 74° 3'59.23"E Querim village settlement, paddy fields & plantation 35 15°35'18.08"N 74° 1'40.87"E Bridge on Valvot River 36 15°33'58.99"N 74° 0'32.18"E Sanquelim village settlement, Datta Temple and

Hajarat Baba Peer Mosque 37 15°33'8.98"N 74° 1'22.57"E Arvalem Caves 38 15°33'3.14"N 74° 1'35.70"E Arvalem waterfall and Kudne River 39 15°33'19.29"N 74° 0'54.89"E Sanquelim city hall on left and mining area on right 40 15°32'33.97"N 74° 0'45.19"E Cudnem (Kudne) village settlement and open land 41 15°32'6.85"N 74° 0'40.29"E Bridge on River & paddy fields in the Cudnem village 42 15°31'16.59"N 74° 0'41.84"E Electrical Sub-station on left & road to Honda on right 43 15°31'42.43"N 73°59'39.68"E Sesa Goa Pig Iron Plant & Goa Power Plant

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 99

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Area Distribution of Land Use classes

The area distributions along with percentage distribution of the different LULC classes within the study area are shown in following table and figure. The digital classification technique is used for the extraction of the landuse/landcover information from the imagery. Twelve different landuse/landcover classes have been identified in the area under study.

Table 3-11 DEFINITION OF ALL LAND USE LAND COVER CLASSES

No Class Class Definition

1. Dense vegetation It is an area (within the notified forest boundary) bearing an association predominantly of trees and other vegetation types capable of producing timber and other forest produce.

2. Moderate Dense Vegetation

It is described as a forest, which comprises of thick and dense canopy of tall trees, which predominantly remain green throughout the year. It includes both coniferous and tropical broad-leaved evergreen trees. Semi-evergreen forest is a mixture of both deciduous and evergreen trees but the latter predominate.

3. Secondary Vegetation/Mixed Vegetation

It is described as openings amidst forests without any tree cover. It includes openings of assorted size and shapes as seen on the imagery.

4. Fallow Land

It is described as agricultural land which is taken up for cultivation but is temporarily allowed to rest un-cropped for one or more seasons, but not less than one year. These lands are particularly those which are seen devoid of crops at the time when the imagery is taken of both seasons.

5. Plantation

It is described as an area under agricultural tree crops, planted adopting certain agricultural management techniques. It includes tea, coffee, rubber, coconut, areca nut, citrus, orchards and other horticultural nurseries.

6. Scrub Land Scrub is a stunted tree or bush/shrubs.

7. Open land It is described as land area without any tree cover.

8. Mine/Quarry Mine / quarry areas subject to removal of different earth material (both surface and sub-surface) by manual and mechanized operations.

9. Residential Area (Rural and Urban)

It is defined as an area of human habitation developed due to non-agricultural use and that which has a cover of buildings, transport, communication utilities in association with water vegetation and vacant lands.

10. Industrial Area It is defined as an area of industrial activities.

11. Water body/ River

It is a course of flowing water on the land along definite channels. It includes from a small stream to a big river and its branches. It may be perennial or non-perennial.

12. Reservoir/Ponds It is a natural or man-made enclosed water body with a regulated flow of water. Reservoirs are larger than

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 100

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

No Class Class Definition

tanks/lakes and are used for generating electricity, irrigation and for flood control.

The satellite image procured from National Remote Sensing Centre (NRSC), Hyderabad was in raw format and few pre-processing procedures (georeferencing) were adopted to bring the image to the real world coordinate system. The False Colour Composite Image was obtained as shown below and this was further processed to produce the Land Use Land Cover Maps for study area. Details of methodology adopted for LULC studies are presented in Annexure 3.1.

Figure 3-18 Geo-referenced False Colour Composite (FCC) Resourcesat-2 satellite image

LULC Maps over 10km Study Area

A landuse land cover map of 10 km radius around the project site is prepared and the same is shown as figure below. Twelve different land use land cover classes are extracted from the satellite image. The proposed project site is located in the midst of iron mining dump area and Pissurlem industrial area. As a result, Mining area (3.23%) and Industrial area (0.62%) are seen amongst the land use classes found within study area. Mining area also includes small open laterite quarries which are used to extract stone for construction purposes. North East side of the project site shows comparatively high altitude and that is the area where dense vegetation (6.17%) is predominantly observed. Moderate dense vegetation (19.30%) and mixed vegetation (36.45%) are some of the other vegetation

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 101

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

types observed within study area. Mixed vegetation is the predominant class within the study area. The vegetation cover classes are followed by scrub land (15.82%) and open land (8.60%) of the land cover. Since the satellite image is captured between January and February, lack of irrigation facilities within the area and only kharif crop is taken by the local farmers agriculture land is not classified from the image whereas Fallow land contribute to 2.99% of overall land use. It is observed that very few farmers continue farming after harvesting Rice hence the land remains fallow for rest of the year. However, some farmers grow pulses and other food grains but the area under cultivation is so small

that it is not possible to differentiate in LULC study. It is also observed during the site reconnaissance survey that at couple of locations Sugarcane is planted by the farmers. It is noteworthy to mention that Mango, Coconut, Jackfruit, Areca nut as well as banana plantation are seen in plentiful throughout the study area. The plantation covered 3.69% of total land use. Habitation covers rural settlement of 0.56% and since there are no major

cities present within 10 km radius around project site rural population dominates the built-up land cover. Anjunem dam and Keri reservoir located at the Northern side of project site form the basis of Reservoirs and ponds contributing to 0.62% of overall landcover. A number of Rivers that flow towards Mandavi River viz. Valvot, Kotrachi, Mahadayi River, Ragada River and Costi River cover 1.96% of overall study area.

Figure 3-19 Landuse/landcover map of 10 km radius area around Project Site Table 3-12 Landuse/ Landcover Statistics of the 10 km radius Area

Class_Code Class_Name Area (Sq.Km) Distribution (%)

1 Mixed Vegetation 120.12 36.45 2 Moderate Dense Vegetation 63.59 19.30 3 Scrub Land 52.14 15.82

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 102

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Class_Code Class_Name Area (Sq.Km) Distribution (%) 4 Open Land 28.28 8.58 5 Dense Vegetation 20.34 6.17

6 Plantation 12.16 3.69

7 Mining Area 10.63 3.23 8 Fallow Land 9.85 2.99 9 Waterbody 6.47 1.96

10 Industrial Area 2.04 0.62 11 Reservoirs/Ponds 2.03 0.62

12 Rural Area 1.86 0.56 Total Area 329.51 100.00

Figure 3-20 Landuse/landcover statistics of 10 km radius area around Project Site

LULC Maps over 1km Vicinity of Site

A landuse landcover map covering 1 km angular distance around project site is also prepared and enclosed below. The map shows eight different landuse classes. Mixed vegetation (45.99%) dominates the landuse pattern around 1 km angular distance from the project site since site. It is followed by wasteland i.e. scrub land (20.69%) and open land (19.69%) which is another important land cover class observed around project site. Plantation is also visible in the North West side of project site which covers 0.40% of the land use. Since the project site is located near the industrial zone of Pissurlem, Industrial area encompasses 3.13% of the LULC pattern. A few village residences are located within 1 km angular distance surrounding project site which contributes to the Rural habitation (0.58%). Mining is predominantly observed that covers 7.32% of the total Land Use covering 1 km angular distance around project site. These are mostly the dumping sites

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 103

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

of iron mines. A patch of fallow land (2.18%) is also visible around the project site. Since the satellite image is taken in the Rabi season, no agriculture is practiced.

Figure 3-21 Landuse/landcover map of 1 km angular distance around Project Site

Table 3-13 LULC Statistics of the 1 km angular distance around project site Sr. No. LULC Classes Area (Sq.Km) Distribution (%)

1 Mixed Vegetation 2.20 45.99 2 Scrub Land 0.99 20.69 3 Open Land 0.94 19.69 6 Mining Area 0.35 7.32 7 Industrial Area 0.15 3.13 4 Fallow Land 0.10 2.18 5 Plantation 0.02 0.40 8 Rural Area 0.03 0.58 Total Area 4.79 100.00

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 104

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Figure 3-22 Landuse/landcover statistics of 1 km radius area around Project Site

Meteorology and Climate

Study area is located towards the hinterland of Goa located about 25km in the Central midland region located about 60-80m above MSL. The area covering 10 km radius is predominantly humid and mostly it exhibits tropical climate. The area shows predominant plantation of mango, coconut, areca nut, jackfruit and banana. Owing to the tropical climate and high rainfall, rice is the major crop seen. Rice contributes to the agricultural productivity within study area around project site. Majority of the agriculture is practiced during Kharif season and is heavily dependent on Monsoon. No major irrigation projects except Anjunem dam located towards North of Project site near Karnataka border. Costi River; a tributary of Valvot River originates from the Anjunem Reservoir. The climate of study area is tropical with significant rainfall throughout the year. Secondary data for climate is considered for Valpoi which is 10km away from the proposed project site by road. Average annual temperature is around 27.60C. May is the warmest month having average temperature of 30.60C whereas January experiences the lowest average temperature around 25.70C.

There is only a short winter season and it is not very effective. The average annual rainfall is 2625 mm. The study area receives most of its rainfall from the south-west monsoon during the months June to September. Generally highest rainfall is recorded in the month

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 105

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

of July (933 mm) and the lowest in January. Source: (http://en.climate-data.org/location/172332/) The study of meteorological conditions forms an intrinsic part of the environment impact assessment study. The meteorological conditions of an area and the industrial process are both intertwined and each has a definite influence over the other. Favorable weather conditions and the surroundings help the successful operation of an industry, while the industrial activity influences the weather in both positive as well as negative ways. Dispersion of different air pollutants released in to the atmosphere has significant impacts on neighborhood air environment. The dispersion/dilution of the released pollutant over a large area will result in considerable reduction of the concentration of a pollutant. The dispersion in turn depends on the weather conditions like the wind speed, direction, temperature, relative humidity, mixing height, cloud cover and also the rainfall in the area.

IMD Data analysis

Regional meteorological scenario helps to understand the climatic factors. It also helps in determining the sampling stations in predicting the post project environmental scenario. Meteorological scenario exerts a critical influence on Air Quality as the pollution arises from the interaction of atmospheric contaminants with adverse meteorological conditions such as temperature inversions, atmospheric stability and topographical features like hills, canyons and valleys. The critical weather elements that influence air pollution are wind speed, wind direction, temperature which together determines atmosphere stability. Hence it is indispensable part of any air pollution studies and requires interpretation of baseline information. The Temperature, Humidity, and wind speed as per monitored data during Summer 2016 is tabulated below,

Table 3-14 Meteoreological data for Summer 2016 (Mar – May 2016)

Temperature Deg C / Humidity % Month Minimum Average Maximum March 2016 21.5 / 78 28.6 / 81 34.6 / 83 April 2016 24.4 / 80 29.6 / 81 35 / 83 May 2016 23.5 / 79 27.6 / 81 33.6 / 83

Wind speed (m/s) Month Minimum Average Maximum March 2016 <0.5 1.1 3.6 April 2016 <0.5 1.3 4.0 May 2016 <0.5 1.0 3.6

Wind rose is drawn from the data obtained using Weather station installed at site and is presented below. The prominent wind direction during summer 2016 is from WNW and West.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 106

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Figure 3-23 Windrose diagram – Summer 2016

Air Environment

Reconnaissance Survey

Major sources of air pollution were identified as several large, medium and small scale units located in GIDC & miscellenous mining activities in surrounding area. Mining activity was as such not operational during survey period. Proposed site located near 700 m away from Valpoi- Onda road. Hazardous waste shall be transported from source to site by Trucks. Major source of pollution in study area is plying of vehicles on unpaved roads, sponge iron unit, slag cement unit, use of low grade fuels & other small/ medium Industrial units.

Baseline Ambient Air Monitoring Studies

The baseline air quality was established by monitoring PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx & CO at 6 locations within the impact zone and 1 at site in Summer 2016 (Mar – May 2016).

PM10 was monitored on 24 hourly bases whereas all gaseous parameters were monitored on 8 hourly basis using Respirable High Volume Sampler/PM2.5 (Low Volume Sampler) and standard methods prescribed by APHA/IS.

CO was monitored using hand held electronic meter (electro-chemical sensor). Table and Figure below gives locations of air monitoring stations and bearing w.r.t. the site.

Table 3-15 Details of Ambient Air Monitoring Stations

Location Ht. from Ground

level in Mts.

Bearing w.r.t. Site

Remarks Category

Onsite (15°31'25.77"N,

2 m -- -- Industrial

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 107

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

74° 4'49.08"E) Buimpal village (15°32'36.78"N,

74° 5'9.70"E)

2 m 1.28 km to North

Listed in ESZ area- (Upwind location) Residential

Pissurlem village (15°32'1.04"N, 74° 3'54.62"E)

3 m 1.1 km to West

Near Valpoi-Pissurlem-Onda Road (downwind

w.r.t Easterly winds) Residential

Mann village (15°31'21.98"N, 74° 5'40.32"E)

2 m 0.9 km to East

Upwind location Residential

Ovaliem village (15°30'39.86"N, 74° 3'47.85"E)

2 m 2.25 km to South-

West

Downwind w.r.t North easterly winds Residential

Vaghurem village (15°30'25.04"N, 74° 5'21.39"E)

2 m 2.1 km to South

Downwind w.r.t Northerly winds Residential

Cumarcond village (15°31'38.45"N,

74° 5'5.57"E)

2 m 0.6 km to East

Downwind to North easterly & North westerly winds

Residential

The statistical analysis data for each location is given in Table below. Detailed date wise data for Ambient air quality analysis is presented in Annexure 3.3.

Figure 3-24 Locations of AAQM stations

Table 3-16 Summarized AAQM Results- Summer 2016

Sampling Location

Parameter PM10

(µg/m3) PM 2.5

(µg/m3) SO2

(µg/m3) NOx

(µg/m3) CO

(mg/m3) On site Average 25.5 5.6 8.4 20.1 BDL

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 108

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Max 30.4 8.2 9.8 22.1 BDL Min 18.3 4.1 7.5 18.9 BDL 98th

Percentile 30.4 7.6 9.7 21.5 BDL

Village Pissurlem

Average 21.6 6.6 8.5 20.6 BDL Max 29.2 9.4 12.6 25.6 BDL Min 17.8 4.2 6.7 16.9 BDL 98th

Percentile 26.9 9.0 12.1 25.4 BDL

Village Mann

Average 21.7 6.3 7.8 21.0 BDL Max 24.4 9.6 12.5 26.2 BDL Min 14.9 4.6 6.5 16.8 BDL 98th

Percentile 24.4 9.4 11.6 26.2 BDL

Village Ovaliem

Average 22.6 6.4 7.7 20.9 BDL Max 25.9 8.4 9.5 23.6 BDL Min 18.3 4.6 6.6 18 BDL 98th

Percentile 25.7 8.4 9.4 23.4 BDL

Village Vaghurem

Average 22.6 5.7 7.8 19.9 BDL Max 30.8 8.1 10.2 23.3 BDL Min 14.8 4.2 6.3 17.8 BDL 98th

Percentile 30.5 7.7 9.8 23.0 BDL

Village Buimpal

Average 21.7 5.8 8.9 20.7 BDL Max 29.8 9.3 12.3 24.6 BDL Min 14.2 4.2 6.8 18.9 BDL 98th

Percentile 29.7 8.8 12.0 24.5 BDL

Village Cumarcond

Average 23.7 6.9 7.9 20.8 BDL Max 29.8 8.5 8.6 22.8 BDL Min 18.3 5.3 7.2 18.4 BDL 98th

Percentile 29.2 8.3 8.5 22.7 BDL

Limits as per NAAQS 100 60 80 80 4

Results are compared with relevant National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) in

respect of monitored parameters as shown in Table below.

Observation of Air quality within study area

• Avg. Concentration of PM10 is varying from 14.2 μg/m3 to 30.8 μg/m3 mainly due to industrial activities within IDC area.

• Avg. Concentration of PM2.5 is varying from 4.1 μg/m3 to 9.6 μg/m3 mainly due to traffic on Goa IDC road & nearby village roads.

• Avg. Concentration of SO2 is varying from 6.3 μg/m3 to 12.6 μg/m3 mainly due to industrial activities in study area.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 109

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

• Avg. Concentration of NOx is varying from 16.8 μg/m3 to 26.2 μg/m3 mainly due to industrial activity/ traffic along road.

• Avg. Concentration of CO & HCl is found to be Below Detectable limit.

Concentration of gaseous pollutants (like PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, CO) is below the specified CPCB norms. Hence ambient air in the 10 km study zone is well within the norms laid down by CPCB. Thus, it can be concluded that ambient air quality in the area is not polluted.

Table 3-17 Relevant National Ambient Air Quality Standards (CPCB, 2009)

Pollutant µg/m3

Time weighted Average

Concentration in ambient air

Method of measurement

Industrial, Residential,

Rural and other area

Ecologically sensitive Area

(Notified by Central

Government

Sulphur Di oxide (SO2)

Annual *

24 hours**

50

80

20

80

▪ Improved West and Gaeke Method

▪ UV - fluorescence

Nitrogen di oxide (NO2)

Annual *

24 hours**

40

80

30

80

▪ Jacob & Hochheiser modified Method

▪ Chemiluminescence’s Method

Particulate Matter <10m

or PM10

Annual *

24 hours**

60

100

60

100

▪ Gravimetric ▪ TEOM ▪ Beta attenuation

Particulate Matter <2.5 m or PM2.5

Annual *

24 hours**

40

60

40

60

▪ Gravimetric ▪ TEOM ▪ Beta attenuation

Carbon Monoxide (CO)

(mg/m3)

8 hours **

1 hour**

02

04

02

04

▪ Non-dispersive infrared spectroscopy

Noise Level Monitoring

Noise levels were monitored at nearby villages / on access routes to judge impact of

industrialization, Open cast mining activity and transportation on ambient noise levels.

The noise monitoring within study area was at 6 locations within the impact zone and 1 at site in Summer 2016 (Mar – May 2016).

Table 3-18 Ambient Noise Level Survey

Sr. No.

Locations/ Date of Survey Noise Level Leq(dBA)

Day Time

Norms* Night Time

Norms*

Land Use: Industrial 1 On Site 14/03/2016 51.5 75 43.8 70 Land Use: Residential

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 110

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

(*) Standard as prescribed in Schedule II of the Environment Protection Act, 1986.

Observations wrt Noise monitoring results:

Noise levels are found to be well within the standards for Day time and Night time as prescribed under Environmental Protection Act, 1956.

Water Environment

Reconnaissance Survey

The study area is entirely rural in character. Water supply in the region is met from Dug / bore well. However, in many cases the wells are covered and water is drawn by pump and supplied by tap. Water supply in the region is effected by the Sanquelim Water Supply Scheme, located in Bicholim Taluka of North Goa district. It is 40 MLD water treatment plant at Podocem, with 500mm/400mm dia DI pipes conveying main from Podocem to Assonora for a length of 15 kms and districbution mains for a length of 55 kms covering Poriem, Honda, Pissurlem, Cudnem, Surla, Velguem, Pale Mencurem, Sal and Latabarcem villages in Bicholim and Sattari talukas. However, water supply is irregular particularly

during summer seasons and sometimes there are quality issues.

Groundwater Occurrence

In 2 km radius area of the site, the groundwater occurrence is normally controlled by its physiography and subsurface geology. In present case both the parameters are against groundwater accumulation. The project area is hilly, undulating with steep slopes, which result in run off than natural recharge. Secondly it is made up of lateritic capping up to 50 m depth, underlain with the lateritic clay i.e. lithomerge. In the lateritic area generally, the groundwater occurs in the upper loose, unconsolidated portion. The groundwater also occurs at variable depths ranging from 25 m depth onwards to form semi-confined and confined aquifers respectively. The surrounding country rock is clayey meta-

sedimentary rock like a schist and phyllite. Hence, it gives rise to clayey formation after weathering which is found to function like chalk that it holds water but does not transmit it. Hence, the water bearing structures in this region are found to be poor yielding and providing only the drinking water to the dependent population. No groundwater based activity is observed in this or surrounding region and the groundwater is so less that this region gets the daily water by agency of tankers. The dug wells in this area are filled up to the brink during post monsoon period, but show rapid decline due to poor or no inflows and most of these open wells go dry in summer. The hydrogeological observations in this region reveal that the dug wells in this region attain depth of 8 to 14 m bgl but support drinking purpose only.

2 Village Pissurlem 15/03/2016 55.0

55

44.2

45

3 Village Mann 16/03/2016 52.1 43.1 4 Village Ovaliem 17/03/2016 50.5 44.8 5 Villege Vegurem 18/03/2016 50.9 45.6 6 Village Buimpal 19/03/2016 55.7 48.2 7 Village Cumarcond 22/03/2016 53.3 44.2

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 111

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Figure 3-25 Dry open dug well in Pissurlem village

Figure 3-26 Depth to water level map of North Goa -post monsoon

The Static water fluctuation maps observed in CGWB Brochure for North Goa district are reproduced in figures below

TSDF Site

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 112

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Figure 3-27 Depth to water level map of North Goa -post monsoon

The bore wells also are exceptional in this area and supply only drinking water. Mostly

they are fitted with hand pumps due to poor yields and as a consequence, the local residents are heavily dependent on Municipal water supply through pipe or tankers. Due to this and location near to state border this region does not host densely populated villages. A map showing hydrogeological setting of North Goa district (Source: CGWB brochure North Goa) and location of TSDF site is given as below.

Figure 3-28 Hydrogeological Map – North Goa

Location of TSDF Pissurle site

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 113

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Sattari Taluka has been rated “Safe” for groundwater development by the Central Ground Water Board (CGWB). The Groundwater resources of Sattari taluka sourced from CGWB website are tabulated in Table below

Table 3-19 Groundwater Resources for Sattari Taluka Taluka*** Sattari

Net annual groundwater availability (HAM) 578.13 Irrigation (HAM) 95.31

Domestic & Industrial uses (HAM) 131.63 Total Ground water Draft (HAM) 226.99

Projected domestic & industrial draft (2025) (HAM) 163.05 Groundwater availability for future irrigation (HAM) 319.76 Stage of groundwater development (%) 39

Category Safe (*** HAM – Hectare meter) (Source: CGWB brochure for North Goa)

Surface Water

As seen in 3.2.3 (Physiography and Topography) and 3.2.4 (Surface Drainage) above, the project is on highland lateritic plateau (about 75m above GL) sloping in different directions. The soil being lateritic there is no accumulation of water as rain water seeps into the highly porous strata. There is no natural nallah in immediate vicinity of site. There are indications of surface drains on the North east of site following the natural sloping contour of the plot. However, it was found to be dry during summer season.

Baseline Water Monitoring

Ground water samples were collected from different sources within the study area for baseline environmental assessment study. Location of the wells are from Pissurlem village (5 wells, about 1.7 km on north west direction from project site) and Cumarcond village (2 wells, about 1.75 km east side of project site) as indicated in Table below. Water from all seven wells being used for gardening ,plantation and farming and not used for drinking purpose. Drinking water supply is mainly from PWD and there is no bore well at both the villages. Important physico-chemical-bacteriological parameters were analysed as per IS 10,500 : 2012 (Drinking Water Standards) for establishing the baseline water quality status of the study area. Most of the domestic water requirement is met from ground water sources and tap water in the study area.

Table 3-20 Locations of Ground Water Wells

Water quality analysis is tabulated in table in below :

Sample No -->Well water,

Well No 465

Well water,

Well No 466

Well water,

Well No 467

Well water,

Well No 468

Well water,

Well No 469

Well water,

Well No 470

Well water, Well

No 471

Well Location

Well near

Mahadev

mandir

(Pissurlem)

Well near

Radha

keskar house

(Pissurlem)

Well belong

to Anand

Prabhu

(Pissurlem)

Well belong

to Gajanan

chari

(Pissurlem)

Pissurlem

gram

panchayat

(Pissurlem)

Kumarcond

village

Well Belong to

Govind Parrikar

Farm house

(Kumarcond)

Direcrion from TSDF

Project site

Slope

towards

north west

side

Slope

towards

north west

side

Slope

towards

north west

side

Slope

towards

north west

side

Slope

towards

north west

side

Slope

towards East

direction

Slope towards East

direction

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 114

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Table 3-21 Analysis of Well Water

Sample --> Ground Water from Well Nos.

Limits as per IS 10050 : 2012

No Parameter 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 Desirable Permissible

1 Colour, Hazen < 5 < 5 < 5 < 5 < 5 < 5 < 5 5 15

2 Odour Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable

3 Taste -- -- -- -- -- -- -- Agreeable Agreeable

4 Turbidity, NTU ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 1 5

5 pH 6.72 6.62 6.72 6.84 6.58 6.74 6.66 6.5-8.5 No relaxation

6 Total Hardness (as CaCO3), mg/L

40 58 40 34 52 54 114 200 600

7 Iron (as Fe), mg/L

0.01 0.01 0.11 0.01 0.03 0.01 0.08 1 No relaxation

8 Chlorides(asCl), mg/L

12.5 17 11 11.5 11.5 14 7.7 250 1000

9 Residual free chlorine, mg/L

ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 0.2 1

10 Dissolved solids, mg/L

50 40 50 40 70 40 100 500 2000

11 Calcium (as Ca), mg/L

11.2 13.6 6.4 4 8 9.6 13.6 75 200

12 Magnesium (as Mg), mg/L

1.92 4.32 4.3 3.3 2.4 2.8 10.5 30 100

13 Copper (as Cu), mg/L

ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 0.05 1.5

14 Alkalinity, mg/L 50 84 48 50 50 48 64 200 600

15 Sulphate (as SO4), mg/L

11 12 11 5.4 18 5.8 23 200 400

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 115

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Sample --> Ground Water from Well Nos.

Limits as per IS 10050 : 2012

No Parameter 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 Desirable Permissible

16 Manganese (as Mn), mg/L

ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 0.1 0.3

17 Nitrate (as NaNO3), mg/L

ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 45 No relaxation

18 Fluoride (BDL as F), mg/L

ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 1 1.5

19 Phenolic compds (as C6H5OH), mg/L

ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 0.001 0.002

20 Mercury (as Hg), mg/L

ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 0.001 No relaxation

21 Cadmium (as Cd), mg/L

ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 0.003 No relaxation

22 Selenium (as Se), mg/L

ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 0.01 No relaxation

23 Arsenic (as As), mg/L

ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 0.01 No relaxation

24 Cyanide (as CN), mg/L

ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 0.05 No relaxation

25 Lead (as Pb), mg/L

ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 0.01 No relaxation

26 Zinc (as Zn), mg/L

ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 5 15

27 Anionic detergents (as MBAS), mg/L

ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 0.2 1

28 Chromium (as Cr), mg/L

ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 0.05 No relaxation

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 116

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Sample --> Ground Water from Well Nos.

Limits as per IS 10050 : 2012

No Parameter 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 Desirable Permissible

29 Aluminium (as Al), mg/L

ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 0.03 0.2

30 TAN, mg/L ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 0.5 No relaxation

31 PAH, g/L ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 0.0001 No relaxation

32 Boron (as B), mg/L

ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 0.5 1

33 Mineral oil, (mg/l)

ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 0.5 No relaxation

34 Sulphide , as S2- (mg/l)

ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 0.05 No relaxation

35 Nickel as Ni (mg/l)

ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 0.02 No relaxation

36 Coliforms (/100ml)

Absent Present Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent No relaxation

37 E. coli (/100ml) Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent No relaxation

ND : Not Detected

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 117

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Observations on Ground Water analysis

The site is away from Habitation, being recently developed as industrial area, surrounded by few industrial units. The industrial units get their daily water from tanker supply and Municipal water is supplied by Padocem water Treatment Plant part of Sanquelim Water supply scheme. The project area is flanked by forests and greenery. There is very little human habitation except in small hamlets. Hence, all the parameters of groundwater are well within the permissible limits. The dissolved salts (TDS), Chlorides, Sulphates, as also Calcium and Magnesium, Alkalinity are also less. Heavy metals and other elements (Iron, Manganese etc) content is within limits. Absence heavy metals underlines low water polluting potential of industrial development and thereby onus on the industries and the CHWTSDF authorities to take adequate precautions and maintain the same in future. Most of the ground water samples collected also pass the microbiological quality requirement. Thus, the groundwater meets the Drinking Water Quality Standards as per IS 10500 :2012 and can be called as Potable Water.

Biological Environment

Bio-geographical Setting of North Goa District

North Goa is one of the two districts of Goa state, as name indicates it is situated in northern part of state and major part of it falls in coastal plains. North Goa has six talukas; Pernem, Mapusa, Panaji, Bicholim, Satari & Ponda. Goa has three distinct geographical regions viz. coastal plains, along western boundary, midland plateau and the hill ranges of Sahyadri that constitutes part of Western Ghats, situated along eastern boundary of the state.

Coastal plains in Goa are typical areas like paddy fields, river side plantations of coconut, confluence of rivers to the Arabian Sea, mudflats, mangrove thickets, sandy beaches etc. Goa’s only bird sanctuary, Dr. Salim Ali Bird Sanctuary is located in these plains.

Midland plateau region is the transient region between the coastal plains and the hilly region to the east. It is undulating towards the east– most of the iron ore mines are located on the hill slopes in this region, whereas plain land agricultural belt is seen as one goes towards the west.

With respect to bio-geographical zone classification of India, eastern belt of state (hilly region along the border) falls under ‘Western Ghats’ Fig EB 1, Annexure 3.4A.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 118

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Figure 3-29 Study Area in North Goa District

Hill ranges along the eastern border of the state provide major catchment area and gives origin to prominent rivers, offers prime habitat to wildlife, natural wealth etc. Most of the six protected areas in Goa are situated in these hill ranges as seen from the adjoining map.

Goa has a very large forest cover- according to ‘India State of Forest Report, 2015’, Forest Survey of India; forest cover in North Goa district is about 53.2% of geographical area, while for South Goa its 66.1% . District wise Area (km2) distribution of forest cover is presented below:

Hill ranges along the eastern border of the state provide major catchment area and gives origin to prominent rivers, offers prime habitat to wildlife, natural wealth etc. Most of the six protected areas in Goa are situated in these hill ranges as seen from the adjoining map.

Goa has a very large forest cover- according to ‘India State of Forest Report, 2015’, Forest Survey of India; forest cover in North Goa district is about 53.2% of geographical area, while for South Goa its 66.1% . District wise Area (km2) distribution of forest cover is presented below:

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 119

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Figure 3-30 Protected Areas in Goa and Appx. Location of Study Area (Red Circle) Table 3-22 District wise forest cover, 2015

District GA**

2015 Assessment

% of GA Change* Scrub Very

Dense Forest

Moderately Dense Forest

Open Forest

Total

North Goa 1,736 127 232 565 924 53.23 1 0 South Goa 1,966 415 348 537 1,300 66.12 4 0

Total 3,702 542 580 1,102 2,224 60.08 5 0

*Change figures are based on comparison of 2011 assessment with that of 2009. All figures in above table are in Km2. GA: Geographical Area

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 120

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

According to Champion and Seth 1968, forests in Goa are classified in five types, viz. Tropical Wet Evergreen, Tropical Semi Evergreen, Tropical Moist Deciduous, Littoral & Swamp and Tropical Dry Deciduous. Percentage area distribution of these forest types in Goa are shown next.

Due to coastal influence, North Goa district experiences low diurnal temperature range and humidity throughout the year is more than 60%. It receives about 2500mm annual rainfall. The district has 3 types of soils viz. Laterite, Saline and Alluvial. Lateritic soil is the major soil type in the district. Saline soil occurs in the flood plains of Zuari and Mandovi rivers in Tiswadi, Bardez, Ponda and Pernem talukas; whereas Alluvial soil occurs as very thin strip along the coastline towards western part of the district.

These climatic and edaphic factors govern the distribution/ growth pattern of vegetation

and associated fauna.

Figure 3-31 Forest Cover in Goa

Baseline Studies of Study Area

Ecology & Biodiversity study pertaining to Environmental Impact Assessment Report for proposed Goa TSDF in Village Pissurlem was carried out within and around proposed site in summer 2016.

Study area under consideration encompasses parts of Bicholim, Sattari & Ponda talukas, where proposed site of Goa TSDF, lies in Sattari Taluka.

The LULC studies shows Dense/ Moderate Dense/ Mixed vegetation 61.92%, Scrub Land 15.82%, Open Land 8.58%, Fallow Land 2.99%, Plantation 3.69%, Waterbody/

Reservoirs /Ponds 2.58%, Mining 3.23%, Industrial 0.62% & Rural 0.56% in Study area.

Goa has a rich tradition of maintaining its sacred groves which render protection to plant and animal wealth over the years by the locals. These sacred groves are considered to be sanctified area and one should abide by traditions like removing footwear and not disturbing any life forms when visiting the groves. Much of the sacred grove is now encroached upon for cashew plantations and agriculture, there are about 49 & 8 sacred groves in Sattari & Bicholim respectively.

Field visits to site and surrounding reveals that, study area is dominated by Open hill tops with scrub and deciduous vegetation. Most of these hills possess mix of deciduous and moist deciduous vegetation, forming prevailing forest type in the region (refer fig. below).

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 121

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Figure 3-32: Hilly terrain with scrub and moist-deciduous vegetation

In addition to reserve forests, other habitats observed in study area like agricultural fields, water bodies, human settlements etc. Each habitat has its own attributes which support typical composition of flora and fauna within them. Study was carried out by

visiting locations at dusk, Day and dawn, taking care that all such habitats were covered. Listing of flora and fauna was done based on actual sighting, interviewing locals, indirect evidences, Literature survey of published research works & official sites was done through internet. To ensure maximum coverage of study area, faunal species were noted even 1.5 to 2 Km beyond study area. Occurrences of Flora & faunal species in respective habitats are presented in Table EB 1 & EB 2, Annexure 3.4B.

Each of the above five kinds of habitats, are described as follows.

FORESTS

A. Dense Mixed Vegetation :

The Study area has scattered hillocks with heights varying from 80m to 150m and has intermittent wide open plateaus. Hillocks majorly has dense mixed type of vegetation (Figure next). Slopes of these possess dense vegetation mostly mixed with cashew. Most of the time cashews are planted along the slope.

The Study area comprises of parts of Ponda, Bicholim & Sattari talukas and the % forest cover is given below; Tree cover is quite prominent in the depressions at foot hills, the

vegetation if observed is either stunted or absent due to past incessant shifting cultivation.

Table 3-23 Distribution of forest cover in Bicholim, Sattari, Ponda taluka

Sr. No. Geographical Area (Km2) % of Geographical Area

Ponda 252.28 11.62

Bicholim 236.33 3.03

Sattari 512.84 47.29

Google Earth image of the study area depicts the left half of it is dominated by open hill tops/ open plateau with ‘open forest type’ of vegetation while the right half is densely

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 122

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

vegetated forming ‘closed forest type. Sometimes, these dense vegetation forms part of private or government forest. A typical Moderate to dense vegetation was observed in the right half of study area while heavy mining activity in the left half.

B. Sanctuaries:

The Google earth imagery also shows presence of two Wildlife Sanctuaries ie, Madei WLS in north-east & Bondla WLS in South-west (1.2Km & 6.5Km respectively shown in GREEN colour) and their Eco Sensitive Areas (ESA) areas as notified by MoEFCC vide Notification dt 25th January 2015 (Madei WLS) & 25th February 2015 (Bondla WLS) (shown in PINK colour) within the study area.

Figure 3-33 Imagery showing Site, Study area, ESA Villages (Western Ghats), Madei & Bondla WLSs & their ESZ.

The Madei Wildlife Sanctuary (208.48 sqkm, Notified in 1999) is geographically situated on the north east of Valpoi town of North Goa district and is located on the Madei River basin in Goa. The sanctuary area is a part of the Western Ghat landscape, and is regarded as a Global Biodiversity Hotspot and an area of high endemism as well. This has wide variety of flora and fauna – there have been reported sightings of Tiger in this sanctuary.

The Bondla Wildlife Sanctuary (7.98 sqkm Notified in 1969) is confined only to a hill top and has habitat contiguity to that of Madei WLS.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 123

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Study area has part of Wildlife Sanctuaries ie, Madei in north-east & Bondla in south-west ends. Biodiversity data from both sanctuaries & study area has been sought from respective departments (Annexure 3.4A).

Figure 3-34 Glimpses of Sanctuaries visited

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 124

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Figure 3-35 Fauna Observed in Bondla WLS

C. Eco-Sensitive Villages as per Western Ghat Notification:

Map below shows study area marked on forest cover map of Goa & ESZ villages of Goa. The Study area has about 21 villages listed as ESA (Listed below), wrt Draft Notifcation dt 10th Mar 2014 (marked in YELLOW in Google Earth image Figure 3.33)

Pali, Koparde, Jarma, Naneli, Ambede, Mausi, Veluz, Bombede, Valpoy, Bhuipal, Velgue, Dongarwada, Sanvarde, Kumar Khand, Singna, Barajan, Panse, Bhironde, Khotode, Melavali muemune, Gotiakhadiwada.

Biodiversity data from both sanctuaries & study area has been sought from respective departments Figure EB 2 (ANNEXURE 3.4A) & Secondary information from forest department website Table EB1 (ANNEXURE 3.4A).

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 125

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

The Eco-sensitive Area had typical flora-faunal composition in contiguity as observed. The list of Flora observed in ESA is given in Table EB 1 ANNEXURE 3.4B.

Figure 3-36 Spread of Western Ghats in Goa & Study Area (Red Circle)

Human Settlements:

Human settlements in study area are seen along the rivers, natural water ways in the

valleys of hillocks and majorly scattered. The settlements are primarily dependent on agricultural/horticultural & allied activities, further on industrial, mining, Chira making, Tourist activities etc. Species here found to be grown from aesthetic, economic or from human benefit point of view. Faunal life observed associated accordingly. This also includes domesticated fauna. Settlements dependent on biodiversity of this area other than agriculture & horticulture are such as Clam collections, Fenny making from cashew fruits, aquacultures etc

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 126

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Figure 3-37: Occupation in Study area

Open Scrub:

Open scrub found mostly on top of hillocks, where vegetation observed in the form of grasses, herbs and shrubs. These are lateritic plateaus which barely support deep root system required for big tree species. Locally such areas are called as ‘Maal’ or ‘Sada’. Open scrub also found to be under mining activity in Study area.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 127

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Agricultural Fields:

Hillocks offer a typical dendritic drainage pattern, in the valley, water find its course, leaving some area between hillock and water way. Agricultural fields were observed

within these narrow strips of land along with human settlement.

Rice is the major crop seen in study area. Besides this, millets and other cereal, pluses are also taken after rice. Agriculture once upon was supplemented by plantation of species like spices, coconut, areca, mango and cashew along with livestock, but now has replaced and taken as main occupation. Once widely cultivated paddy fields, now lay as open uncultivated lands.

Horticulture:

Alphonso Mango & Cashew has changed the face of the livelihood in this region. Organized Plantations and the Farm Based processing Units have guaranteed men and women farm labourers round the year employment. In fact the sector starves from farm

labour shortage. For Cashew, Bannana, Supari, Mangoes, Pineapples etc organized plantations are better managed with fences and compounds running on solar energy, irrigation and use of organic material such as vermi-compost and other compost to maintain soil fertility. The perishable Cashew apple which is major part of Cashew Produce is used to extract Alcohol “Fenny”, and doesn’t go waste like in Maharashtra.

Other cultivated crops are

Coconut, Kokum, Arecanut and Jackfruit.

Other than on slopes, at some places agricultural fields & plantations were also seen in plain area with proper irrigation & water managements.

Figure 3-39: Sugar cane farm

Figure 3-39: Abandoned paddy fields

Figure 3-40: Open Scrub land

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 128

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Figure 3-41 Plantation/ horticulture in Study Area

Water Bodies:

The Study area has number of seasonal streams flowing with “Mandavi” & “Madei” as major rivers, and Valvot, Kudne, Veluz, Ragada as minor rivers; and all together constitute as water bodies in study area. For purpose of this study, water bodies were also visited and considered in this section.

Figure below represents few of water bodies and the fauna observed associated with them in study area

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 129

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

List of flora and fauna observed/reported from above habitats are presented in images below and listed in Annexure 3.4B. For the purpose of listing species even if found/ reported from location, adjacent to habitat, it is included in respective habitat.

Figure 3-42: Avifauna in/near water bodies in study area

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 130

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Figure 3-43 Flora & Fauna Observed in Study Area

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 131

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 132

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Baseline Studies at Site

Proposed site is spread over an area about 77,574 m2. It is situated in GIDC of Pissurlem Village. Location of site offers open area with number of mining areas around. Towards South, site shares a common boundary with a mining plot. Towards east, piece of land covered with scrub vegetation. The proposed plot has vegetation in form of scrub and sparsely spread with no mass nesting observed. The flora fauna noted at proposed site are of least concern with respect to their wide presence in the study area as whole.

Figure 3-44 Proposed Site view towards South & East respectively

Figure 3-45 Avifauna at site

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 133

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Figure 3-46 Flora at site

The plot is elevated from south to north-east with intermittent with scrub/open lateritic plateau were observed.

Table 3-24 List of Flora observed on site Sr. No. Scientific Name Common/ Local Name Family

Trees 1. Acacia catechu Khair Leguminoceae 2. Anacardium occidentale Kaju Anacardiaceae 3. Memecylon umbellatum Anjan Melastomaceae

Climbers 4. Abrus precatorius Gunj Leguminoceae

Herbs 5. Jasminum sp. Jai Oleaceae

Shrubs 6. Calycopteris floribunda Baguli/ Ukshi Combretaceae 7. Carissa carandas Karavand Apocynaceae 8. Holarrhena antidysenterica Kuda Apocynaceae

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 134

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Sr. No. Scientific Name Common/ Local Name Family 9. Ixora coccinea Ixora Rubiaceae 10. Ziziphus sp. Bor Rhamnaceae

Table 3-25 List of fauna observed/ evidenced within site

Sr. No. Scientific Name Common/ Local Name Birds

1. Vanellus indicus Red Wattled lapwing 2. Vanellus malarbaricus Yellow Wattled lapwing 3. Dicrurus macrocercus Black Drongo 4. Pycnonotus jocosus Red whiskered Bulbul 5. Pycnonotus cafer Red vented Bulbul 6. Prinia sylvatica Jungle Warbler 7. Saxicoloides fulicatus Indian Robin 8. Copsychus saularis Magpie Robin 9. Delichon dasypus Northern house Martin 10. Merops orientalis Green Bee-eater

Observation & Conclusions

The primary observations of Study area were compared with available secondary information of North Goa on Forest Department website of Goa are summarized below:

Table 3-26 Comparison of Primary & Secondary data FLORA FAUNA

Category Primary Secondary Category Primary Secondary TREES 91 104 MAMMALS 21 42

SHRUBS 50 15 REPTILES 8 35 HERBS 16 19 BIRDS 84 156

GRASSES 34 - BUTTERFLY 14 - CLIMBERS 15 - EPIPHYTES 5 -

FERNS 3 -

Source: List of Flora & Fauna commonly observed in North Goa, Goa Forest Department Website; Table EB1, ANNEXURE 3.4A.

The primary & secondary information was comparable, except for Birds & Mammals, as the sightings are rare & based on certain time of day.

The number of mines, urbanization, modernizations, developing infrastructures etc was observed in west half of Study area, while the right half is still rural and well protected in view of eco-sensitivity and diversity.

Socio economic profile

Goa is one of the tiny states of the Indian Union. Goa got liberated from the Portuguese regime in 1961 and attained statehood in 1987. Goa was included as twenty-fifth state of India. Goa state has two districts namely North Goa District and South Goa District.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 135

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

North Goa District, with a geographical area of 1,736 kms, is bounded by the river Teracol that seperates it from the Sindudhurg District of Maharastra State; in the east by Belgaum District of Karnataka State; in the South by Zuari river; and in the west by the Arabian Sea. Panaji is the district headquarters of North Goa district. The district comprises of 6 taluks namely, Tiswadi, Bardez, Pernem, Bicholim, Satari and Ponda. There are 213 villages and 27 towns, out of which, 7 are Municipal towns.

North Goa District Profile

In 2011, North Goa had population of 818,008 of which male and female were 416,677 and 401,331 respectively. In 2001 census, North Goa had a population of 758,573 of which males were 388,502 and remaining 370,071 were females. Population of North Goa District as per 2011 census is about 56.08 percent of total Goan population, while

this figure was at 56.29 percent in 2001. Population increased by 7.84 percent in 2011 as compared to 2001 and 14.10 percent as compared between 2001 to 1991.

Table 3-27 North Goa Census Data Description 2011 2001 Actual Population 818,008 758,573 Male 416,677 388,502 Female 401,331 370,071 Population Growth 7.84% 14.10% Area Sq. Km 1,736 1,736 Density/km2 471 437 Proportion to Goa Population 56.08% 56.29% Sex Ratio (Per 1000) 963 953 Child Sex Ratio (0-6 Age) 939 938 Average Literacy 89.57 83.52 Male Literacy 93.40 90.05 Female Literacy 85.60 76.69 Total Child Population (0-6 Age) 77,705 80,129 Literates 663,060 566,668 Male Literates 351,738 312,590 Female Literates 311,322 254,078

Source: http://www.census2011.co.in/census/district/180-north-goa.html

According to 2011 census, 324,927 (39.72 %) population of North Goa districts lives in

rural areas. Of these, males and females are 163,908 and 161,019 respectively constituting, sex ratio of 982 females per 1000 males.

North Goa comprises of a mix of coastal area as well as hilly terrain. The area wise expanse of the Taluka blocks and the forest area composition is provided in the table below-

Table 3-28 North Goa- Blocks and area covered Taluka-wise area statement of North Goa District Goa Districts (Taluka)

Geographical area (Ha)

Forest Area (Ha)

Tiswadi 16,612 178.00 Bardez 26,480 - Ponda 25,228 5012.46

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 136

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Bicholim 23,633 808.23 Pernem 24,200 1343.26 Satari 51,284 28099.15

Source: http://www.census2011.co.in/census/district/180-north-goa.html

Industrial Develpment & Employment

Out of the twenty industrial estates 13 are located in North district and 7 are located in South district. All the industrial estates located in the State are multi product estates. As per the Brief Industrial Profile for North Goa District published by Government of India, Ministry of MSME (Micro Small and Medium Entreprises) (in 2012), there are a total of 7438 units in Goa. Of these 4595 nos are in North Goa. The total employment in industrial units was about 55,317 and total capital investment is about Rs 5088 Crore.

Majority of the units (4594) are located in North Goa (about 1700 in IDC areas) while remaining are in South Goa. In North Goa, the total number of operating unit was 1904.

Profile of Study Area

The demographic profile of the study area is as follows-

Table 3-29 Demographic Profile of Study Area

Sr. No.

Villages Houses Population 0-6 yrs

M F Total

Within 0-3 kms 1 Pisurlem 502 999 941 1940 252

2 Poriem 903 2172 2018 4190 336

3 Saleli 208 491 493 984 92

4 Morlem 762 1674 1616 3290 331

5 Gonteli 332 804 830 1634 164

Total 2707 6140 5898 12038 1175

Within 3-5 kms

6 Advoi 160 303 306 609 52

7 Guleli 67 157 140 297 26

8 Cudcem 142 318 326 644 62

9 Onda 1619 3178 2685 5863 683

10 Mauzii 295 709 666 1375 154 11 Vantem 388 849 829 1678 194 12 Velguem 278 658 652 1310 130 13 Arvalem* 24 64 56 120 12 14 Sanquilem* 105 262 233 495 60

Total 3078 6787 5930 12065 1373 Within 5-10kms

15 Bhironda 126 244 232 476 41

16 Buimpal 303 722 681 1403 172

17 Naguem 105 236 243 479 43

18 Candepar 860 1912 1856 3768 342 19 Padeli 145 340 317 657 72 20 Naneli 60 146 148 294 40 21 Surlya 94 226 234 460 38

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 137

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

22 Valpoi 1834 4327 4205 8532 838 23 Usgaon 2867 6370 6066 12436 1254 24 Podocem* 241 487 479 966 90 25 Poriem* 903 2172 2018 4190 336 26 Betki* 382 871 836 1707 151 27 Savoi Verem* 172 392 372 764 92 28 Ganjem* 204 482 447 929 60 29 Satari* 1619 3178 2685 5863 683

Total 9915 26924 21382 48,306 4252 *Not included in the sample

The table indicates that the villages are small with average 500 houses. Even the big towns like Onda and Valpoi has a population not more than 8000 people. The number of

children in each village is small indicating a low fertility rate. This has a direct correlation with the decreasing trend of early marriages in Goa.

The above table indicates that Total population in study area is 48,306 & no. of persons per household is about 4.9.

Methodology of Study

The Social Assessment was prepared based on the field visits, interactions with villagers and key leaders, professionals, people’s representatives, and secondary data from government records. The study was conducted during September 2016 in and around the villages within 10 km radius from the project location. The information related to SIA was collected by conducting meetings at grampanchayat, schools and interactions with the

people of respective villages regarding their lifestyle, problems, and needs. Secondary data was gathered from the block revenue office and census data available online.

The study was conducted within 10 kms radius from the plant site. The sample size was highest from the villages within 3 km radius in fact all villages within 3 kms from site- 100% were surveyed, followed by 75% villages from 5 km radius; and approx. 50% villages from 10 km radius from plant site. The villages are small in size, scattered and sparsely populated. There are several small settlements around plant site.

Profiles of Villages Visited

Data from villages visited situated within 10 kms from the proposed site was gathered to assess the socio economic status. The brief profile of each village visited enumerating

statistical data, infrastructure facilities and problems faced by people is presented here. The summary of the population and census data of all villages visited is presented in the table below-

Table 3-30 Population Census Data of Villages visited

Sr. No.

Villages Houses Population 0-6 yrs

M F Total

1 Advoi 160 303 306 609 52 2 Bhironda 126 244 232 476 41 3 Buimpal 303 722 681 1403 172 4 Gonteli 332 804 830 1634 164 5 Guleli 67 157 140 297 26

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 138

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

6 Cudcem 142 318 326 644 62 7 Onda 1619 3178 2685 5863 683 8 Naguem 105 236 243 479 43 9 Candepar 860 1912 1856 3768 342

10 Mauzii 295 709 666 1375 154 11 Morlem 762 1674 1616 3290 331 12 Naneli 60 146 148 294 40 13 Padeli 145 340 317 657 72 14 Pisurlem 502 999 941 1940 252 15 Poriem 903 2172 2018 4190 336 16 Saleli 208 491 493 984 92 17 Surlya 94 226 234 460 38 18 Vantem 388 849 829 1678 194 19 Velgaon 278 658 652 1310 130 20 Valpoi 1834 4327 4205 8532 838 21 Usgaon 2867 6370 6066 12436 1254

Source: Census Report 2011

Majority of the villages situated around the project site are small villages with an average of 200 households. Three large villages – Valpoi, Usgaon, and Onda fall in the 10 km radius from the site. Valpoi and Onda are block headquarters and Usgao is a main trade centre. Most of the people residing in the villages were Hindus, with just 5% Christians and about 2 % Muslims in few villages. The male female ratio was found high with just a little difference in the villages. Some villages recorded high sex ratio than the State average of

973/1000 males. The gender balance was well maintained and there is no gender based discrimination observed among the people. Women are encouraged to study and work and live an independent life. Men were seen to be involved in household chores.

The following table shows literacy data and sex ratio according to the census data-

Table 3-31 Literacy and sex ratio data of Villages visited

Sr. No. Villages Literacy in % Sex ratio

M F 1 Advoi 92.6 77.9 1010 2 Bhironda 94.2 83.8 951 3 Buimpal 90.4 73.1 943 4 Gonteli 92.0 81.6 1032 5 Guleli 90.8 73.6 892 6 Cudcem 90.1 73.4 1025 7 Onda 92.8 82.9 845 8 Naguem 92.0 81.9 1030 9 Candepar 91.6 82.1 971

10 Mauzii 91.9 73.5 939 11 Morlem 92.7 79.6 965 12 Naneli 88.1 75.7 1014 13 Padeli 86.8 68.5 932 14 Pisurlem 92.9 77.6 942 15 Poriem 89.9 77.2 929 16 Saleli 91.9 76.8 1091

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 139

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

17 Surlya 93.3 69.4 1035 18 Vantem 84.4 71.0 883 19 Velgaon 90.1 72.0 991 20 Valpoi 94.5 89.1 972 21 Usgaon 91.9 82.5 952

Source: Census Report 2011

Literacy rate was found to be high in all the villages visited. Almost all men and 80% women were found to be educated upto 8th grade, except for villages like-Padeli and Vantem where the female literacy rate is low. It is probably due to high literacy levels that the age of marriage has increased (upto 30 years for men and 27 years for women) and the number of children per family has reduced to 1- 2 children.

“Shift is age of marriage to average 30 years for males and 27-28 years for females, is because of the time needed to settle down. This trend is growing and even some youngsters prefer late marriages.” A PHC doctor in Pissurlem.

The number of children in the age group 0-6 yrs is relatively low in each village and some Government run schools are unable to get adequate enrollment in primary schools.

“Since last 5-6 years we are unable to get enough enrollment in 1st grade as there are few children in the villages. Some of them prefer to enroll in private schools. So this year the number of classrooms in Government run primary schools is reduced to half.” Primary School headmaster in Candepar and Gouleli.

Regarding occupations, people reported of engaged in a variety of jobs. The census data

shows that main workers constitute majority of the workforce in most of the villages. The main workers refer to skilled work, private and government jobs, petty shops and trades, transport work and allied. Marginal workers refer to unskilled temporary work, agriculture and construction labour, porter, and petty temporary vendors. The table here illustrates the share of main and marginal workers in each of the villages under the study.

Table 3-32Workforce data of villages

Sr. No. Villages Workers

Main workers Marginal workers Total

1 Advoi 178 50 228 2 Bhironda 107 121 228 3 Buimpal 302 137 439 4 Gonteli 500 61 561 5 Guleli 49 108 157 6 Cudcem 213 77 290 7 Onda NA NA NA 8 Naguem 118 31 149 9 Candepar 1326 328 1654

10 Mauzii 202 269 471 11 Morlem 1065 366 1431 12 Naneli 96 52 148 13 Padeli 92 152 244 14 Pisurlem 526 164 690 15 Poriem 939 669 1608

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 140

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

16 Saleli 236 138 374 17 Surlya 104 86 190 18 Vantem 218 424 642 19 Velgaon 229 295 524 20 Valpoi NA NA NA 21 Usgaon NA NA NA

Source: Census Report 2011

Village Infrastructure

The infrastructure facilities in most of the villages are adequate in proportion to the population. The details of each of them are provided here.

Roads

All villages have approach roads; however, internal roads are not good in some villages- these are marked as N in the table below. The internal roads are kuccha and there is water clogging during monsoon.

Electricity and Water

All villages visited are electrified except 3 villages that reported interrupted electricity supply due to remote location and disturbance especially during monsoon. All villages visited reported of tap water connection and they receive water supply daily for 2 hours.

Education

All villages visited have a primary school i.e. upto 4th grade. Secondary schools are located in medium to large size villages catering to 4-5 villages in the vicinity. In addition, there are some private schools and in recent years people prefer to send their children to private schools instead of Government schools.

Health

Government Health facility is available in medium to large size villages like the Primary Health Centres and Sub centres. Some smaller villages visited have private clinics too. But government facility for indoor care is available in Community Health Centre, Valpoi.

Commerce and Trade

Banking system now is highly dependent on ATM centre in remote and rural area. Hence all villages reported of ATM centres. Medium to large size villages visited have bank, market and post office facility that caters to nearby smaller villages.

Recreation

There is no recreational facility in the villages. Except for 5-6 medium size villages visited none of them have a library or gymnasium facility. Movie theatre is available in Valpoi and Onda.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 141

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Religious places

Every village visited has 2-3 temples and churches that have an open space around for social events. These religious places are utilized for community events and social functions. Hence the need of a separate community hall was not reported by the villagers.

Common amenities

Most of the villages visited have a well maintained village panchayat office, common wells, and open spaces for the children to play. The details of the infrastructure facilities in the villages visited is presented in the table overleaf.

Village Economy

It was reported that one person in each family was engaged in Government or private job. In addition the people were engaged in petty shops, travel and transport business, and allied work. The youth reported lack of opportunities as they studied upto 10th or 12th grade and had no specific skills to be employed. Most of the people in these villages were engaged in transport of minor minerals like sand, mud, etc. However, since the closure of

all mining activity over the last two years they were out of job. Many trucks for transporting minerals were seen lying useless rusting on roadside. The villagers reported of receiving a monthly sustenance allowance since the mines had closed down. The government is implementing various welfare schemes to encourage literacy. The people reported of receiving educational grant to girls studying 10th grade and above, a bicycle to each girl in 8th grade, 25,000/- cash support to boys completing 10th grade. The

government also pays Rs. one lakh to girls for wedding after 18 years of age. The housewife allowance of Rs.1200/- per month is paid to women who do not earn after marriage. Most of the villagers avail cheap ration in terms of rice, wheat, pulses and oil at a subsidized rate of Rs.2/-kg rice, Rs.3/- kg wheat, etc. The monthly quota being 35kgs per family; most of the people have stopped agriculture and farming activity. They do not perceive the need to toil hard in the field and grow their own food when the government is providing the supplies at such a cheap rate. Thus several such schemes ensure cash flow in the villages and hence no need to work was perceived during data collection.

Social Life

There are several formal and informal groups and organizations that work for various

causes like religious ceremonies and events, sports, cultural activities, etc. like ganesh mandals, youth mandals, bachat gats, mahila mandals, Bhajan Mandals. These groups contribute to the social and cultural life of the people. Most of the villages reported of Mahila Mandals, and youth groups. The Ganesh Festival, Diwali, Christmas and Holi are celebrated by the people. They spend a lot of time in the festival preparations including painting and cleaning of house and surroundings. Weddings take place in the traditional manner and the entire village is invited for the feast. Inter-caste and inter religious marriages are not common and people prefer to stick to their ethnic group.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 142

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Table 3-33 Infrastructure in Villages Villages roads electricity Water

supply Primary School

Sec schools

clinic Common hall

library market bank Post Off.

Advoi Y Y Y Y N Y N N N Y Y Bhironda Y Y Y Y N Y Y N Y Y N Bhuimpal Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N Y Y N

Gonteli Y Y Y Y N N Y N Y N Y Guleli N Y Y Y N N N N Y Y Y

Cudcem Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N N N N Onda Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

Nageum N N Y Y N Y Y Y N N N Candepar Y Y Y Y N N N N Y N Y

Mauzii Y Y Y Y Y N N N Y Y Y Morlem Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Naneli N N Y Y N N N N N N N Padeli Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N N Y N

Pirsulem Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Poriem Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N N Saleli Y Y Y Y N N Y N N N N Surlya N N Y Y N N N N N N N

Vantem Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N N N Y Velgaon N Y Y Y Y Y Y N N Y N Valpoi Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Usgaon Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N Y Y Y

Source: Primary data

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 143

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Problem faced by the community

The villagers reported no major problems or challenges. However, three problems emerged as common challenges during interactions among the key informants across all villages –

1. Shortage of water supply in summer, 2. Lack of sanitation, sewage facilities and 3. Unemployment among youngsters; especially those who have studied upto 12th grade.

Water Scarcity

Although the area is monsoon fed and receives ample rainfall; water shortage is

experienced during summer due to the hilly terrain. The rainwater is washed off the slopes and the storage capacity in dams and rivers is inadequate. Hence the water supply is affected during summer. The villages visited are surrounded by dense forest and the settlement is spread out. Hence there is no sewage system and lack of sanitation was observed. None of the villages visited had garbage pickup and processing facility and the waste is dumped in the forest nearby. This invites health hazards.

Health

The villagers reported of diseases like viral fever, cough, cold, malaria and jaundice. Some villagers reported of ‘Monkey Fever’ which refers to viral fever.The health workers in private clinics and government doctors reported of skin infections and frequent

indigestion complaints. They also reported of high incidence of diabetes and blood pressure due to the dietary habits and high alcohol consumption among the people.

Pollution

Except for three villages around Pissurlem; no other village reported of air or water pollution. Three small villages reported foul smell during late night due to the proximity

to industrial area. In fact, the air and dust pollution has reduced since the mining activity has closed down for last two years. The Bondla wildlife sanctuary which lies within 8 km from the proposed site was visited to assess the impact. Interactions with the forest officer revealed that no adverse impact will be felt on the wildlife in the sanctuary as the location of the CHWTSDF is not in proximity and lies about 8kms away. Moreover, the wildlife sanctuary is surrounded by hills about 1000+ ft. height and has a dense forest

cover.

Unemployment

The lack of skill sets required for the industrial job has resulted in unemployment among youngsters. Some have engaged in transport and travel business. But young people were found sitting idle in the villages. As mentioned earlier, every family receives govt. support under various schemes; that ensures sufficient cash flow in the household. Therefore the people have no urge to work and earn for the family. They are not ready to take up jobs away from their residence. The unavailability of ITI and vocational training institutes in

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 144

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

the vicinity have increased the problem of unemployment. The details of the problems and relevant needs expressed by the villagers are tabulated here

Table 3-34 Problems and Needs of the Villages Villages Pollution Water

scarcity in

summer

Sanitary problems

Health facility

College ITI

Available

Unemployment

Advoi N Y Y N N Y Bhironda N Y Y Y N Y Bhuimpal N Y Y N N Y

Gonteli N Y Y Y N Y Guleli N Y Y Y N Y

Cudcem N N Y Y N Y Honda Y Y Y Y Y Y

Nageum N N Y N N Y Candepar N Y Y N N Y

Mauzii N Y Y Y N Y Morlem Y Y Y Y Y Y Naneli N N Y N N Y Padeli N Y Y N N Y

Pisulem Y Y Y Y Y Y Poriem Y N Y Y Y Y Saleli N N Y Y N Y Surlya Y N Y N N Y

Vantem N Y Y N N Y Velgaon Y Y Y Y N Y Valpoi N Y Y Y Y N Usgaon N Y Y Y Y N

Source: Primary data

Needs of the Villages

Vocational Training

There is migration from outside states like UP, Bihar and Rajasthan and these people work in the industries. They live in rented accommodation in Pissurlem and nearby

villages. The villagers expect a vocational training centre or an ITI so that the local youth can get trained in the various trades required for the industries.

Sanitation

The villagers expressed need for a proper sanitation system. There is no drainage system and toilets are constructed with pits. However, it was noticed that closed toilets were not used due to lack of water and open defecation is commonly practiced. Hence they expected the industries to provide a garbage pick up facility and financial assistance for construction of drainage system.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 3- Description of the Environment

Environmental Consultant Page 145

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Recreation

Recreational facilities are not available in the villages. The key informants expressed the need for a club house with indoor games, library and gymnasium facility close to gram panchayat office.

Tourist Places

Arvalem caves and waterfall (about 6km to NW) are important tourist attractions within study area. It is believed that Pandavas took refuge in these caves during the period of their exile. In addition to Arvalem, ruins of Nanuz fort and Sanctuaries at Bondla (8km South) and Mhadei (>2km to North) are some important locations present within 10km radius.

Figure 3-47: Aravelam Caves, Notified Archeological monument

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 4- Anticipated Environmental Impacts and mitigation measures

Environmental Consultant Page 146

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONM ENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES

Introduction

The objective of the section is to

• Identify project activities that could beneficially or adversely impact the environment

• To predict and assess the environmental impacts of the such activities

• To examine each environmental aspect-impact relationship in detail and identify

its degree of significance

• To identify possible mitigation measures for these project activities and select the most appropriate mitigation measure, based on the reduction in significance achieved and practicality in implementation

Key definitions

o Environmental Aspect

Elements of an organization’s activities or products or services that can interact with the environment. Environmental aspects could include activities that occur during normal, abnormal and emergency operations.

o Environmental Imapct

Environmental impacts are defined as any change to the environment, whether adverse or beneficial, wholly or partially resulting from an organization’s environmental aspects.

Identificaton of Major activities

This entails employing a simple method requiring:

• Listing of environmental aspects (i.e. activities or parts thereof that can cause environmental impacts)

• Identifying applicable components of the environment on which the environmental aspects can cause an impact

CPCB document HAZWAMS/25/2002-2003 has been considered for identification of impact aspects and environmental impacts. Various aspects/activities during different phases of the project are classified as below

This chapter details the inferences drawn from the environmental impact assessment of the proposed project. It describes the overall impacts of the project activities and underscores the areas of concern, which need mitigation measures.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 4- Anticipated Environmental Impacts and mitigation measures

Environmental Consultant Page 147

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Construction phase comprises of following phases

Construction Phase of CHWTSDF involving :

• Site selection, Site preparation

• Land acquisition, site clearing, topographical survey (if any) preparatory construction, construction machinery installation and commissioning stages

• Civil works for Secured Land fill (SLF) such as earth moving/excavation/handling of clay and bentonite, Laying HDPE liners, underdrainage, Plant/laboratory/office building construction involving leveling of land, foundations, buildings and approach roads.

• Machinery installation and commissioning involve activities like fabrication work,

cutting, welding and construction of buildings and other facilities, lying of cables and pipelines etc.

• Miscellenous activities like accommodation for staff, fuel/raw material storage etc

Commissioing Phase involving :

• Commissioing of Incinerator/Boiler/ETP and testing of plant for any type of leakages and designed capacity

Operation Phase of CHWTSDF involving :

• Waste transportation from industries to the site. Waste Receipt, lab analysis to decide disposal pathway

• Waste Stabilization, Temporary storage and Handling, Internal transport and handling

• Operation of Incinerator/Boiler/DG set • Operation of Leachate Management System. ETP etc

Decommissioing Phase involving :

• Maintenance of the Secured Landfill facility

• Decommissioing of Incinerator, other utilities

• Sampling of Ground/surface water/soil etc

• Remedial actions in case any leakage observed

Environmental impacts have been identified based on an assessment of environmental

aspects associated with the project. The symbol (-) indicates a negative/adverse impact, (+) indicates a positive/ beneficial impact and (+/-) indicates both positive and negative and ‘N ‘indicates not applicable/No impact.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 4- Anticipated Environmental Impacts and mitigation measures

Environmental Consultant Page 148

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Table 4-1 Identification of Aspect and Impact

Environmental Aspect /

Project Activity

Potential Impact Areas

Land use.

Land cover

(LULC)

Air Qual

ity (AQ)

Noise and vibration

(NV)

Surface water (SW)

Ground

water (GW)

Soil (S)

Ecology & bio

diversity (EB)

Socio economic (SE)

Occupational /

Community health

and safety (CH&S)

Remark

Site Preparation

Clearance of vegetation at site and preparation of approach roads etc

(-) (-) (-) N N (-) (-) (+) (-) LU Degradation of land AQ/NV emission (from equipments / tricks) , Soil erosion EB Loss of green cover SE Improved local roads CH & S Risk of accidents/ injuries

Site excavation and development

(-) (-) (-) N N (-) N (+) (-) LU Landcover change due to excavation/paving, AQ / NV emission due to excavation operation, SE - Temporary job creation, CH & S Occupational risk due to excavation work

Setting up CHWTSDF (Landfill, Incineration, ETP) Civil works - Earth moving (for excavation) (handling clay & bentonite , Laying HDPE liners, underdrainage,

(-) (-) (-) (-) N (-) (-) (+) N LU Land degradation AQ/NV temporary impact on air quality and noise during construction, erection phase SW run off impacting surface water quality EB - ecology effected due to noise and

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 4- Anticipated Environmental Impacts and mitigation measures

Environmental Consultant Page 149

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Environmental Aspect /

Project Activity

Potential Impact Areas

Land use.

Land cover

(LULC)

Air Qual

ity (AQ)

Noise and vibration

(NV)

Surface water (SW)

Ground

water (GW)

Soil (S)

Ecology & bio

diversity (EB)

Socio economic (SE)

Occupational /

Community health

and safety (CH&S)

Remark

building construction.

vibration, SE : creation of new economic activity

Erection of Plant Machinery, Lab & utilities

N N (-) N N N (-) (+) (+ / -) NV: noise during machinery erection ; EB:Terrestial ecology because of noise and vibrations SE Opportunity for local fabrication shops OH:Hazard due to accident

Workforce accomodation and sanitation

N N N N (-) (-) N (+) N S: Soil contamination if soak pit is not designed properly; GW: on water quality if SE: marginal increase in indirect income of locals due to on site activity

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 4- Anticipated Environmental Impacts and mitigation measures

Environmental Consultant Page 150

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Environmental Aspect /

Project Activity

Potential Impact Areas

Land use.

Land cover

(LULC)

Air Qual

ity (AQ)

Noise and vibration

(NV)

Surface water (SW)

Ground

water (GW)

Soil (S)

Ecology & bio

diversity (EB)

Socio economic (SE)

Occupational /

Community health

and safety (CH&S)

Remark

Storage of Fuel at site

N N N (-) (-) (-) N N (-) GW: Possibility of ground water contamination due to spillage of hazardous wastes & chemicals; S: Soil contamination due to spillage if any; OH: Occupational risk due to handling of material / fuel

Use of raw material for project development

N N N N N N N N N Water shall be sourced from the PWD supply/ Fly ash and bentonite storage in closed shed

Cementing activity

N N N N (-) (-) N (+) N GW/S: possibility of ground water and soil contamination leakage during circulating and cementing SE: temporary employment generation

Commissioing Commissoning of plant and machinery (DG sets/Incinerator)

N (-) (-) N N (-) N N N AQ/NV: air and noise emission during commissioning ; S: possibility of soil contamination due to spillage of diesel or oil

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 4- Anticipated Environmental Impacts and mitigation measures

Environmental Consultant Page 151

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Environmental Aspect /

Project Activity

Potential Impact Areas

Land use.

Land cover

(LULC)

Air Qual

ity (AQ)

Noise and vibration

(NV)

Surface water (SW)

Ground

water (GW)

Soil (S)

Ecology & bio

diversity (EB)

Socio economic (SE)

Occupational /

Community health

and safety (CH&S)

Remark

Operation and maintenance of CHWTSF facility Waste transportation from industries to the site. Waste Receipt, lab analysis to decide disposal pathway

N (-) (-) N N N N (+ / -) (+ / -) AQ: due to traffic movement emissions NQ: Minor vibrations and noise SE: disturbance in existing traffic pattern; creation of new activities and status CH&S: Road and fire accidents, aesthetic and human interest;

Storage and stabilisation of Hazardous waste, Internal Transport and Handling

N (-) N (-) (-) (-) N N (-) AQ: Fugitive emission SW/GW: Possibility of water getting contaminated due improper dispoal S: Possibility of soil contamination due to improper disposal of solid and Hazardous waste; CH&S: Risk to community health due to spillage in surrounding area if not stored / stabilized /disposed properly;

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 4- Anticipated Environmental Impacts and mitigation measures

Environmental Consultant Page 152

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Environmental Aspect /

Project Activity

Potential Impact Areas

Land use.

Land cover

(LULC)

Air Qual

ity (AQ)

Noise and vibration

(NV)

Surface water (SW)

Ground

water (GW)

Soil (S)

Ecology & bio

diversity (EB)

Socio economic (SE)

Occupational /

Community health

and safety (CH&S)

Remark

Operation of Incinerator, Boiler, back up DG sets, forklifts etc)

N (-) (-) N N (-) (-) (-) (-) AQ/NV: air and noise emission during blow out; S: soil contamination due to emission; EB: impact on ecology and bio diversity of surrounding area due to emission; SE: effect on crops CH&S: Risk of fatal injury to worker and staff working at site, risk to community health due to increased emission in surrounding area.

Treatment / storage / handling of waste water / leachate

N N N N (-) (-) N N (-) GW: Possibility of ground water and soil contamination due to improper disposal of waste water; CH&S: Risk to community health due to spillage in surrounding area if not stored/treated properly

Closure / Post Closure of CHWTSF facility Inspection of Cover, surface drains etc

N N N N N N N N (-)

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 4- Anticipated Environmental Impacts and mitigation measures

Environmental Consultant Page 153

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Environmental Aspect /

Project Activity

Potential Impact Areas

Land use.

Land cover

(LULC)

Air Qual

ity (AQ)

Noise and vibration

(NV)

Surface water (SW)

Ground

water (GW)

Soil (S)

Ecology & bio

diversity (EB)

Socio economic (SE)

Occupational /

Community health

and safety (CH&S)

Remark

Decommissoning of Incinerator and other Utilities

N N N N N N (+) N (-) EB Green belt plantation

Collection of Soil, Ground/surface Water samples

N N N N N N N N (-) CH & S Possibility of Exposure to sampling personnel

Clean up/ Remedial measures

(-) N N (-) (-) (-) N N (-)

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 4- Anticipated Environmental Impacts and mitigation measures

Environmental Consultant Page 154

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Based on preliminary analysis, environmental parameters that are likely to be impacted due to proposed CHWTSDF project are

- Land Use / Land Cover (LULC)

- Soil and Geology

- Air quality / Climate

- Noise / Vibration

- Ground water

- Ecology and biodiversity

- Socio economic

- Transportation

- Safety, Occupational and community health

Impact prediction / evaluation and mitigation measures

It comprises of component wise Environment Impact and its Mitigation Measures.

Several scientific techniques and methodologies are being used to predict impacts on the environment. Mathematical models are useful tools (whereever applicable) to quantitatively describe the cause and effect relationships between sources of pollution and different components of environment. In cases where it is not possible to identify and

validate a model for a particular situation, predictions have been arrived at based on logical reasoning / consultation / extrapolation or overlay methods. In any case, for each component of the environment, the methods used to arrive at the likely impacts required to be described.

The environmental impacts along with suggested mitigation measures have been presented in the following sub-sections.

Prediction of Impacts during Construction Phase and Mitigation Measures

Land Environment

Impacts

Major impacts during Construction Phase, on Soil and Land Environment, are as follow: • The project will involve cut and fill activity, which will involve top soil removal

• Removal of vegetation cover and top soil during earthworks prior to building

construction resulting in accelerated soil erosion.

• Pollution of surrounding land due to soil/substratum, clay and silt carried by runoff

during rains as well as erosion of raw construction materials such as sand, earth

material and cement due to careless handling/storage.

• Pollution caused by spilled “oil/lubricants/fuel” due to inadequate management and

control of construction machinery, vehicles and allied equipment.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 4- Anticipated Environmental Impacts and mitigation measures

Environmental Consultant Page 155

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

• Spoiling of surrounding lands due to improper disposal of municipal waste,

packaging material, broken pieces of glass, tiles etc from construction activity and

labour camp

• The development of the plot will result in change in land use which thereby results in increased surface run off.

Mitigation Measures

• The proponents have opted to take the maximum advantage of the existing terrain topography and as such, the possibility of severe soil erosion and land disturbance are ruled out. Before commencement of earth work, a retaining wall with garland drains will be built all along the lower contours of the Northern and Eastern

boundaries of the Site, to ensure trapping of soils in case occasional heavy rains.

• The land contours will be so developed that the flow of water is properly channelized and the drains out of site will have filter bunds made of Laterite stone and arrangement for polyelectrolyte dosing so as to ensure that any soil does not get washed out of the site and donot pollute nearby waters.

• It is recommended that the entire land preparation work is started and completed during the dry period spanning from the middle of October to end of May of the following year. This will not only facilitate the work due to the higher soil moisture content but also prevent soil erosion.

• The top soil cover removed from the areas being dug and/or levelled will be stored separately and used for the development of green belt and gardens.

• Substratum removed during foundation, broken pieces of concrete, bricks will be used for leveling of plot and will not be disposed outside

• Separate area will be earmarked for storage of solid and hazardous wastes generated during construction phase

• wastes like broken glass, plastic drum/ bags / iron scrap etc will be sold to scrap dealers for recycle

• Waste paint cans, brushes and filters, glass wool material and asbestos packing will be stored separately and eventually disposed off in the CHWTSDF

• Robust native tree species present on the site will be, as far as possible, transplanted

in the green belt in lieu of felling

• Pissurlem area is already being developed as an industrial area and the proposed TSDF site is surrounded by about 75 small and medium scale industries. The site is located in the IDC area. Secondly it is also surrounded by many mine pits. The agriculture in this area is purely rainfed single crop agriculture as this region is poor in terms of groundwater availability. Thus, the proposed activity will not alter the existing land use scenario significantly in this region.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 4- Anticipated Environmental Impacts and mitigation measures

Environmental Consultant Page 156

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Air Environment

Anticipated Impacts

The sources of air emission during construction phase will include site clearing for development, vehicles movement, excavation, materials storages and handling and operation of construction equipment. Dust and suspended particulate matter generated during earthwork will be coarse and will settle within a short distance close to the construction sites. Site does not have any human settlement upto 1km distance and dust and other emissions are unlikely to spread sufficiently to affect the surrounding populace. Thus, emissions from above activities are expected to result in temporary degradation of air quality, primarily in the working environment affecting construction employees.

Traffic to the site during construction will increase due to material movement (estimated 10 trucks per day). However, Goa IDC Pissurlem CHWTSDF site is well connected to state highway No 1, and additional traffic will not have any significant stress on the road. The present road conditions are good for the proposed additional movement of vehicular traffic. Hence the impacts on the ambient air quality during construction phase will be temporary (for short duration) and reversible in nature and restricted to small area.

Mitigation Measures

Dust Emission control

• Water spray, through water trucks and Sprinklers will be employed to deliver continuous moisture in dust prone areas and suppress dust.

• Regulate speed of vehicles in unpaved areas to reduce fugitive dust created and reduce dust to a large extent

• Care will be taken to keep all material storages adequately covered and contained so that they are not exposed to situations, where winds on site could lead to dust / particulate emissions. Fabrics and plastics for covering piles of soils and debris is an

effective means to reduce fugitive dust from the material stores/ warehouses.

• Spills of dirt or dusty materials will be cleaned up promptly so that the spilled materials do not become a source of fugitive emission.

• Spilled concrete slurries or liquid wastes will be contained / cleaned up immediately before they can infiltrate into the soil/ ground or runoff in nearby areas.

Gaseous Emission control

• Regular maintenance of machinery and equipment will be carried out

• All the vehicles used for construction activity shall have valid “Pollution under control” Certification

• Ambient air quality monitoring will be carried out during construction phase. If monitored parameters are above the prescribed limits, suitable control measures will be taken.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 4- Anticipated Environmental Impacts and mitigation measures

Environmental Consultant Page 157

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Noise and Environment

Impacts

Site preparation / related activities will involve the operation of heavy equipment like excavators, pile drivers, loaders, and dumpers etc. Such heavy equipments have high noise generation which will get dispersed in the nearby communities thus resulting in a decrease in noise quality in the immediately adjacent settlement area. Some activities like piling may also result in minor vibration impacts which are expected to subside to acceptable levels with distance.

Mitigation measures

Mitigation measures for noise control will include following,

o Only vehicles which are road worthy with fitness certificate from RTO as applicable under MV Rules and having noise levels as prescribed under EP Act will be deployed and Regular and preventive maintenance of construction machinery including the transport vehicles will be undertaken to maintain the low noise levels.

o Provision of ear protection equipment (ear plug/ ear muff) for activities that are likely to create noise in excess of 75 dB (A) to protect worker’s health and safety.

o Regular noise monitoring will be done as per environment monitoring plan chapter 6

o Screening of construction site from adjoining areas by use of tin sheets etc Greenbelt development around the construction area & along the boundary of premises will be

started.

o Personnel Protective Equipments (PPE) like ear plugs/muffs will be given to all the workers at site and it will be ensured that the same are wore by everybody during their shift;

o Sufficient engineering control during installation of equipments and machineries (like

mufflers/enclosures on DG sets) is to be ensured to reduce noise levels at source;

Ecology and Biodiversity :

Impacts

During construction phase there will be some clearance of natural vegetation in form of

trees, shrubs & ground vegetation, further construction leading to permanant loss & disturbance of natural habitats. About 21 trees will be cut as part of the development. However, most of the trees are local species and of low concern of conservation. Construction activity will temporally affect Flora & Fauna in surrounding such as 'dust'- will settle on the leaves and block the stomatal openings causing weathering of leaves while 'machinery noise'- will scare away the sensitive fauna in surrounding.

Mitigation Measures

• Screening the construction Site • Maintaining machinery to ensure smooth running • Robust native species will be transplanted wherever possible

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 4- Anticipated Environmental Impacts and mitigation measures

Environmental Consultant Page 158

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

• Covering the trucks with tarpaulin sheets, regulating truck speeds in unpaved areas • Considering the proximity to sanctuaries and vegetated areas, no working will be

done in night time • Water sprinkling and use of vehicles meeting PUC norms • Planting green belt along plot boundary and at designated areas alongwith start of

construction

Socioeconomic Environment

Impacts

Construction phase will require supply of labour (about 50 numbers for civil construction and 50 numbers for other works), materials as also project authorities will require

transport vehicles, excavators etc. The construction phase will also require supply of various fabricated structures, laboratory equipment, electrical panels, cables, switches and accessories, water tanks etc. Thus, the project will result in giving business opportunities for locals and result in large indirect employment estimated at atleast five times the direct employment. Large generation of dust and noise is anticipated during this stage and may affect the health of labours adversely if adequate care is not taken. Also, there is risk of accident during this stage. Labour camp if erected at site if not properly maintained will result in spoiling nearby area.

Mitigation Measures

Wherever feasible competent Local labours and contractors and suppliers of

construction and other materials will be preferred. Construction labours will be provided with PPE like dust mask, ear plugs/muffs etc to protect them from dust and noise. Periodic rest period and rotation will also be provided if need arises. Tie up will be made with local Doctor/PHC to take care of any employee /labour in case of any accidental eventuality/health problem. Insurance will be taken for all employees/contractors will also be asked to take insurance cover to protect employees. Arrangement of crèche etc will be made for female labours to be employed. Construction labour campwill be provided with clean drinking water and toilets with septic tanks and soak pits so that open defaecation is prevented. Municipal wastes will be collected and segregated – plastic and other recyclable wastes will be sent to recyclers and only inert wastes will be sent to nearest Municipal waste disposal facility. A small composting pit will be made within the site to take care of biodegradable wastes generated.

Prediction of Impacts during Commissioning Phase and Mitigation Measures

Anticipated Impacts

Impacts during commissioning phase will be due to:

Use of water, energy: Requirement of water for plant operation will be 205 cmd and will be sourced from PWD or through tankers

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 4- Anticipated Environmental Impacts and mitigation measures

Environmental Consultant Page 159

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Similarly, electricity required will be sourced initially from Goa Electricity Department (GED). During commissioning stage the water and energy demands will be fluctuating as one by one section / plant equipment’s are commissioned.

Use of hazardous materials CHWTSDF will be using fuels (LDO/HSD) and other binding agents and also hazardous chemicals in laboratory. These materials shall be used first time at site. Incorrect procedures followed during initial stages may lead to accidental exposure to employees, leakage of chemicals thereby polluting land and water bodies and or causing injuries to personnel

Wastewater generation Operation of plant will result in estimated 109 cmd effluents (including 24 cmd sewage). However, during commissioning phase ETP will also be under commissioning and may not be able to treat effluents properly

Waste generation As the CHWTSDF operation is not stabilized, wastes generated will need to be stored safely so as not to cause land pollution.

Mitigation Measures

• It is recommended to take up Membership drive and characterization of wastes generated by the industries in Goa simultaneously as construction phase ends so that the CHWTSDF staff will have good idea of the types of wastes which may come for disposal – this will help in developing methodologies for waste stabilization simultaneous to the commissioning of equipments so that the safe disposal of wastes is ensured as regular operations starts

• Proper training to employees in handling of chemicals to be used by hiring trained personnel well versed in handling such chemicals and training of personnel

• Personal supervision by senior experienced HSE staff to ensure that there is no shock load to ETP. Quality control staff will ensure that the plants being commissioned are being monitored to ensure that plants stabilize in shortest possible time.

• Have a designated procedure to ensure waste generated during commissioning is collected and stored separately for safe disposal in the CHWTSDF

Prediction of Impacts during Operation Phase and Mitigation Measures

Land Environment

Impacts

Hazardous Waste (HW) consist of solids, liquids and sludge or residues which are generated by manufacturing processes and may contain chemicals. They pose great danger to life and property in the event of their inadequate handling, transport, treatment, storage and disposal by “contaminating/polluting” soils and “ground/surface” water resources. The hazards posed by HW are attributed because of their unique biological, chemical, and physical properties such as toxicity, reactivity, ignitability, corrosivenes. Improper transport can also cause spills or catastrophic accidents endangering life and property. The main HW facilities proposed for establishment in the Pissurlem CHWTSDF planned by the GSIDC/GIEMA include the following:

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 4- Anticipated Environmental Impacts and mitigation measures

Environmental Consultant Page 160

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

1) Weigh Bridge

2) Administrative Office and Laboratory

3) Material Storage Shed and Workshop

4) Water Reservoir

5) Hazardous Waste Storage Shed

6) Stabilization Shed

7) Batching Plant Shed

8) Vehicle Wash and Maintenance Sheds

9) Leachate Collection Tank

10) Effluent Treatment Plant

11) Two Secured Landfills

12) Incinerators

On-site waste storage sheds are used for temporary storage of HW. These storages may cause soil and ground water pollution during heavy rains if proper precautions are not taken while erecting the temporary storage sheds. Accidental spills of HW, can result in soil contamination or percolation of HW into the soil profile/ground water during heavy runoff/flooding particularly in the facilities listed at 5, 6 and 7.

An improperly constructed landfill may cause “ground/surface” water pollution and soil contamination, due to uncontrolled flow of leachate through infiltration and seepage.

The Incinerator operation is also critical – as it should provide for necessary residence time at desired temperature for effective destruction of hazardous waste.

Mitigation Measures

a) Waste Transport : Hazardous Waste will be transported, from the place of its generation to the CHWTSDF, by Road Tankers/trucks by specialized transporters who will be duly authorized by GSPCB for the purpose. The generator of HW has the primary

responsibility for its ultimate disposal and must give the manifest (format specified in Form 10 of HWM Rules, 2016) along with the HW itself to a licensed HW Transport Contractor. The HW Rules 2016 specify that seven copies of Manifest should be made with different colour code and each time the HW changes hand the manifest will be signed with copies given to concerned SPCB, as given in figure below.

SMS Envocare undertakes not to accept any waste which is not accompanied with the

mandatory Manifest and also to check with GSPCB regarding disposal conditions as specified in the Authorization granted to the unit. This will go a long way to regulate the generation and movement of hazardous wastes. Efforts will be made alongwith GSPCB to get the filing and returns of Hazardous Waste generation ON LINE.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 4- Anticipated Environmental Impacts and mitigation measures

Environmental Consultant Page 161

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

This is pictorially depicted as given below :

Figure 4-1 Manifest system as per HW Rules, 2016

b) Storage Precautions : To prevent accidental spills of HW, the resultant percolation of HW into the soil profile/ground water and to protect against heavy runoff/flooding caused by very heavy monsoon showers, the facilities listed at 5, 6 and 7 above, will be made of impervious and chemically resistant flooring material and leakage proof walls.

For extra protection the said facilities will be surrounded by concrete trenches from which the accumulated leachate and wash water, if any, is pumped in to the Leachate Collection Tank for subsequent treatment.

c) Leachate Treatment : Leachate monitoring and containment system must also be provided. Only non-contaminated and non-flowing HW will be stored in piles. Ultimately the material will be be disposed in the landfill.

d) Secured Landfill : A secure landfill will be constructed with two impermeable liners and leachate collection systems above each of the same. The bottom of landfill will be at least 3 m above the water table. The leachate collection system consists of a network of perforated pipes placed to pump the leachate in to a leachate holding tank from where it

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 4- Anticipated Environmental Impacts and mitigation measures

Environmental Consultant Page 162

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

passes to a treatment plant. When the landfill is filled to its designated capacity, it is capped by an impermeable cover consisting of ‘sand / silt’, clay and lining material. The latter is covered with top soil and vegetation is grown on the same. Consequently, the capped landfill not only prevents the generation of more leachate but also gives an aesthetically natural look to the terrain. The ground water table below the landfill is periodically monitored for ‘chemical / physical’ characteristics at various locations in its vicinity by drilling monitoring wells.

e) Specific Mitigation Measures for Pissurlem CHWTSDF : The Pissurlem Project Site as described above, is situated at the extreme South end of the Pissurlem Industrial Estate (PIE). Due to the peculiar relief and locational advantage the Site is satisfactorily isolated along its longest cumulative boundary facing West, South-West and South-East. Along the

South-West it is abutting a terminated mining area and along the West and South-East the Site has the highest topographical relief. Within a radius 2 km from the site no major agricultural and settlement areas are present except for the PIE Units at its North and North-West sides. The nearest tiny settlement area is on the Cumarcond side (East of the site) at a distance of 0.7 km. The entire Site is sloping moderately towards North-East with three natural drainage lines having altitudes (within the Site boundaries) varying from 71 m to 57 m (SW to NNE), 82 m t0 62 m (SSW to NNE) and 87 m to 71 m (SW to NE), respectively.

In view of the above, the maximum protection against possible pollution of external environmental assets is required along the entire cumulative Project Site boundary facing the North, West and North-East sides of the same. Here, to prevent ‘contamination /pollution’ of soil & water resources due to accidental spills and surface erosion of HW

(during heavy rains and storms) as well as to rule out the possibility of seepage of leachate from the landfills, a two layered vertical protection barrier is recommended. The first barrier layer will block the lateral flow/seepage of water mixed with leachate through the soil profile and contaminated surface runoff. It will consist of sub-surface and surface cut-off wall along the said perimeter.

The depth of the wall will be deep enough to penetrate the parent rock and it will be made waterproof by suitable plastering material. Further, all along its outer border the wall will be surrounded by a deep impervious trench with a garland drain to collect the “runoff/seepage” water which may cross the first barrier. The water so collected will be pumped and treated in the ETP followed by RO and MEE with full recycle of treated water for use in CHWTSDF.

Periodical sampling of soil and water resources will be undertaken in accordance with the said dispersion pattern but within a radius of 2 km from the Site, to monitor the content of heavy metals and other hazardous elements as per the characteristics of the HWs.

The analytical results so obtained will be compared with the delineated baseline soil and water characteristics and necessary mitigation steps taken in case of significant adverse changes attributable to the operation of CHWTSDF.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 4- Anticipated Environmental Impacts and mitigation measures

Environmental Consultant Page 163

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Air Environment :

Impacts on ambient air during operation phase would be mainly due to emissions from the stacks attached to Incinerator unit (HSD/LDO fired incinerator which will be incinerating the waste), boiler (steam ~ 3 TPH, Coal/ Husk/ Bagasse fired, steam shall be primarily used for MEE operation), and 320 KVA DG set (emergency requirement only) at site.

Emissions from the sources were analyzed for their impacts on the Ground Level Concentration (GLC) for various distances using the dispersion modeling guidelines given by the Central Pollution Control Board, New Delhi and the Industrial Source Complex Short Term Model (ISCST3).

The proposed project will use fuels for operation of Incinerator, boiler and DG set as follows:

Table 4-2 Fuel requirement

No Description APC system Stack height

in m

Fuel type Quantity % Sulphur

1 Incinerator (1.5 TPH waste firing)

Scrubber /stack

31 HSD / LDO

227 Kg/hr 1.95 in HSD & 2

% in waste

2 Boiler (3 TPH steam)

Bag filter/stack

31 Coal/ husk/

bagasse

450 Kg/hr 0.8

3 DG set (320 KVA)

Stack 3.5 m above roof

HSD 150 Lit/day 1

Quantitative Assessment of Impacts due Fuel / Waste Burning

Quantitative assessment of impacts due to fuel burning is worked out based on modeling. Following parameters are used for modeling

Table 4-3 Stack and pollutants quantative details

Stack Attached to 1 2

Boiler Incinerator

Capacity 3 TPH steam 1500 kg/hr

Fuel type Coal/ husk/ bagasse HSD / LDO

Fuel quantity (kg/hr) 450 227

Material of construction MS MS

Shape (round/rectangular) Round Round

Height, meter (above ground level) 31 31

Diameter/size, in meters at top 0.6 1.0

Flue Gas quantity (Nm3/hr) 4881 22277

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 4- Anticipated Environmental Impacts and mitigation measures

Environmental Consultant Page 164

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Stack Attached to 1 2

Boiler Incinerator

Flue Gas quantity (m3/hr) 8100 26765

Flue Gas temperature (deg C) 180 55

Flue gas exit velocity (m/ sec) 7.96 9.465

Particulate Matter (grams/sec) 0.338 0.373

SO2 (after scrubber)(grams/sec 0.59 1.492

NOx (Grams/sec) 0.212 2.985

HCl (grams/sec) - 0.373

Note: The maximum permissible emission standards (post APCs) for all above parameters in the stacks have been assumed in emission load calculations as per CPCB standard.

The results of modeling are discussed below.

Wind Rose for the modeling study: The prominent wind direction is from WNW & West (Summer 2016 data).

Figure 4-2 Windrose of Summer 2016 season

Modeling to assess impacts due to fuel burning in terms of increase in ambient air

pollution levels was carried out using ICSCT 3 model of USEPA. Assumptions for modeling are as given below:

- Steady state conditions and uniform emission rates

- No removal/transformation of pollutants

- Averaging time 24 hours

Data on inversion data was taken from the “Atlas of Hourly mixing height and Assimilative capacity of atmosphere in India” published by Indian Meteorological Department. Based on the modeling results, the highest incremental increase in concentration of Pollutants are summarised in the table below:

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 4- Anticipated Environmental Impacts and mitigation measures

Environmental Consultant Page 165

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

a) Modeling Impact of SO2

The ten highest ground level concentrations computed and the location at which they occur are reproduced below :

Table 4-4 Highest Incremental Increase in concentration of Air Pollutant (SO2)

Highest Values

X Cordinate Y Cordinate SO2

mts mts Concentration in µg/m3

1st 250 0 5.24

2nd 0 -250 5.23

3rd -43.41 -246.2 5.02

4th 246.2 -43.41 4.99

5th 43.41 -246.2 4.98

6th 246.2 43.41 4.93

7th 500 0 4.93

8th 492.4 -86.82 4.84

9th -85.51 -234.92 4.56

10th 85.51 -234.92 4.32

Based on the modeling results, isopleths for SO2 are drawn and are superimposed on an aerial view of the site using maps from Google Earth which is shown in the figure below

Figure 4-3 Isopleths of SO2 (Stack Coordinates 0,0)

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 4- Anticipated Environmental Impacts and mitigation measures

Environmental Consultant Page 166

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Based on the modeling results, the highest incremental increase in concentration of SO2 occurs at coordinates in the East direction at a distance of 250 mts and the incremental increase is 5.24 µg/m3.

The incremental concentration is also modeled at locations of villages in the study area to indicate ground level concentration and are tabulated below,

Table 4-5 Prediction of GLC of SO2 AAQM

Location Back Ground

value(µg/cum) Predicted GLC

(µg/cum) Net Impact (µg/cum)

Norms* (µg/cum)

Onsite 9.8 2.88 12.68 80 Pissurlem 12.6 0.08 12.68 80 Ovaliem 9.5 0.46 9.96 80 Vaghurem 10.2 0.78 10.98 80 Mann 12.5 1.47 12.97 80 Cumarcond 8.6 0.44 9.04 80 Buimpal 12.3 0.27 12.57 80

(*) NAAQS Norms specified by CPCB, New Delhi vide Notification dt 16th November 2009

The impact of results (modeled) shall be much less than CPCB norm.

b) Modeling Impact of NOx

The ten highest ground level concentrations computed and the location at which they occur are reproduced below :

Table 4-6 Highest Incremental Increase in concentration of Air Pollutant (NOx)

Highest Values

X Cordinate Y Cordinate NOx

mts mts Concentration in µg/m3

1st 0 -250 8.19

2nd 250 0 8.04

3rd 246.2 43.41 8.03

4th -43.41 -246.2 7.90

5th 43.41 -246.2 7.84

6th 500 0 7.78

7th -85.51 -234.92 7.25

8th 492.4 -86.82 7.14

9th 246.2 -43.41 7.13

10th 85.51 -234.92 6.89

Based on the modeling results, isopleths for NOx are drawn and are superimposed on an aerial view of the site using maps from Google Earth which is shown in the figure overleaf.

Based on the modeling results, the highest incremental increase in concentration of NOx occurs at coordinates in the south direction at a distance of 250 mts and the incremental increase is 8.19 µg/m3.

The incremental concentration is also modeled at locations of villages in the study area to indicate ground level concentration and are tabulated below.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 4- Anticipated Environmental Impacts and mitigation measures

Environmental Consultant Page 167

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Table 4-7 Prediction of GLC of NOx AAQM

Location Back Ground

value(µg/cum) Predicted GLC

(µg/cum) Net Impact (µg/cum)

Norms* (µg/cum)

Onsite 22.1 4.47 26.57 80 Pissurlem 25.9 0.13 26.03 80 Ovaliem 23.6 0.70 24.30 80 Vaghurem 23.3 1.18 24.48 80 Mann 26.2 2.20 28.40 80 Cumarcond 22.8 0.66 23.46 80 Buimpal 24.6 0.41 25.01 80

(*) NAAQS Norms specified by CPCB, New Delhi vide Notification dt 16th November 2009

Figure 4-4 Isopleths of NOx (Stack Coordinates 0,0)

The impact of results (modeled) will be much below the CPCB norm.

c) Modeling Impact on PM10

The ten highest ground level concentrations computed and the location at which they occur are reproduced below:

Table 4-8 Highest Incremental Increase in concentration of Air Pollutant (PM10)

Highest Values

X Cordinate Y Cordinate PM

mts mts Concentration in µg/m3

1st 246.2 -43.41 1.81

2nd 250 0 1.79

3rd 0 -250 1.75

4th 492.4 -86.82 1.71

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 4- Anticipated Environmental Impacts and mitigation measures

Environmental Consultant Page 168

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Highest Values

X Cordinate Y Cordinate PM

mts mts Concentration in µg/m3

5th -43.41 -246.2 1.67

6th 43.41 -246.2 1.66

7th 500 0 1.64

8th 246.2 43.41 1.59

9th -85.51 -234.92 1.51

10th 234.92 -85.51 1.50

Based on the modeling results, isopleths for PM10 are drawn and are superimposed on an aerial view of the site using maps from Google Earth which is shown in the figure below

Figure 4-5 Isopleths of PM10 (Stack Coordinates 0,0)

Based on the modeling results, the highest incremental increase in concentration of PM10 occurs at coordinates in the ESE direction at a distance of 246 mts and the incremental increase is 1.81 µg/m3.

The incremental concentration is also modeled at locations of villages in the study area to indicate ground level concentration and are tabulated below,

Table 4-9 Prediction of GLC of PM10 AAQM

Location Back Ground

value(µg/cum) Predicted GLC

(µg/cum) Net Impact (µg/cum)

Norms* (µg/cum)

Onsite 30.4 0.97 31.37 100 Pissurlem 29.2 0.03 29.23 100 Ovaliem 25.9 0.16 26.06 100

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 4- Anticipated Environmental Impacts and mitigation measures

Environmental Consultant Page 169

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

AAQM Location

Back Ground value(µg/cum)

Predicted GLC (µg/cum)

Net Impact (µg/cum)

Norms* (µg/cum)

Vaghurem 30.8 0.28 31.08 100 Mann 24.4 0.51 24.91 100 Cumarcond 29.8 0.15 29.95 100 Buimpal 29.8 0.09 29.89 100

(*) NAAQS Norms specified by CPCB, New Delhi vide Notification dt 16th November 2009

The impact of results (modeled) shall be much less than CPCB norm.

d) Modelling Impact of HCl

The ten highest ground level concentrations computed and the location at which they

occur are reproduced below:

Table 4-10 Highest Incremental Increase in concentration of Air Pollutant (HCl)

Highest Values

X Cordinate Y Cordinate HCl

mts mts Concentration in µg/m3

1st 0 -250 0.96

2nd 246.2 43.41 0.95

3rd 250 0 0.93

4th -43.41 -246.2 0.92

5th 43.41 -246.2 0.92

6th 500 0 0.91

7th -85.51 -234.92 0.85

8th 492.4 -86.82 0.82

9th 246.2 -43.41 0.81

10th 85.51 -234.92 0.81

Based on the modeling results, isopleths for HCl are drawn and are superimposed on an aerial view of the site using maps from Google Earth which is shown in the figure overleaf.

Based on the modeling results, the highest incremental increase in concentration of HCL occurs at coordinates in the ESE direction at a distance of 250 mts and the incremental increase is 0.96 µg/m3.

The incremental concentration is also modeled at locations of villages in the study area to indicate ground level concentration and are tabulated below.

Table 4-11 Prediction of GLC of HCl

AAQM Location Back Ground

value(µg/cum) Predicted GLC

(µg/cum) Net Impact (µg/cum)

Onsite ND 0.97 0.97 Pissurlem ND 0.03 0.03 Ovaliem ND 0.16 0.16 Vaghurem ND 0.27 0.27 Mann ND 0.51 0.51 Cumarcond ND 0.15 0.15 Buimpal ND 0.09 0.09

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 4- Anticipated Environmental Impacts and mitigation measures

Environmental Consultant Page 170

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Figure 4-6 Isopleths of HCl (Stack Coordinates 0,0)

e) Observations from dispersion modeling studies

From the dispersion modeling studies conducted, it was observed that the ground level concentration (considering the summer season data) occurs in the mainly in the South and ESE direction. Data on inversion data was taken from the “Atlas of Hourly mixing height and Assimilative capacity of atmosphere in India” published by Indian Meteorological Department.

f) Fugitive emissions

Fugitive emissions due to the proposed CHWTSDF project will be principally associated with emissions like VOC from liquid storage tank (Diesel), VOC/odours air from hazardous waste storage area, emergency vent from Incinerator, landfill and scrubber circulation tank vents.

Mitigation Measures air environment

o Adequate stack height shall be provided based on CPCB norms for Incinerator and Boiler

o The boilers shall be operated on Coal/husk/bagasse. Any change will impact the environment adversely and hence should be done only with proper studies and approval of authorities.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 4- Anticipated Environmental Impacts and mitigation measures

Environmental Consultant Page 171

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

o APCs provided (Quench / scrubbers for process vents, stacks for incinerator and boiler) will be maintained to ensure lowest possible pollutant levels in emission. All applicable standards for emission quality will be strictly complied.

o The uninterrupted operation of all APC will be ensured during time of operation of respective utility.

o DG sets will be run only in emergency power requirement / power supply failure from electricity department.

o Incinerator stack will be provided with Continuous Online Stack monitoring system for various parameters as identified by CPCB. The system will be hooked up to the GSPCB/ CPCB server.

o Regular monitoring of ambient air and stack/vent emission will be conducted as per environment monitoring plan described in chapter 6

o Proper & adequate handling facilities & procedures will be provided to prevent fugitive emission from raw material storage

o HSD / LDO storage tank will be provided with dyke wall to prevent spreading of materials during incident of leak, spill and other hazards.

o All necessary hazard control & prevention and safety measures mentioned in RA & DMP will be implemented to ensure that air quality is not affected due to the hazardous waste stored / processed at the project.

o Trucks/vehicles used for transportation of hazardous waste / materials will be approved by concerned authority and driver will be well trained to overcome the safety issues during transportation. All necessary safety & emergency equipment must be provided in vehicles.

Noise & Vibration environment

Impacts

Noise & vibrations generated from the equipment & machineries including pumps, motors, operation of incinerator / boiler blowers / operation, vehicular movement for transportation and inbound movement of vehicles / forklifts etc will add to back ground noise level, exposing nearby populace and on site worker’s to high noise which can lead to hearing loss. The CHWTSDF is part of Goa IDC and more than 1 km away from nearest village. Thus, impacts of the noise sources of the proposed project will be negligible and restricted within the premises only and will be maintained within the prescribed norms of industrial area as well as occupational exposure.

Mitigation measures

Mitigation measures for noise control will include following,

o Low noise generating equipment will be selected to reduce noise generation in plant areas.

o Proper mounting of equipment & machinery on strong non-vibrating foundation & fitted by proper shunting & rubber padding to avoid vibration and thereby noise.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 4- Anticipated Environmental Impacts and mitigation measures

Environmental Consultant Page 172

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

o Provision of ear protection equipment (ear plug/ ear muff) for activities that are likely to create noise in excess of 75 dB (A) to protect worker’s health and safety.

o Undertake in plant audit to identify high noise level generating equipment

o Preventive maintenance including regular lubrication of machineries and equipment to reduce noise level

o Static & dynamic balancing of all rotating equipment & machineries will be done on regular basis starting from the installation time to reduce the vibration & noise.

o Regular noise monitoring will be done as per environment monitoring plan chapter 6

o The impacts of noise on occupational health would be mitigated by proper shift timing & annual audiological checkup of concern employees. Workers showing hearing loss will be shifted to other less noisy areas

o Dense Greenbelt development around the noise source area and along the boundary of premises will be done.

o Plant and equipment will be designed to ensure that noise generated is limited to CPCB norms. Equipment will be provided with noise control measures such as acoustic insulation etc, to ensure noise abatement.

o Personnel Protective Equipments (PPE) like ear plugs/muffs is to be given to all the workers at site and it will be ensured that the same are used by everybody during their shift through administrative measures

o Regular and proper maintenance of noise generating machinery including the

transport vehicles to maintain the low noise levels.

o Sufficient engineering control during installation of equipments and machineries (like mufflers in DG sets) is to be ensured to reduce noise levels at source;

o Proper and timely maintenance of machineries and preventive maintenance of vehicles is to be adopted to reduce noise levels;

o All the openings like covers, partitions shall be acoustically sealed.

Water Environment

Impacts

Hydrogeological study in and around TSDF project highlights the following probable impacts due proposed project. The likely impacts and their respective remedies are discussed below:

• There would be surface and groundwater contamination due to proposed waste disposal in the area.

• The proposed activity shall result in influx of people and will result in sewage discharge to contaminate surface and groundwater.

• The proposed facility will result in lowering the water availability in the region

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 4- Anticipated Environmental Impacts and mitigation measures

Environmental Consultant Page 173

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Mitigation Measures :

a) Re Possibility of contamination of Ground/Surface Waters :

The Pissurlem area is being developed as an industrial area by Goa Industrial Development Corporation (IDC). Already many small and medium scale industries have come up in adjoining area, Pissurlem area is also hosting multiple mining pits in working and abandoned conditions. Thus already there is significant human interference in this area.

Secondly, the hydrogeological study has established that Pissurlem and adjoining area has a poor groundwater potential and as a result the surrounding population is heavily dependent on tankers for their daily water supply. Hence, the possibility of groundwater

contamination is less.

As there is no surface water stream of significance in close vicinity of Pissurlem site, as such possibility of surface water contamination in this area is remote.

The facility to be created will meet all standards as per CPCB requirements and will be closely controlled, operated and maintained by SMS Envocare which has successful track record of building, owning and operating such facilities.

Adequate measures will be taken by treating and reuse of the effluents in the site to avoid groundwater and surface water contamination.

Re Impacts on Water Resources :

The proposed activity will not modify significantly the surface water and groundwater

availability of this region as (a) the water requirement is quite small 205 cmd and (b) the groundwater is not planned to be used for the proposed activity.

Water requirement will be sourced from Goa IDC sources; also waste water (such as from scrubber and leachate) generated will be treated and recycled within the site hence there is no impact on ground and surface water availability. Thus, out of 205 cmd of total water requirement, 69 cmd will be sourced from recycled treated effluent.

Separate Sewage Treatment Plant (30 cmd capacity) is proposed to treat sewage generated at site (estimated 24 cmd).

Rainwater Harvesting Scheme

a) Climate

Due to maritime influence, the diurnal range of temperature during the day is not large. The diurnal range is the least being 40 to 60 C during monsoon season and increases to the maximum of 100 to 200 C during December & January. May is the hottest month where the mean daily temperature increases to 300 C. January is the coolest with mean daily temperature of about 230 C. It is noted that the day temperature is the lowest in monsoon months of July and August and not in the cool winter months of December and January. The temperature is highest (around 330 C) in pre – monsoon months of April & May and again in post monsoon months of November & January.

As a result of orographic influence, rainfall increases eastwards i.e. towards the Western Ghats, with average annual rainfall 2875 mm (in Murmagoa taluka). Over 90% of annual

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 4- Anticipated Environmental Impacts and mitigation measures

Environmental Consultant Page 174

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

rainfall occurs during monsoon months of June to September. About 32% of the annual rainfall is received during July. (Source: IMD & CGWB Brochure)

b) Rainwater Harvesting Potential

The study area is located in “Coastal Heavy Rainfall region”. It primarily receives the rainfall from Southwest monsoon during the months of June to September each year. Average Annual Rainfall for this area based on long term rainfall observations (Year 1951 – 1980) is found as 2932 mm or 2.93 m. The monthly distribution of rainfall is shown in figure overleaf.

Figure 4-7 Long term rainfall: District – North Goa

The rainwater potential for TSDF project is calculated as follows:

• Rainfall incident over project area (31 ac.) ~ 3,63,320 m3/annum.

• Rainfall incident over project in 24 hrs @ 1000 mm ~ 1,24,000 m3.

• Considering a depth of 6 meter, nearly 20,000 sq. meter area will be required to harvest the entire rainfall incident in single day.

• Considering space constraint, rainwater harvesting to maximum possible extent

is advised to avoid loss of this precious natural resource and to improve the water balance in this region.

This will also help to minimize dependency on distant water source.

Due to sloping topography and presence of hard lateritic rock, major portion of rainwater results in surface run off while very little contributes to natural recharge

➢ Due to sloping nature of the TSDF site, the incident water will tend to flow over

the ground and will have tendency to collect along the lowest contour within the site i.e. along the northern and eastern portions of the site.

Month

Annual rainfall mm

(Source: IMD data for Panaji)

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 4- Anticipated Environmental Impacts and mitigation measures

Environmental Consultant Page 175

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

➢ The TSDF Pissurlem area and the surrounding area being made of schist and phyllite that give rise to clay after weathering, the rainwater incident over the entire TSDF plot is advised to be collected in the form of a surface water pond which is advised to be covered with PVC sheets to prevent the percolation losses.

Figure 4-8 Rainwater Harvesting Pond with PVC sheet lining

• As the subsurface rock does not support groundwater accumulation, it is advised that the incident rainwater be not used to recharge groundwater, but to collect

rainwater and use directly for dust suppression, green belt development, flushing in toilets, etc. within TSDF site.

• This will optimize the water consumption from tanker or pipe line from distant source.

• The incident rainwater is advised to be filtered before its storage in the surface

water pond. For this, the terminal 25 to 30 m section of the storm water drains adjacent to the roads; just before their connection with the surface water ponds is advised to be filled with #2mm to #3mm sized sand to filter out the suspended particles. This sand will act as a filter to separate the fine suspended particles that will settle over the rooftops of various buildings. This sand should be kept fixed in

its place with the help of mesh of appropriate size.

• These ponds can also be used from aesthetic point of view as a part of landscaping of the premises, however proper safety measures such as fencing or brick wall around the pond is necessary to be provided to avoid any mishaps as the depth of the pond will be 3 m.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 4- Anticipated Environmental Impacts and mitigation measures

Environmental Consultant Page 176

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Figure 4-9 Vertical Section of Storm water Drain

c) RWH - Conclusion and Recommendations

It is observed that the site of TSDF project (31acres) located in Pissurlem village, Sattari taluka of North district of Goa is situated in Geologically Stable environs. It occupies a small portion of small ridge. The site is made up of hard laterite slab developed over metasedimentary rock.

The physiographical setting of TSDF projects in the form of gently sloping area;

supplemented by shallow occurrence, inherently porous and permeable laterite influences more run off and less recharge. This setting is further supported by presence of clayey schistose rock and phyllite as country rock. Thus, the physiographic setting supported by the subsurface rock has severely affected the groundwater occurrence in this region. Therefore, it has very poor groundwater potential and hence the population gets daily water by tankers.

However, TSDF project is surrounded by industrial and mining area. Therefore, it may be commented that the TSDF site will not leave any negative, long lasting signature on the environment of this region.

The site being situated in “Heavy Rainfall Zone”, receives nearly 363,320 m3 rainwater annually. This amount is significant and is advised not to be wasted. The topography of

the site and availability of space form major plus points in carrying out rainwater harvesting within this premise. However, the site being made up of loose unconsolidated alluvium with shallow groundwater level, is not expected to accept the rainwater.

Therefore, considering the findings of hydrogeological studies, following recommendations are made:

➢ The top soil after removal is advised to be properly dumped and stabilized to avoid its loss and eventual silting of nearby surface water streams.

➢ It is advised to harvest and conserve the rainwater by storing in artificial tank/s.

➢ The collected rainwater is advised to be used for non drinking activities like flushing and gardening to minimize consumption of public water supply

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 4- Anticipated Environmental Impacts and mitigation measures

Environmental Consultant Page 177

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

➢ This will further improve the groundwater balance of this area.

➢ Appropriate effluent and sewage treatment facilities need to be provided considering to treat the wastewaters due to the project.

➢ By adopting these measures; TSDF project will contribute to development of society along with conserving the water regime and environment as well.

Proposed Effluent Treatment facility

The CHWTSDF will have a STP of capacity 30 cmd to treat sewage and a ETP comprising physicochemical treatment followed by Biological treatment, followed by Tertiary treatment. Final treated effluent will be checked for quality and used for gardening/flushing etc or it will be evaporated in a MEE. Flow chart of ETP is given below

Figure 4-10 Flow chart of Effluent Treatment Plant

Ecology and biodiversity

Anticipated Impacts

Gaseous and particulate matter emission from incinerator / boiler stacks, transport within site etc are predicted to increase levels of particulate matter (PM10), SO2 & NOx.

Overflow

Permeate

Reject

Intermediate Tank

Screening

Flow chart of ETP plant

Primary Settling Tank

Sludge Drying Bed

Reaction Tank (Mixer)

Equalization Tank

Oil Skimmer

Sludge Disposal

Aeration Tank

Secondary Settling Tank

Dosing of Poly, Alum

Pressure Sand Filter

Active Carbon Filter For Garden Use/ Commercial Use

Clarifier

MEE System Final Treated Water

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 4- Anticipated Environmental Impacts and mitigation measures

Environmental Consultant Page 178

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Threshold limit of SO2 for sensitive plant species is 1820 µg/m3 for 1 Hour exposure. Visible injury caused in the form of development of interveinal necrotic blotches. Similarly, threshold limit of NOx for sensitive plant species is 38000 µg/m3 for 1 Hour exposure. Visible injury is seen same as in case of SO2. (Source : CPCB Publication: Green Belt Development, March 2000)

It is seen that study area has two wild life sanctuaries with their Eco sensitive areas of 1km as notified by MOEFCC and some villages which are covered under the draft Western Ghat Notification.

Prediction of concentrations of air pollutants have been done using Air Quality models in earlier section of this chapter which show that concentrations of pollutants in post project scenario will be about 9-13 ug/cum for SO2, 23-28 ug/cum for NOx and 26-31 ug/cum for PM10. Thus, these are much lower than CPCB limit of 80 ug/cum specified for Ecologically Sensitive area as per NAAQS 2009 and also much lower than thresholds specified at which SO2 aand NOx can affect plants adversely as given in preceeding paras. (ref CPCB publication as given above).

Operation phase of CHWTSDF involves transportation of Hazardous waste from industries for treatment / disposal, Fuel transportation, Chemicals as well as work force to the site.

This leads to increase in noise levels at site; however existing surrounding activities have other noise sources, which overall establishes background noise level for the area. Thus proposed project activity envisage insignificant adverse impact on fauna due to noise generation.

Operation phase of CHWTSDF envisage insignificant adverse impact on flora and fauna, provided efficient working of suitable pollution control equipments and development and proper maintenance of suitable green belt.

Mitigation Measures

• Implementation of all mitigation measures for air, water, noise environment.

• Implementation of control and prevention measures for all hazards associated with the CHWTSDF project

• Maintenance, development and management of green belt by planting local indigenous species in a scientific manner

Green Belt Development

Green belt will be developed along the boundary of site, in centre portion of plot (opp admin building) & if possible SMS will take up green belt development on sloping land on South east of site (after confirming that ownership is with Goa IDC). It will be developed in two levels i.e. tall, native and evergreen species towards outer periphery whereas dwarf and native species towards inner side of it. This arrangement provides better screening effect. Objectives and principles of green belt development are listed below. In practice, green belt will be developed in consultation with horticulture expert, as per available species nearby.

Objectives of Green belt development

1. Partial check on air pollution

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 4- Anticipated Environmental Impacts and mitigation measures

Environmental Consultant Page 179

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

2. Partial check on noise pollution

3. Increase in esthetic value of surrounding

4. Indirect partial help to maintain biodiversity

Principles of Green belt development

1. Green belt will be composed of native species

2. Species will be suitable for agro-climatic zone.

3. Species should be selected according to soil type, climate, rain fall etc.

4. Taller plants will be planted towards outer periphery

5. Shorter plants will be planted towards inner periphery

6. Evergreen species should be selected as far as possible to have least litter fall

7. Plant will be tolerant to air pollution

8. Green belt will have indicator species with respect to air pollution

9. Species may have quick growing ability

Appropriate native/ natural & resistant species such as Terminalia sp, Calycopoteris floribunda, Ziziphus sp, Hollarrhena antidystentrica , Cassia, Ixora, Lantana camara, Mitragyna parvifolia, Calophyllum inophyllum, Myristica sp, Garcinia indica, Mimusops elengi ) along periphery will act as barrier towards dust, noise, odour & few emissions.

There will be dedicated monetary provision made for development and maintenance of of green belt. Plantation of species must be started well in advance i.e. prior to completion of construction phase. Maintenance will include watering and manuring plats at appropriate time, weeding out unwanted plants, cleaning, replacing wilted/died plants etc. Area proposed under green belt is about 7229.5 m2.

Onsite Green belt area

There will be separate monetary provision (Rs. 25,00,000/-) made for landscaping and green belt development.

Plantation will be started alongwith commencement of site development for facility.

In operation phase, yearly monitoring will be conducted to assess any sort of impact due to project activity on flora and fauna, for first three years. Frequency of monitoring may be reduced to once in three years from fourth year. Reports prepared based on monitoring, primary surveys will be stored as record and made available on demand. Monitoring will be conducted by QCI-NABET approved Functional Area Expert for Ecology & Biodiversity or department of Botany/Zoology, Goa University or officials of forest department.

There will be separate monetary provision made for maintenance & monitoring of green belt (Rs. 400,000/- per year). Gardener will be appointed for maintenance of green belt. Maintenance will include watering and manuring plants at appropriate time, weeding out unwanted plants, cleaning, replacing wilted/died plants etc.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 4- Anticipated Environmental Impacts and mitigation measures

Environmental Consultant Page 180

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Socio economic environment

Impact

a) Impact due Industralization as perceived by Villagers

The socio economic impact of industrialization as a whole was discussed with the people of nearby villages. The villagers feel that Goa IDC in Pissurlem and Honda has :

- provided an opportunity for economic growth to the people

- have positively contributed to the growth and development of the region.

The positive as well as negative impacts which were reported by the residents are discussed here in brief.

• Demography

The demography has changed due to in migration of people from outside states like UP, Bihar, Rajasthan and Maharashtra who work in industries. The numbers of original residents has decreased over time. The mixed population has led to increased tolerance

among the people. The literacy rate and level of education had increased to 12 the grade and ITI trained personnel. Almost 85% of the residents are meaningfully employed according to the census data 2011.

• Economic Activity

There is increase in the economic activity in the area. The IDC has provided opportunity

to skilled, semi skilled and unskilled labour, the service providers, maintenance contractors and petty vendors. The main occupation has now changed from agriculture to labour work and services, and petty contractors. There is an increase in local eateries, hotels restaurants and bars. There is little agricultural activity seen in the surroundings in spite of ample land and rainfall. The forces of production have changed – from an agrarian economy to an semi urban service economy. This change is partially due to the

industries and also due to the various government sponsored welfare schemes availed by the people.

• Infrastructure

The increase in population has led to increase in infrastructure facilities like transport, roads, street lights, banks, post offices and markets, increase in number of private

doctors, schools, and telecommunication. There is no substantial increase in water supply and sanitation facilities. Thus there is burden on these services.

• Social and Cultural Life

The presence of people from varied backgrounds; there is rise in trade centres like Mauzi, Morlem, Candepar and Vangeum. The people aspire for urban metropolitan life. The people have increased tolerance towards each other. The various religious, social, cultural groups organize events and celebrate festivals irrespective of their religious orientation. The political organizations too sponsor certain events and sports competitions. Thus the people do enjoy social life which is characterized by urban

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 4- Anticipated Environmental Impacts and mitigation measures

Environmental Consultant Page 181

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

lifestyle unlike the previous village melas, and yatras. The increase in travel and tourism industry has led to opportunities for rich social and cultural experiences.

• Opportunities for Growth

Goa IDC in Pissurlem and Honda on the whole has provided opportunities for growth not only to the local residents but to migrated population as well. The industrialization process has impacted the face of the villages, and their lifestyle. The women too have found opportunities to earn a livelihood and slow improvement in infrastructure have provided a promise for a better future.

b) Impact due to prosposed CHWTSDF

It is worth highlighting that the primary data does not indicate any adverse socio

economic impact due to the proposed CHWTSDF nor was any complaint reported by the people. In fact, the people are welcoming and have understood the benefits to industries. They wish more industries to set up their plants in the IDC area.

Since this is a proposed new set up; there is no existing infrastructure and office on the site. So far there has been no activity and the various clearances are awaited.

There are no negative impacts perceived due to the proposed CHWTSDF except for the anticipated air pollution that may cause due to incineration process. There is also the risk of soil/ground/surface water pollution in case the waste is not properly managed.

Positive impacts are anticipated in terms of increase in employment (approximately 100 nosdirect employment), transport service, water transportation, vehicle maintenance

and allied services required by the company thereby enhancing the economic development in the area.

c) Occupational health and risks to surrounding communuity

Site preparation, integrated waste management facility comprising of CHWTSDF involve many occupational health hazards to the workers at site.

• Noise generated during Setting up the development of Common Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage and Disposal facility may affect the workers and staff members.

• Handling, transportation, storage, disposal and transportation of hazardous wastes, chemicals, fuel, may cause health hazard if not handled properly.

• Uncontrolled flow of Waste firing / fuel hydrocarbon or other fluids during operation may cause serious health injuries including fatality of workers as well as affecting surrounding communities.

Further, impacts on occupational health may also occur due to works like manual lifting of heavy good, continuous working in single position, working in improper ergonomic conditions etc. Such condition or operations may lead to health problems like back ache etc. Considering these, proponent plans for closed automated transfer system for major raw materials as well as forklift & trolley for waste handling.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 4- Anticipated Environmental Impacts and mitigation measures

Environmental Consultant Page 182

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Mitigation Measures

a) CSR Program Overview

SMS Envocare is one of the leading Environmental Management initiatives in the country.

Company undertakes CSR initiatives with focus on :

- the employees

- towards the projects local region

- towards broader society and Nation

- towards Humanity

Initiatives for Employees

- Proposed project will help in improving socio – economic status of surrounding area as there will be direct employment generation for 75 – 100 people. Preference will be given to local people at the time of man power recruitment as also to local competent manpower for engaging in other allied activities

- Company will take various initiatives like having competitions in company staff and its families, encouraging get togethers, awareness campaigns etc in order to promote goodwill and team spirit in the company

- Company will provide pre- employment and periodic health check ups for its employees and also provide training for safe handling of wastes and hazardous materials and conduct of activities

Towards the projects local region

- SMS Envocare will take up initaitives for betterment of medical facilities particularly infrastructure of health care, local schools etc

- Company will promote a Green Brigade- a bunch of youth volunteers in each village who will take care of the environmental issues – like

o municipal waste segregation, operating a local waste recycling/ composting unit

o water conservation

o Company will provide technical knowhow and some financial aid- The model

will be to promote a source of income to the local youth and conserve the

environment

- Company will support local schools & educational organizations by distribution/ donation of educational aids such as computers, books, uniforms etc, providing safe drinking water and sanitation facilities, scholarships for needy children

- Conduct health check up camps, blood donation drives, eye checkup camps etc

- Conduct vocational training for technical skills, self-employment training for women as stitching, embroidery, tailoring, handicrafts etc for the women in the vicinity

- The literacy rate being high; most of the local youth are educated upto 12th grade and are ITI conversant. The company will focus on sharpening the skills of these local youth and will initiate a Vocational Guidance Centre that will help the youth

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 4- Anticipated Environmental Impacts and mitigation measures

Environmental Consultant Page 183

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

enhance their skills and get a better prospect in their career. Under the newly launched Skills Development Programme by the Central Government; such Vocational Guidance Centre will be eligible to secure government aid and will be able to sustain over the years. This centre will provide training to Entrepreneurs, start up business about the business management; soft skills, marketing skills etc. The youth will be provided with necessary skills and expertise, resources to begin small business and provide services to the surrounding companies.

- SMSEL will Arrange Road Safety Awareness Programme in nearby area like “Rashtriy Rasta Surksha Saptaah”

- Company will undertake social forestry and roadside plantation program in consultation with local IDC/ Grampanchayat / Forest Department to create a healthy

environment.

- Organizing water and energy conservation rallies through ―SAVE WE (Save Water and Energy)- a CSR initiative being successfully operated by the company in other parts of the country

Towards broader Society and Nation and Humanity

In the interest of the society and the nation at large, SMSEL support the projects titled:

o Child Adoption for Education (CAFÉ).

o Child Adoption for Rehabilitation & Education (CARE).

These activities are aimed at betterment of conditions for poor and needy children.

Company has committed a CSR budget of 2% for these activities.

As at other operational sites of the company, these programs will also be taken up at the Goa site in order to :

• gain support from the people.

• gain goodwill for the company.

Company will undertake comprehensive CSR activities to deal with various issues that concern the welfare of the local people and its employees. The interventions will be focused on-

1. Environmental Protection and Improvement of Health

2. Entrepreneurship Development

Responding to the local needs and problems like health and sanitation, air pollution, lack of recreational facilities; the company will make its presence felt in a positive manner by focusing in the following areas -

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 4- Anticipated Environmental Impacts and mitigation measures

Environmental Consultant Page 184

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Figure 4-11 Focal Points for CSR Activities - CHWTSDF

Communication with local community will be institutionalized & done on regular basis by the project authorities.

In this manner the company can begin making a difference in the lives of the people even before the set up of the plant.

b) Other Measures

• Maintaining health status by organizing health check-up camps for villagers

• Fulfilling the water requirement by providing water without any charges to nearby village

• Assistance to local authority i.e. Gram Panchayat for construction of roads, provision of toilets, drinking water, safe disposal of wastes

• Distribution of educational aids & stationary, library books for local schools

• Donate seeds & sapling of shrubs / small trees etc or sponsor social forestry programs

• All mitigation measures will be implemented for control of air pollution, water pollution, land pollution and noise pollution.

• Priority will be given to local people and at least 70-80% locals shall be employed. Preference will be given to competent local contractors for undertaking various tasks in the project

c) Measures for ensuring Health and Safety

• All employees will first undergo pre – employment medical checks-up organized by the concerned Department before hiring is done. There after, all people who have a satisfactory health condition will be hired and the facility for free medical checkups will be given to each and every employee once in every 6 months. Company will maintain records in Form No-32 & 33 as per Factories Act.

Waste Recycling

• Garbage Pick up facility

• Dry waste/wet waste recycling unit

Education

• Vocational Guidance Centre

• Training for starting small business

Environment

• Minimal discharge technique to other companies

• Tree Plantation and Green Brigade

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 4- Anticipated Environmental Impacts and mitigation measures

Environmental Consultant Page 185

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

• First aid facilities will be available at the premises to treat basic injuries. If the case is beyond first aid, then the person will be taken to the nearest hospital for further treatment and consultation.

• All necessary pre-cautions will be taken to monitor restriction at work period. All government banned substances and products will be in the restriction list at the premises. All necessary signboards will be put up at the required places through-out the facility.

• During proposed activities, proper care would be taken by SMSEL, proper PPE will be provided to site workers and staff members.

• Site preparation work will be carried out during day time only.

• Acoustic enclosures will be provided to DG sets and other noise generating equipment.

• Provision of facilities like safe drinking water & dining rooms etc. and good sanitation including proper waste disposal.

• Isolation of drinking water & refreshment area including canteen etc. from the area of hazardous materials storage & handling.

• Chemical Safety Booklet/Documents for hazardous chemicals will be prepared and made available well before commissioning to all employees handling the chemicals.

• Strict Prohibition of eatables and potables in the area of hazardous materials storage & handling.

• Strict Prohibition of match box, lighters, and clothes having potential of static charges as well as smoking in plant & storage area.

• Proponent will ensure implementation of Emergency action plan including on-site & off-site emergency management plan.

• Proponent will undertake regular safety audit and necessary improvement suggested by auditor will be implemented

• Necessary emergency facilities including firefighting equipment, medical facilities, evacuation facilities etc will be provided within premises.

• Properly designed & designated storage area and provision of good handling equipment and procedures will be ensured before commissioning.

• Proper shift planning of workers exposed to hazard prone areas to manage the total exposure level as per stipulated standards & / or statutory norms.

• Company will train a group of employee for comprehensive first-aid and basic firefighting training and ensure trained staff availability in all three shifts.

• Mechanical handling system will be provided wherever feasible to reduce the stress of pulling -pushing and lifting.

• Ergonomic design of all facilities wherever possible (e.g. chairs, tables, working platforms, self and position & height of display screens & panel etc).

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 4- Anticipated Environmental Impacts and mitigation measures

Environmental Consultant Page 186

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

• Management will provide all necessary PPEs, safety tools, equipment/tackles to ensure healthy & safe work conditions.

• Workplace monitoring will be carried out on regular basis and corrective actions initiated as needed

• Necessary training programs & audit will be done on regular basis to improve workplace condition & provide safe work system.

• Company follows all statutory guidelines related with occupational health & safety which will be extended to the proposed expansion also.

• Safety committee will be to ensure worker participation

• Template for maintaining health records is as given below

Table 4-12 Template for Occupational health of the workers

d) CSR Budget

SMS Envocare has proposed annual budget of Rs. 25 Lakhs for C.S.R. activities such as:

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 4- Anticipated Environmental Impacts and mitigation measures

Environmental Consultant Page 187

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Table 4-13 Activities Proposed under CSR Types of Proposed Social Development Activities Annual Budget

Rs. lakhs Medical and health: Health Camps with distribution of medicine in nearby villages

5

Road and sanitation: Construction of village road / toilets in school in nearby village

10

Educational: Distribution of educational aids & stationary 4 Other: Donate seeds & sapling of shrubs / small trees & road side plantation

1

Livelihood Development: Assistance to women Self-help Groups for small business

5

Total 25

Closure and Post-Closure Maintenance Plan

Determination of the end-use of a landfill site is an essential part of the plan for landfill closure and post-closure maintenance. Some possible uses of closed landfill sites near urban centers include parks, recreational areas, golf courses, vehicle parking areas and sometimes even commercial development. A closure and post-closure plan for landfills involves the following components:

• Plan for vegetative stabilization of the final landfill cover.

• Plan for management of surface water run-off with an effective drainage system.

• Plan for periodical inspection and maintenance of landfill cover and facilities

The Closure and Post closure phase involves major amount of Inspection and monitoring program and hence is fully decribed in chapter 6.

Environmental Impact matrix

The possible impacts of various constructional and operational activities as identified above have been denoted in a matrix form. A quantitative matrix rating has been devised to give severity of impacts in the following manner:

• Highly Negative overall Impacts: Total Score= above -353

• Moderately Negative overall Impacts: Total Score= -176 to - 352

• Slightly Negative overall Impacts: Total Score= -1 to -176

• Neutral overall Impacts: Total Score = 0

• Slightly Positive overall Impacts: Total Score= 1 to 176

• Moderately Positive overall Impacts: Total Score= 176 to 352

• Highly Positive overall Impacts: Total Score = above 353

The matrix system assumes the environmental indices into the following:

➢ Physical Parameters:

• Surface water quality

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 4- Anticipated Environmental Impacts and mitigation measures

Environmental Consultant Page 188

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

• Ground water quality

• Air quality & Climate

• Soil Quality

• Land use pattern & Topography

➢ Ecological Parameters:

• Forests/ Parks/ Sanctuary

• Flora & Fauna

• Aquatic ecosystem

➢ Social Parameters: Aesthetics

• Local Housing structure

• Services

• Health & Safety

➢ Economic Parameters: Agriculture

• Fisheries

• Industries

• Employment

The assessment of the impact of the general impacting activities on the above parameters of environmental indices can be done by establishing a co-relation by “Cause and effect relationship” with the help of impact matrices. The matrices for construction as well as operation phase are presented below for two conditions:

• Without mitigation/control measures.

• With proposed mitigation measures for adverse / beneficial effects.

The criteria for evaluation of qualitative matrix are presented herewith:

1. No Impact (0): This indicates that the project activity is unlikely to have any impact on an environmental attribute.

2. Negligible Adverse Impact (-1) / Negligible Beneficial Impact (+1): It signifies that the actions have minor effect, adverse or beneficial, on the environmental parameters concerned.

3. Significant Adverse Impact (-2) / Significant Beneficial Impact (+2): The activities and their environmental Impacts are judged to be significant if they create, or have the potential to create concern in the public or professional community.

4. High Adverse Impact (-3) / High Beneficial Impact (+3): The action that can create or have a potential to create controversy in the public or professional community due to its long-term effect. They may be at times irreversible.

The environmental Impact matrix without mitigation / control measures during the construction phase and operation phase is given in Table below, which shows the overall impact of the project is (-179) i.e moderately negative impact.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 4- Anticipated Environmental Impacts and mitigation measures

Environmental Consultant Page 189

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

The matrix with proposed mitigation measures during the operation phase is given in Table below, which shows the overall impact with environmental controls is reduced to (-74) i.e. slightly negative.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare ltd.

Chapter 4- Anticipated Environmental Impacts and mitigation measures

Environmental Consultant Page 190

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Table 4-14 Environmental Impact Matrix Evaluation without Mitigation Measures

PHASE --> CONSTRUCTION PHASE OPERATION PHASE

Impact Source -->

Plant

construction

Water

requireme

nt,

wastewater

generation

& disposal

Stationary,

process &

fugitive

emissions

Noise Waste

generation

& disposal

Material

transportat

ion, storage

& handling

Hazards

associated

with &

constructio

n of plant

Breakdown

of control

equipment

End use of

project site

Total Plant

operation

& process

Water

requireme

nt,

wastewater

generation

& disposal

Stationary,

process &

fugitive

emissions

Noise Waste

generation

& disposal

Material

transportat

ion, storage

& handling

Hazards

associated

with

chemicals

&

operation

of plant

Breakdown

of control

equipment

End use of

product

Grand

total

Parameters

Physico-chemical parameters:

Surface water quality 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 -4 0 0 -1 -1 -3 -3 0 -13

Ground water quality 0 -1 0 0 -1 0 0 0 0 -2 -3 -4 0 0 -4 -2 -3 -3 0 -19

Air quality & climate -4 0 -2 0 0 -1 -1 0 0 -8 -3 0 -4 -4 -2 -2 -3 -3 0 -21

Soil quality 0 -1 0 0 -2 0 0 0 0 -3 -2 -3 -2 0 -4 -2 -2 -4 -1 -20

Land use pattern 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Ecological parameters:

Forest/park/sanctuary 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -2 -1 -2 0 -1 0 0 -6

Flora & fauna -1 -1 -1 0 0 0 0 0 1 -2 -2 -2 -2 -1 -2 -1 -3 -2 0 -15

Aquatic ecosystem 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -2 -2 0 0 -1 0 -2 -2 0 -9

Social parameters:

Aesthetics -3 0 -2 0 -2 -1 -2 -1 0 -11 -2 -2 -2 -1 -2 -2 -2 -2 -2 -17

Local housing structure 1 0 0 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 0 -4 0 -1 -1 0 -1 -1 -1 -1 0 -6

Service 1 -1 0 0 0 -1 -1 -1 0 -3 0 -1 -1 0 0 -1 -3 -2 0 -8

Health & safety -2 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 0 -9 -2 -1 -3 -2 -2 -2 -3 -1 2 -14

Economic parameters:

Agriculture 0 -1 0 0 -1 -1 0 0 0 -3 -2 -3 -3 0 -2 -1 -2 -2 -2 -17

Fisheries 0 -1 0 0 -1 -1 0 0 0 -3 -1 -2 0 0 -2 0 0 -2 -1 -8

Industries 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 -1 0 -1 0 0 -1 -1 -1 1 -4

Employment 2 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 2 5 1 0 0 0 0 -1 0 0 -2 -2

Grand Total -5 -7 -6 -2 -9 -6 -6 -4 4 -41 -20 -25 -21 -9 -25 -17 -29 -28 -5 -179

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 4 –Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation measures

Environmental Consultant Page 191

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Table 4-15 Environmental Impact Matrix Evaluation with Mitigation Measures

PHASE --> CONSTRUCTION PHASE OPERATION PHASE

Impact Source -->

Plant

construction

Water

requireme

nt,

wastewater

generation

& disposal

Stationary,

process &

fugitive

emissions

Noise Waste

generation

& disposal

Material

transportat

ion, storage

& handling

Hazards

associated

with &

constructio

n of plant

Breakdown

of control

equipment

End use of

project site

Total Plant

operation

& process

Water

requireme

nt,

wastewater

generation

& disposal

Stationary,

process &

fugitive

emissions

Noise Waste

generation

& disposal

Material

transportat

ion, storage

& handling

Hazards

associated

with

chemicals

&

operation

of plant

Breakdown

of control

equipment

End use of

product

Grand

total

Parameters

Physico-chemical parameters:

Surface water quality 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 -1 0 0 0 0 1 -1 0 0

Ground water quality 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 -1 0 0 -1 -2 1 -2 0 -4

Air quality & climate -1 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 -2 1 0 0 1 -1 -2 -1 -3 0 -5

Soil quality 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 -1 0 0 -1 -2 -1 -4 -1 -10

Land use pattern 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Ecological parameters:

Forest/park/sanctuary 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 -1 0 -1 0 0 -3

Flora & fauna -1 1 -1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 -1 -1 0 -1 -1 2 -2 0 -4

Aquatic ecosystem 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 0 0 0 1 -2 0 -2

Social parameters:

Aesthetics -1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 -2 -1 -1 -2 -2 -2 -2 -13

Local housing structure 2 0 0 0 0 -1 0 0 0 1 0 0 -1 0 -1 -1 -1 -1 0 -5

Service 1 1 0 0 0 0 -1 -1 0 0 0 -1 -1 0 0 -1 -3 -2 0 -8

Health & safety 1 1 1 0 0 -1 1 -1 0 2 2 0 -3 0 0 0 -3 -1 2 -3

Economic parameters:

Agriculture 0 1 0 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 -2 -1 -3 0 -2 -1 -2 -2 -2 -15

Fisheries 0 0 0 0 -1 0 0 0 0 -1 -1 0 0 0 -2 0 0 -2 -1 -6

Industries 2 1 0 0 1 2 1 0 2 9 3 0 -1 0 0 0 -1 -1 1 1

Employment 3 1 0 0 1 3 1 0 2 11 4 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 -2 3

Grand Total 6 6 -1 0 3 3 2 -2 5 22 9 -8 -13 0 -10 -12 -10 -25 -5 -74

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 4 –Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation measures

Environmental Consultant Page 192

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Observations and Conclusions

The study for the proposed project of SMS Envocare limited has revealed that the upcoming activities of CHWTSDF will have negligible impacts which would mainly occur only upon accidental spills/wastes/leak of leachates.

Risk assessment study has been conducted for the proposed project and the suggestions made in the report shall be implemented strictly to prevent any chances of environmental contamination and employee health/safety. By the efficient implementation of Hazard/Risk control/Prevention measures, negative impacts would be reduced / avoided.

The proponent will plant varieties of trees & shrubs in the premises.

Greenbelt will be maintained in excellent condition giving screening of site using dense vegetation. The proponent will manage the greenbelt with all possible care & attention to improve environmental condition. Thus, the beneficial impacts due to the dense greenbelt are envisaged.

It is also found that the high noise generation sources are not part of proposed CHWTSDF project. Hence noise levels are not expected to go up. The noise level out of the premises is envisaged to be <65-70 dB(A) in day and 55-60 dB(A) in night as maximum. Thus looking to the source, potential noise level generation & planned mitigation measures; impacts due to noise are not envisaged.

Company will regularly conduct the CSR activities for social welfare & upliftment. Necessary documents & records of all activities shall be maintained. All aspects of safety will be adequately managed and required safety material, equipment and facilities will be provided to all employees, contractor & visitors. Thus issue of impacts due to probable hazards/risk/disaster would be minimal.

Thus, looking the management objectives and procedures/actions followed elsewhere by SMS Encvocare limited, environmental management activities carried out, it is concluded that there will not be any major considerable impacts on environment.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 5 – Analysis of Alternatives

Environmental Consultant Page 193

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIV ES

Preample

The proposed project is an Integrated Common Hazardous Waste Management Facility that will serve as Secured Landfill and Industrial waste incineration.

The project alternatives discussed here include the rational for selection of site and technology poposed. Prior to arriving at a decision regarding establishment of proposed project a number of alternatives were examined and reviewed. The options considered include the following:

• Alternative Site analysis

• Analysis of Alternative Technologies

Alternative site analysis

Alternate Sites Considered :

Environmentally sound management of hazardous wastes would require common hazardous waste management facilities for industrial clusters spread all over the country, as it is not possible to have hazardous waste management facility for each unit. Hence common facilities become more necessary in the wake of large number of small, medium

industries in our country, which either have no funds or space for development of in house hazardous waste management facility.

Previously, Government of Goa has notified 110,390 sqm of land at Survey number 193/3 for development of CHWTSDF – the Environmental clearance for same was obtained in 2008 (from MOEF) (which was valid upto 19/2/2013) and renewed on 21/03/2013 by

SEIAA, Goa. However, development of site could not take place due to Public opposition at that site.

Hence, Goa Government has now decided to locate the facility in an Industrial estate – five plots available were screened for the purpose – two in Tuem, two in Honda and one in Pissurlem. For establishing a common facility for treatment, storage, disposal and recycling facilities of hazardous waste CPCB has issued guidelines for site selection criteria (HAZWAMS/25/2002- 2003).

This chapter includes the justification for the selection of the project site from environmental point of view as well as from economic point of view so that the technology will be affordable. This chapter provides the alternatives for the proposed project in terms of technology and site which are evaluated and discussed with particular emphasis on environmental considerations.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 5 – Analysis of Alternatives

Environmental Consultant Page 194

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Compliance of the site with site selection criteria (Selection of the Proposed Site)

Five sites (Tuim Indutrial area I & II, Honda industrial I & II and Pissurlem Industrial estate) were identified for establishing the proposed project using above mentioned knock out criteria and among the five selected sites, Pissurlem site is selected as it is meeting the siting criteria and does not have any R & R issues. The details of the five sites with respect to siting guidelines are given in table below. The selected site at Pissurlem Industrial estate is based on CPCB Knock-out criteria that are based on certain parameters such as characteristics of land, geology, hydro-geology, ground water conditions and ecological considerations etc. Selection of site based on CPCB knock-out criteria is presented below in the table

Table 5-1 Selection of site based on knock out criteria S.no Criteria points Tuim

Industrial Area,

Phase I

Tuim Industrial

Area, Phase II

Honda Industrial

area, Phase I

Honda Industrial

area, Phase II

Pissurelem Industrial

Area

1 Existing or planned drinking water protection and catchment areas

No NA, as the nearby land is

forest land

No No No

2 High flood prone areas

NA NA No No No

3 Areas with unstable ground

NA NA No No No

4 Closer than 200 meters to populated areas

NA NA No No No

5 Closer than 200 meters to river boundaries

NA NA No No No

6 Close to National Parks. Monuments, Forests with large no. of flora and fauna, historical, religious and other important cultural places.

NA Not qualify for CPCB

Knock out criteria.

No No No

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 5 – Analysis of Alternatives

Environmental Consultant Page 195

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

S.no Criteria points Tuim Industrial

Area, Phase I

Tuim Industrial

Area, Phase II

Honda Industrial

area, Phase I

Honda Industrial

area, Phase II

Pissurelem Industrial

Area

7 Existing use of site (Agricultural I Forest I Old dump site)

Industrial site, a

notified land.

Industrial site, a

notified land.

Industrial site, a

notified land.

Industrial site, a

notified land.

Site is of GIDC and notified

before 2005.

Remark: Site is suitable for detail EIA study

Not Suitable for EIA Study.

Free land is available but small

Yes suitable for EIA Study.

23, 319 M2 of land is available and is not enough to setup the facility.

Yes suitable for EIA Study

However land is small.

Yes suitable for EIA Study

However land is small

YES, • Nearest

town Satari is 10km far

from the site. • There is no river in 1 km periphery of

proposed site.

Analysis of Technological aspects

Hazardous wastes have become an important environmental and public health issue which concerns many countries in the world. In the modern framework of hazardous waste management, a four pronged strategy has been adopted:

1. Minimizing the quantity of waste

2. Recycling of industrial waste

3. Treatment of the waste

4. Collection, transport and disposal of waste in an environmentally sound manner.

All four of these approaches are important and are not exclusive of each other. When dealing with a given hazardous waste problem, often there is a need to utilise a combination of the four general approaches outlined above.

Waste minimization

The first priority in hazardous waste management is to reduce the quantity of waste to minimum. Three major waste reduction schemes which are often used are summarized as below:

i) Process Modification

Often the industrial process can be altered in such a way that the use of raw materials is optimized and the amount of-hazardous waste is reduced to barest minimum. For example, in zinc electroplating, the sulphate salt is substituted by the chloride compound with slight modification of the process; this can eliminate the cyanide problem.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 5 – Analysis of Alternatives

Environmental Consultant Page 196

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

ii) Waste Concentration

The waste can be concentrated using evaporation, precipitation or decantation techniques which mean that the volume of waste can be considerably reduced using these methods. Incineration, viz., oxidation of inflammable-waste is often practiced in order to reduce the volume of waste to be handled. It is an excellent method of waste disposal, but the cost of operation usually exceeds the net gains.

iii) Waste Segregation

Segregating the hazardous waste streams from non-hazardous streams decreases the volume of hazardous wastes, thus, making it easier to treat.

Treatment of Hazardous waste

There are many technologies available for treating hazardous wastes before they are ultimately disposed of. Their aim is to modify the physical and/or chemical properties of the wastes so that they are rendered harmless. Selection of a treatment process depends on many factors such as the nature of the waste, the desired characteristics of the output stream, and economic and energy considerations. The treatment technologies can be

divided into the following groups, namely:

• Physical treatment

• Chemical treatment

• Biological treatment

• Solidification, and Incineration

i) Physical Treatment

Physical treatment conducted using various methods such as phase separation. Phase separation includes three steps, namely: lagooning, prolonged storage in tanks and sludge drying in beds. Lagooning and tank storage are collectively used to separate

particulate impurities.

ii) Chemical treatment

This treatment is used to facilitate complete breakdown of hazardous wastes and more usually to modify the chemical properties of the wastes, e.g., to reduce water solubility or to neutralize acidity or alkalinity. The techniques involve oxidation, chemical reduction,

neutralisation, heavy metal precipitation, oil/water separation and solvents/fuels recovery.

iii) Biological treatment

The gross impurities obtained from treatment of sewage are collectively known as sludge, which is given biological treatment, before disposal. This is known as sludge processing which has become important since improvements in industrial waste water treatment. The typical technologies for sludge processing include conditioning, digestion, composting, thickening or dewatering and solidification.

Conditioning: In this step the sludge is exposed to atmosphere for a stipulated period until a desired consistency is reached.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 5 – Analysis of Alternatives

Environmental Consultant Page 197

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Digestion: In this process the sludge is treated with bacteria which break down the long chain compounds into simpler ones

Composting: In this step the organic matter in the waste sludge is converted into a usable stable material.

iv) Solidification

Processes convert the liquid waste into insoluble, rock-hard material and are used as pretreatment prior to landfill disposal. This is usually done by mixing the waste with various reactants to produce a solid mass. The basic aim of solidification process is to immobilise the hazardous constituents of the waste, so that these do not leach out at the landfill disposal site,

v) Incineration

Thermal oxidation through incinerator is one of the proven technologies for destruction of hazardous waste in all the forms i.e. solid / semi solid / liquid and gaseous, based on the feeding system, so as to render them innocuous in the form of non-toxic and non-hazardous residues.

Collection, Transportation and Disposal

Waste disposal is a multiphase activity, the different stages of which, i.e. collection, interim storage, transport; treatment and disposal are highly interdependent, both technically and organizationally. Safe collection and transport of hazardous waste form a critical link in the chain between its point of generation and its place of treatment and

disposal. In many respects, the same precautions apply to hazardous waste in transit as apply to the carriage of dangerous goods; however, additional problems arise from the hazardous nature of certain wastes because:

• Waste in general has no perceptible economic value to the generator;

• The chemical and physical properties of a waste may not be precisely known because it is frequently a complex mixture from which all economically useful components have been extracted.

• Mixing of non-compatible wastes for convenience in transit could create an acute hazard, either immediately or on treatment and disposal (for example, a mixture of ether waste containing a sodium residue with an aqueous ether waste will explode).

Therefore, for a safe and secure disposal of hazardous waste, there should be a proper collection, transport and storage system. The non-compatible wastes should be segregated and transported separately.

Disposal of Hazardous Waste

The final disposal of the hazardous wastes also needs to be carefully planned. There are four different ways in which hazardous wastes can be finally disposed.

• Landfill disposal.

• Incineration.

• Dumping at sea

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 5 – Analysis of Alternatives

Environmental Consultant Page 198

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

• Underground disposal

Landfill Disposal

The disposal of hazardous waste by land filling is an important method of disposal in many countries. Land filling means storing harmful substances under the ground. This involves hauling the waste to an area allocated for this purpose. In India such areas range from unsanitary open dumps to properly operated secured landfills. Open dumps are a poor method of waste disposal because they cause environmental problems- like soil contaimination and ground/surface water contamination, foul smell and can also affect health of persons exposed.

Properly constructed and operated secured landfills cause little damage to the

environment. The area to be filled with waste must be lined with two layers of nonporous substance such as clay, or high density polyethylene (HDPE)—plastic membrane to prevent the wastes from leaking to the surrounding areas. The wastes are tested, stabilized using additives like fly ash (in order to ensure that leachables are fixed inside the solid matrix) and disposed into the site and covered with earth each day. In time, secured landfill sites become filled up, and has to be maintained and monitored over long time spans to ensure that there are are no leakages and containment is effective.

A typical landfill site consists of an artificial double liner at the bottom and a cover at the top. The above design of landfill site does not have any provision for monitoring and repair of the site. In the recent past, a new concept has developed in which the landfill site is constructed on a structure consisting of concrete cells. The cell is a space for plant

personnel to visit and observe any fault and repair the same.

Incineration

The term “incinerate” means to burn something until nothing is left but ashes. It can be better defined as an ‘engineered process using controlled flame combustion to thermally degrade waste.

Incineration of waste materials converts the waste into ash, flue gas, and heat’.

The device is constructed of heavy, well-insulated materials, so that it does not give off extreme amounts of external heat. There are different types of incinerators in use. Some of them are widely used while others are less commonly used. Utilization of these different types of incinerators depends on the factors like: Type of waste that is to be

incinerated, economic analysis and the quantity of waste to be incinerated.

Common HW Incinerator burns waste products. Most hazardous wastes are detoxified in this process. This is also an excellent method of waste minimization, waste detoxification and disposal, but its cost of operation is very high, if the heat content of waste is not reutilized.

Types of Incinerators

• Rotary Kiln • Fluidized Bed • Liquid Injection • Catalytic Combustion

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 5 – Analysis of Alternatives

Environmental Consultant Page 199

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

• Waste-Gas Flare

The proposed incinerator facility has been decided to minimize impacts by accepting only that waste which is meant for scientific storage with least treatment options. The proposed incinerator would cater for the disposal/ destruction of the following incinerable wastes having high calorific value between 3000 to 5500 kcal/kg:

• Spent Solvents

• Waste Oils, Oil Emulsions and Oil mixtures

• Pesticide Wastes

• Refinery Wastes

• Pharmaceutical Wastes

• Phenolic Wastes

• Grease and Wax Wastes

• Organic wastes containing halogens, sulphur, phosphorous or nitrogen compounds

• Solid materials contaminated with oils.

• Organics with high calorific value

The Incineration system is designed to handle the following wastes from various Industries:-

• Solids, semi-solid and tarry drummed wastes as made available in packets of definite size and weight

• Pumpable energetic liquid organic wastes free from suspended solids

• Pumpable aqueous wastes with limits as to T.D.S. & free from suspended solids

SELECTION

Based on above all waste requirement disposal, Rotary Kiln Incinerator is the best suitable method.

Criteria of selection:

• Rotary kiln incinerators are quite suitable and are more versatile than all other

systems because these units can handle both liquid and solid type wastes.

• A large interfacial area and good mixing of the solid and gaseous reactants are achieved in these furnaces due to the drum rotation since the waste is continuously dropped down through the axially moving gas stream. Wastes are usually fed by a conveyor system and the liquid type waste is introduced through nozzles.

• Can handle liquid, sludge, solid, or gases in very large quantities.

Advantages of Incineration

The following advantages of incineration of hazardous wastes

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 5 – Analysis of Alternatives

Environmental Consultant Page 200

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

• Ability to handle heterogeneous waste

• High efficiency due to

o Vigorous mixing in the bed

o High retention time

• Low NOX formation due to

o Lower operating temperature &

o Low excess air

• In bed neutralization possible for removing acid gasses

• Quick restart due to heat stored in the bed

• Absence of moving parts hence low maintenance

• Flexibility to handle diverse fuels

• Residence time can be adjusted by varying kiln speed

• Waste feeding without much preparation

• Waste heat recovery is possible

• Gas cooling systems can be fixed

• Well Scrubbing systems can be added

• Temperature control for constant efficiently

• Air control for adequate excess air

• Interlocks for safe operational shut down

Advantages

Incineration is a 'process for the high-temperature oxidation of gaseous, liquid or solid

wastes, convening them into gases and an incombustible residue. The flue gases are released to the atmosphere with or without recovery of heat and with or without cleaning; and any slag or ash produced is deposited in the secured landfill. In general, incineration may be considered as an alternative method of detoxifying some non-recoverable highly toxic wastes. It is an excellent method of reducing waste volume, and

in addition offers the possibility for recovering the heat content of the waste. In some communities heat from waste incineration is used to produce steam. This steam drives turbines that produce electric power. Recycling of heat thus reduces the cost of operation of incinerators.

Waste Input

Generally, the wastes having inflammable characteristics are incinerated. The following types of wastes are commonly treated in hazardous waste incinerators:

• Solvent waste and sludge’s

• Waste mineral oils

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 5 – Analysis of Alternatives

Environmental Consultant Page 201

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

• Varnish and paint wastes and sludge’s

• Plastics, rubber and latex waste sludge’s and emulsions

• Oils, emulsions and oil/water mixtures

• Phenolic wastes

• Mineral oil sludge’s

• Resin waste

• Grease and wax wastes

• Pesticide wastes

• Acid tar and spent clay

• Organic wastes containing halogen, sulphur or phosphorus compounds.

Wastes having high chlorine, sulphur, nitrogen and phosphorus contents, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB) and those containing heavy metals and carcinogenic substances need special incineration technologies and precautions as also adequate air pollution control devices. Burning in many of these devices may release gases and solid particles that may harm human health, damage property and kill plants. The flue gases from incinerators can be dangerous in the absence of pollution control devices. Furthermore, incineration is a costly affair.

Dumping at Sea

Another method of disposal of hazardous wastes involves dumping wastes at deep sea, designed to prevent contamination of groundwater. Disposal at sea, of waste generated on land, is based on the misconceived notion that-the enormous volume of water available for dilution enables the seas to be used as a dump without permanent damage. However, this is an erroneous conviction. The decision to choose this method of disposal is generally based on financial and poor environmental considerations. The site of

disposal is determined by the geographical location of the waste producer.

Disposal of waste at sea is controlled by international legislation (MARPOL) and by the national legislation required for the ratification of the international legislation. To prevent pollution of the seas by the direct discharge of waste, MARPOL bans the dumping of extraordinarily hazardous wastes such as organic silicon compounds, halogenated

organics, mercury and its compounds, cadmium, carcinogenic waste and plastics into the sea. The last of these can seriously disturb fishing and navigation.

Underground Disposal

It is difficult to dispose of certain hazardous wastes, such as radioactive nuclear wastes by above techniques given their reactive nature and the enormous hazards they pose. These wastes are generated in all operations associated with the use of nuclear energy for national defence or peaceful purposes such as mining of radioactive ore, production of nuclear fuel, laboratory experiments and medical treatment. Underground disposal may provide an environmentally and economically viable option in case of radioactive wastes. The underground disposal of hazardous waste is acceptable only in inactive or

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 5 – Analysis of Alternatives

Environmental Consultant Page 202

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

partially active mines that meet specific geological and technical criteria. Worldwide, only one deep-mine disposal facility is currently in operation: a worked-out halite/potash salt mine at HerfaNeurode in the Federal Republic of Germany (now united Germany).

Salt mines are often used for radioactive waste disposal because the excellent properties of salt deposits prevent the interaction of wastes with other geological formations. The very existence of a salt deposit is a proof that the underground site has been unaffected by water for millions of years. Salt is impermeable to liquids and gases. Due to its hygroscopic nature, salt is capable of absorbing water entering the formation from outside and of repairing minor fractures by recrystallization, thus maintaining the original impermeability. This feature is frequently supplemented by impermeable upper strata consisting of wastes, usually rock, from mines or other industries.

The atmosphere in salt mines is extremely dry, so metal equipment and containers do not rust. There is no risk of methane explosions as in coal mines. Bursting of carbon dioxide gas inclusions in the salt mines may be observed during excavation of rocks but this does not pose a risk, particularly after mining operations have ceased. Thermal conductivity of salt is good. Salt is strong, permitting the excavation of spacious, stable galleries. In addition, salt has certain plasticity under pressure, allowing the dispersion of strain and increasing the overall stability.

Based on the several options present for safe treatment, storage, disposal & recycling of various wastes in the proposed projects the following options are considered which meet the national standards.

Hazardous wastes: Recycling, Waste stabilization, secured landfill, incineration

Bio medical wastes: Disinfections, shredding, incineration, secured landfill

E Wastes: Dismantling, cutting, disposal to authorized dealers, incineration.

Transportation alternatives

Presently, in Goa the wastes are been sent to neighbouring state Maharashtra for disposal by Incineration. There are few transporters approved by GSPCB but they are likely operating vehicles, which are not suitably equipped for transport of hazardous wastes. Neither the vehicles nor the drivers are likely to have appropriate safety equipment or knowledge to safely handle the materials transported. The basic guidelines related to transportation vehicles are described in the CPCB document Guidelines for Setting up of

Operating Facility: Hazardous Waste Management.

In order to have safe and minimized risks due to transportation of hazardous wastes the following alternatives need to be considered to select viable route for transportation :

• Use of specially designed vehicles to minimize risks of spills of hazardous wastes;

• Avoid routes having sensitive receptors like forests, water bodies, recreational areas;

• Avoid routes having narrow and unpaved roads;

• Avoid routes having human settlements and congested areas;

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 5 – Analysis of Alternatives

Environmental Consultant Page 203

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

• Follow up best practices for and applicable legislation in force for safe transportation of hazardous wastes.

The proposed hazardous waste transportation routes will be selected carefully to minimize impacts on receptors in the region and in the entire state.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 6 – Environmental Monitoring Programme

Environmental Consultant Page 204

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITO RING PROGRAMME

Introduction

Regular monitoring of environmental parameters is of immense importance to assess the status of environment during project operations. With the knowledge of baseline conditions, the monitoring program will serve as an indicator for any deterioration in environmental conditions due to operation of the project. This shall enable taking up timely suitable mitigation steps. Monitoring is as important as that of control of pollution since the efficiency of control measures can only be determined by monitoring.

Based on the predicted & assessed impacts as well as the baseline environmental status of the project area, an environmental monitoring program is suggested for implementation during various stages of the project cycle.

Objective of Environmental Monitoring Program

For tracking of the effectiveness of mitigation measures & EMP at specific interval, regular monitoring of the necessary environmental parameters is required. With this vision, an environment monitoring program is prepared with due consideration of the baseline status of the project area, various components of project & environmental attributes likely to be affected.

Major objectives of the Environmental Monitoring Program are as under:

• To comply with the statutory requirements of monitoring for compliance with conditions of EC, Consent to operate and provisions under Factory Act & Environmental Protection Act provisions

• Assessment of the changes in environmental conditions, if any, during the project operation/activities.

• Monitoring & tracking the effectiveness of Environment Management Plan & implementation of mitigation measures planned.

• Identification of any significant adverse transformation in environmental condition to plan additional mitigation measures; if & as required.

SMSEL shall implement the environment monitoring programs in line with the planned schedule. The company shall ensure that the necessary requisite facilities are made available and budgetary provision is made as & when required to ensure regular efficient environmental monitoring activities.

Environment monitoring Program

Details of Environmental Monitoring Program for air, noise, water, land and ecological and biodiversity environment are discussed in this section.

Environmental monitoring program describes the processes and activities that need to take place to characterize and monitor the quality of the environment. Environmental

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 6 – Environmental Monitoring Programme

Environmental Consultant Page 205

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

monitoring is used in the preparation of environmental impact assessments, as well as in many circumstances in which human activities carry a risk of harmful effects on the natural environment. All monitoring strategies and program have reasons and justifications which are often designed to establish the current status of an environment or to establish trends in environmental parameters. In all cases the results of monitoring will be reviewed, analyzed statistically and submitted to concerned authorities. The design of a monitoring program must therefore have regard to the final use of the data before monitoring starts. The monitoring program will have three phases 1. Construction phase 2. Monitoring phase 3. Post monitoring phase

Construction phase

The proposed project envisages setting up of Integrated Common Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage, Disposal and Incineration Facilities at Plot no 5, Pissurlem industrial estate, district North Goa, Goa ,the major construction activities involved in setting up the unit are construction of sheds for treatment units, stores, administrative blocks, canteen, drums/containers storage sheds etc., major components in the industry are secured landfills, incinerator, diesel generator and other civil, mechanical and electrical equipment. The construction activities require clearing of vegetation, mobilisation of construction material and equipment. The construction activities are expected to last for few months. During construction stage of secured landfill at every stage quality of construction will be monitored viz. base preparation, liners quality, drainage layers, leachate collection system, storm water management system, gas vent systems, etc. The generic environmental measures that need to be undertaken during project construction stage are given in the following table

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 6 – Environmental Monitoring Programme

Environmental Consultant Page 206

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Table 6-1 Environmental Monitoring to support Construction Phase EMP

Environmental component

Action as per EMP (during const) Parameter Frequency of monitoring

Monitored by

Air emission Ambient air quality within the premises & adjacent area / villages of the proposed unit to be monitored

PM10 / PM2.5/ SO2/ NOx/CO/ HCl

Once a month / As per CPCB/SPCB requirement

MoEFCC approved Laboratory

Air emission Equipments at site are operated as per design parameters

Random check of equipment logs / manuals

Periodic Site construction management

Air emission Vehicle to be minimized to the extent possible

Vehicle log Periodic during site clearance & construction activities

Site construction management

Air emission Any dry, dusty materials stored in sealed containers or prevented from blowing.

Stockpiles or open containers of dusty materials.

Periodic during site clearance & construction activities

Site construction management

Air emission Compaction of soil during various construction activities

Construction log Periodic during site clearance & construction activities

Site construction management

Air emission Maintenance of construction DG set emissions to meet stipulated standards

Gaseous emissions

(PM, SO2, NMHC, CO, NOx)

Periodic emission

monitoring MoEFCC approved Laboratory

Noise List of all noise generating machinery onsite along with age to be prepared.

Equipment log / noise reading

Regular during construction activities

Site construction management

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 6 – Environmental Monitoring Programme

Environmental Consultant Page 207

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Environmental component

Action as per EMP (during const) Parameter Frequency of monitoring

Monitored by

Noise Night woking to be minimised Working hours record Periodic during construction activities

Site construction management

Noise Geeneration of vehicular noise Maintenance records of vehicles

Periodic during construction activities

Site construction management

Noise Implement good working practices (equipment selection and siting) to minimize noise and also reduce its impacts on human health (ear muffs, safe distances and enclosures)

Site working practices records, noise reading

Periodic during construction activities

Site construction management

Noise Acoustic mufflers / enclosures to be provided in large engines

Mufflers / enclosures shall be in place.

Periodic during construction activities

Site construction management

Noise Noise level to be monitored at site Leq day and night time or over one work shift

Once a month MoEFCC approved Laboratory

Waste water discharge

No direct discharge of wastewater to be made to surface water, groundwater or soil.

No discharge hoses shall be in vicinity of watercourses.

Periodic during construction activities

Site construction management

Waste water discharge

The discharge point would be selected properly and sampling and analysis would be undertaken prior to discharge

Discharge norms for effluents as given in Permits

Periodic during construction activities

Site construction management

Waste water discharge

Take care in disposal of wastewater generated such that soil and groundwater resources are protected.

Discharge norms for effluents as given in permits

Periodic during construction activities

MoEFCC approved Laboratory

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 6 – Environmental Monitoring Programme

Environmental Consultant Page 208

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Environmental component

Action as per EMP (during const) Parameter Frequency of monitoring

Monitored by

Drinking water Drinkable water quality to be maintained

Microbiological parameters as per IS 10500 : 2012

Once a month MoEFCC approved Laboratory

Soil erosion Minimize area extent of site clearance, by staying within the defined boundaries

Site boundaries not extended / breached as per plan document.

Periodic during construction activities

Site construction management

Drainage and effluent management

Ensure drainage system and specific design measures are working effectively. The design to incorporate existing drainage pattern and avoid disturbing the same

Visual inspection of drainage and records thereof

Periodic during construction activities

Site construction management

Waste management

Implement waste management plan that identifies and characterizes every waste arising associated with proposed activities and which identifies the procedures for collection, handling & disposal of each waste arising.

Comprehensive Waste Management Plan should be in place and available for inspection onsite. Compliance with Hazardous Wastes (Management and Handling Rules), 2016

Periodic during construction activities

Site construction management

Non routine events / accidental release

Plan will be drawn, considering likely emergencies and steps required to prevent / limit consequences.

Mock drills and records of the same

Periodic during construction activities

Site construction management

Health Employees and migrant labour health check ups

All relevant parameters including HIV

Periodic during construction activities

Site construction management

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 6 – Environmental Monitoring Programme

Environmental Consultant Page 209

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Commissioning and Operation phase

During commissioning and operational stage period air emissions from incinerator, DG set, landfill if any, wastewater characteristics, ash generation quantity, etc are monitored. The following attributes which merit regular monitoring based on the environmental setting and nature of project activities are listed below:

• Point Source emissions and ambient air quality in nearby villages;

• Groundwater Levels and ground water quality;

• Water & wastewater quality & quantity;

• Waste characterisation (Ash, leachate treatment plant)

• Soil quality

• Noise levels (equipment and machinery noise levels, occupational exposures and

ambient noise levels) and

• Ecological preservation and afforestation.

Table 6-2 Environmental Monitoring to support Operation Phase EMP

Environmental component

Action as per EMP (operation)

Parameter Frequency of monitoring

Monitored by

Air emission Ambient air quality within the premises & adjacent area / villages of the proposed unit to be monitored

PM10 / PM2.5/ SO2/ NOx/CO

Once a month / as per MoEFCC/ CPCB/SPCB requirement

MoEFCC approved Laboratory

Air emission Stack emission from incinerator

Temperature, Pressure, CO2, CO, Excess Oxygen, Particulates, HCl, SO2, NOx HF, TOC Mercury, Heavy metals, dioxins & furans

Continuous ON line monitoring hooked to CPCB/GSPCB server

Once a month through Third party

Site management

MoEFCC recognized laboratory

Air emission Gas quality from landfill area

VOC, H2S, Methane

Once a month through Third party

Site management /MoEFCC recognized laboratory

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 6 – Environmental Monitoring Programme

Environmental Consultant Page 210

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Environmental component

Action as per EMP (operation)

Parameter Frequency of monitoring

Monitored by

Air emission Stack emission from DG sets

PM, SO2, NOx As per CTO conditions

Site management / MOEFCC recognized laboratory

Air emissions All vehicles to be PUC certificate.

CO, NOx, SO2 As per statutory requirements

Site management

Air emission Metereological data

Wind speed, direction, rainfall, RH, temperature

As per CTO conditions

Site management

Noise Noise generated from operation of incinerator,cooling towers, etc to be monitored

Spot Noise Level recording (Leq day and night time or over one work shift)

Periodic during operation phase

Site management / once month by MOEFCC reognised laboratory

Wastewater

Discharge

(leachate)

Compliance to wastewater discharge

standards

pH, TSS, TDS, BOD, COD & Oil& grease (Heavy metals if required)

Daily at regular intervals

Once in a month by third party

Daily at regular intervals

Once in a month by MOEFCC reognised laboratory

Solid waste/

Haz. Waste

Check compliance to

HWM rules

Quality &

quantity

monitoring

Periodically / CPCB norms

MOEFCC recognized laboratory

Ground water quality

Monitoring ground water quality, around plant site and piezometers

Comprehensive monitoring

as per IS 10500: 2012

Periodically / CPCB norms

MOEFCC recognized laboratory

Flora and fauna Vegetation, greenbelt / green cover

No. of plants, species, survival rate

Once a year QCI NABET approved FAE

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 6 – Environmental Monitoring Programme

Environmental Consultant Page 211

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Environmental component

Action as per EMP (operation)

Parameter Frequency of monitoring

Monitored by

development

Soil quality Checking & Maintenance of good soil quality around

Physico-chemical parameters and metals.

Once a year Site management

Health Employees and migrant labour health check ups

All relevant parameters (BP, Sugar, chest X-ray, Eye vision, etc.)

Regular check up as per factories act

Authorised registered practitioner

Post closure monitoring phase

Post-closure monitoring of the landfill will be done primarily as a compliance requirement in addition to social responsibility; this also provides an early warning towards possible adverse impacts on human health and the environment. The post-closure program of monitoring for water quality in the ground water and surface waters down gradient of the landfill will be similar to that established for the operational stage of the facility. The frequency of monitoring may be varied from time to time depending on changing circumstances.

There is no need for the post-closure monitoring of air quality, noise or visual effects during the post-closure period however this need will be reviewed periodically and should any aspects warrant further monitoring they will be included in the program.

The details of the post closure monitoring are given in Table below

Table 6-3 Environmental Monitoring to support Post Closure phase EMP

Environmental component

Action as per EMP (post closure)

Parameter Frequency of monitoring

Monitored by

Air emission Gas quality from land fill areas

VOC, H2S As per norms given by SPCB or EC norms given by MOEFCC and as per CPCB protocol for TSDF.

MOEFCC recognized laboratory

Air emission AAQ within project premises

As per CTO conditions / NAAQ Standards

As per norms given by SPCB or EC norms given

MOEFCC recognized laboratory

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 6 – Environmental Monitoring Programme

Environmental Consultant Page 212

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Environmental component

Action as per EMP (post closure)

Parameter Frequency of monitoring

Monitored by

by MOEFCC and as per CPCB protocol for TSDF.

Air emission Meteriological data Wind speed, direction, temp., relative humidity

and rainfall.

As per norms given by SPCB or EC norms given by MOEFCC and as per CPCB protocol for TSDF.

MOEFCC recognized laboratory

Wastewater

Discharge

(leachate) if

present

Compliance to

wastewater discharge

standards

pH, TSS, TDS,

BOD, COD & Oil&grease

Once in a month

(during

initial period more regularly)

MOEFCC recognized laboratory

Ground water quality

Monitoring ground water quality, around plant site and piezometers

Comprehensive monitoring

as per IS 10500

Periodically / CPCB norms

MOEFCC recognized laboratory

Flora and fauna Vegetation, greenbelt / green cover development

No. of plants, species, survival rate

Once a year QCI NABET approved FAE

Soil quality Checking & Maintenance of good soil quality around

Physico-chemical parameters and metals.

Once a year Site management

Health Employees and migrant labour health check ups

All relevant parameters (BP, Sugar, chest X-ray, Eye vision, etc.)

Regular check up as per factories act

Authorised registered Medical practitioner

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 6 – Environmental Monitoring Programme

Environmental Consultant Page 213

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Post Closure Monitoring Plan

Closure and Post-Closure Maintenance Plan

Determination of the end-use of a landfill site is an essential part of the plan for landfill closure and post-closure maintenance. Some possible uses of closed landfill sites near urban centers include parks, recreational areas, golf courses, vehicle parking areas and sometimes even commercial development. A closure and post-closure plan for landfills involves the following components:

• Plan for vegetative stabilization of the final landfill cover.

• Plan for management of surface water run-off with an effective drainage system.

• Plan for periodical inspection and maintenance of landfill cover and facilities.

The following are the parameters to be done after post-monitoring:

• Ground water monitoring

• Ambient Air (general parameters and VOCs, HC etc)

• Landfill gaseous emissions (VOCs, H2S)

• Leachate sampling, analysis

• Leachate Treatment

• Capped Landfill maintenance

• Charges towards electricity

Post closure stabilization, operation and care

Long-Term Vegetative Stabilization

If a landfill cover is intended to be used for a specific purpose e.g. park or golf course or vehicle parking area, then the cover will be stabilized in such a manner that the end-use is achieved. However, if no specific end-use is envisaged, then long-term vegetative stabilization will be undertaken to return the land to its original and natural vegetative landform. Vegetation is by far the most common and usually the preferred stabilization option after closure of landfills. If a self-perpetuating vegetative cover can be established, not only can wind and water erosion be minimized, but also the landfill can be returned to some semblance of its original appearance and land use. In favorable climates, re-

vegetation may require only modest effort or may occur by natural process during a reasonably short period of time. However, in arid climates or a harsh environment, establishment of vegetation may be a lengthy, difficult and costly process. Typically, vegetation efforts follow a series of steps. While the specific procedures are unique to each landfill and climatic regime, the following are usually representative elements of the process:

(a) Seedbed Preparation: Seedbed preparation is necessary to set the stage for establishment of the short-term community. Initial operations may include grading, furrowing, or grouping to enhance microclimate and addition of nutrients and soil amendments, if required.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 6 – Environmental Monitoring Programme

Environmental Consultant Page 214

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

(b) Short-Term Vegetation: It is common practice, in both humid and dry environments, to rely largely on grasses for the primary initial source of short-term land cover. Usually several species are included in the initial seeding mixture to increase diversity and reduce the chance of total community failure. Short-term vegetation is usually assisted by irrigation.

(c) Long-Term Vegetation: To achieve the ultimate goal of attaining a self-sustaining and stable community, a transition between short-term and long-term vegetation must occur. In some cases, this may be left to invasion by native species after short-term vegetation is assured and soil development is well under way. In other cases – for example, when irrigation has been used temporarily to establish the short-term community – it may be necessary or desirable to enhance the natural succession process

by replanting with a more diverse mix of species suited to the next stage of community succession, such as shrubs. The need for artificial enhancement of the successional process will depend on the success of previous short-term efforts and on the ultimate intended land use of the reclaimed area. All vegetation efforts, however, should work toward self-generation and minimum management in the long term. Fig. 17.34 illustrates the sequential steps in vegetation growth after landfill closure. Several factors limit the growth of plants on landfills. These include toxicity of landfill generated gases (methane and carbon dioxide) to root systems, low soil oxygen due to heavy compaction, thin cover layer inhibiting root penetration, low nutrient status of cover soil, high soil temperatures and poor soil structure. Some of these factors can be eliminated or their effect on plant growth reduced. Active gas extraction or proper use of gas barriers with venting system prevents gas migration to the root zone. Waste may be removed from certain areas to

enable planting of islands of trees. By separating biodegradable waste from non-biodegradable, it may be possible to create zones free of toxic gases.

Operation after Closure

The following facilities will be operated routinely after closure:

(a) Leachate management system;

(b) Surface water management system;

(c) Environmental monitoring system;

(d) Cover rehabilitation and repair system.

The operating methodology will depend on the type of system adopted at the landfill.

Landfill Monitoring

The landfill monitoring programme will be designed and developed as indicated in section Quantitative parameter to be monitored will be:

(a) leachate quantity;

(b) gas quantity;

(c) surface water run-off quantity

(d) cover system settlement quantities.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 6 – Environmental Monitoring Programme

Environmental Consultant Page 215

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Qualitative parameters to be monitored will be:

(a) leachate quality within the landfill (at the base)

(b) leachate quality after treatment

(c) ground water quality (up gradient and down gradient)

(d) surface water quality at the exit of landfill

(e) gas quality within the landfill

(f) air quality above the landfill and at gas vents

(g) air quality at gas control facilities.

The regulatory limits for various parameters of quality will be prescribed by the

regulatory authorities.

Periodic Inspection and Maintenance

Periodic inspection and routine maintenance at a closed landfill site should be carried out for a period of 25 years after closure. The following components of a closed landfill are inspected visually after landfill closure to confirm that all functional elements are working satisfactorily. A maintenance schedule with specified reporting formats is drawn up after each inspection.

Cover System: The final cover is inspected 2 to 4 times a year to

(a) check that vegetation growth is occurring satisfactorily and that plants are not

showing stunted growth,

(b) detect if any erosion gullies have been formed thereby exposing the barrier layers,

(c) earmark depressions that may have developed with time and

(d) identify ponding of water on the landfill cover.

At least one inspection should be carried out during or immediately after the peak of the monsoon season. Closed landfills show significant settlement. Rectification measures must not only re-establish the initial slope of the cover (for proper surface water runoff) but must also ensure that all the components of the landfill cover system continue to perform as originally envisaged. Site managers must have sufficient equipment and funds

to periodically carry out maintenance work in the form of soil filling, re-grading the cover

and revegetating the landfill cap. In areas where extensive erosion gully formation is observed, filling of cover material, regarding of cover slopes and revegetation must be routinely undertaken.

Surface Water Drainage System: The surface water drainage system is also inspected 2 to 4 times a year to

(a) identify cracks in drains due to settlements,

(b) delineate clogged drains requiring immediate clean-up and

(c) study the level of deposited soil in the storm water basin and initiate excavation measures.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 6 – Environmental Monitoring Programme

Environmental Consultant Page 216

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Broken pipes and extensively cracked drains may require replacement after filling soil beneath them to establish slopes for gravity flow. In extreme cases where longterm settlement may be excessive, it may become necessary to make sumps and operate storm water pumps for removal of accumulated water in the drainage system.

Gas and Leachate Management Systems: Periodic inspection of the gas and leachate collection systems is undertaken to identify broken pipes, leaking gas (if any) and damaged or clogged wells/sumps. Repair work for gas and leachate management systems requires skilled manpower and should be carried out by the agencies operating the gas treatment and leachate treatment facilities. One may often have to install new gas extraction wells and leachate collection wells if the damaged/clogged facilities are inaccessible and irreparable.

Environmental Monitoring Systems: Ground water monitoring wells, air quality monitoring systems and vadose zone monitoring instruments are periodically inspected to check that all systems are functioning satisfactorily and that well caps and sampling ports are not subjected to damage due to excessive settlement or vandalism. Environmental monitoring systems have to be maintained during the entire post-closure period as per the requirements of the local environmental regulatory agencies. Wherever possible, monitoring instruments must be periodically recalibrated. Sampling devices must be routinely detoxified and also regularly checked for proper functioning of the opening and closing of valves or spring loaded mechanisms.

Closure and Post Closure period-yearly costs

(i) Vegetative stabilisation costs

(ii) Operation costs

(iii) Monitoring costs

(iv) Maintenance and Repair costs.

Financial assurance criteria:

The owner/operator has to consider financial implications for the following:

1. The fixed initial cost for setting up the landfill facility.

2. The recurring annual costs for operating the facilities.

3. The cost of hiring a third party to conduct post-closure care for 30 years after closure

of the landfill.

4. The cost of hiring a third party to close the landfill.

5. The cost of hiring a third party to undertake corrective action in case of an emergency resulting in loss of ecology due to the failure of the system during the active, closure and post-closure periods.

The owner/operator will demonstrate the funds needed for (c), (d) and (e) will be available whenever they are needed in the form of options such as trust funds, surety bonds, letter of credit, insurance etc.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 6 – Environmental Monitoring Programme

Environmental Consultant Page 217

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

A. After closure of the landfill, the owner/operator of the landfill will maintain the integrity of the final cover systems including making repair, as necessary, to rectify the settlement, subsidence or erosion of the cover.

b. Operate all leachate, gas and surface water management systems as well as continue environmental monitoring of the landfill for a period of 30 years or until such time that harmful leachate is not produced for 5 continuous years.

c. If after a few years of closure, the leachate is observed to meet all discharge standards, the same will be discharged directly to lined drains.

The landfill will be abandoned after 30 years of closure. If concentrations of contaminants in all liquid and gaseous emissions from the landfill are observed to be below prescribed limits. However, if the emissions/discharges continue to be hazardous the landfill

management strategy will have to be evolved for future years.

Environmental monitoring systems have to be maintained during the entire post-closure period. Wherever possible, monitoring instruments must be periodically re-calibrated. Sampling devices will be routinely detoxified and also regularly checked for proper functioning of the opening and closing of valves or spring loaded mechanisms.

During closure and post-closure period:

SPCB/PCC will inspect all facilities during the closure and post closure period atleast one year. The owner/operator will provide a copy of the environmental monitoring record to the SPCB/PCC once a year. The owner/operator will provide a copy of the environmental monitoring record to the SPCB/PCC once a year. The following components of a closed

landfill will be inspected visually after landfill closure to confirm that all functional elements are working satisfactorily and inspection report will be recorded. A maintenance schedule with specified reporting formats is drawn up after each inspection.

a. Cover system: the final cover is inspected 2 to 4 times a year

- To check vegetation growth

- To detect erosion gullies have been formed exposing barrier layer.

- To earmark depressions that may have developed with time

- To identify ponding of water on the landfill cover.

Atleast one inspection during monsoon season.

Site managers will have sufficient equipment and funds to periodically carry out maintenance work in the form of soil filling, re-grading the cover and revegetating the landfill cap.

In areas where extensive erosion gully formation is observed, filing of cover material, regarding of cover slopes and re-vegetation must be routinely undertaken.

b. Surface water drainage system: should be inspected 2 to 4 times a year.

- To identify cracks in drains

- To delineate clogged drains requiring immediate clean-up

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 6 – Environmental Monitoring Programme

Environmental Consultant Page 218

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

- To study the level of deposited soil in the storm water basin and initiate excavation measures.

In extreme cases where long-term settlement will and operate storm water pumps for removal of accumulated water in the drainage system.

c. Gas and leachate Management Systems: A weekly operating record of leachate and gas management systems will be kept in the post-closure period. Periodic inspection of the leachate and gas collection systems (2 to 4 times a year) is undertaken to identify broken pipes, leaking GAS (IF ANY) and damaged or clogged wells/sumps. Repair work requires skilled manpower AND will be carried out by the agencies operating the gas treatment and leachate treatment facilities. One may often have to install new gas extraction wells and leachate collection wells if the damaged/clogged facilities are

inaccessible and irrespectiable.

Contingency plan for emergencies:

The owner/operator will perpare a contingency plan listing procedures to be executed immediately whenever there is fire, explosion or unexpected release of hazardous waste at the landfill site during the active period as well as during the closure and post-closure periods. Such a plan will be approved by SPCB/PCC.

Environmental laboratory equipments

The proposed project will have an in-house environmental laboratory for the routine monitoring of Air, Water, Soil, Meteorology and Noise. For all non-routine analysis, the

plant will utilize the services of external recognized laboratories (MOEFCCapproved /NABL accreditated) and facilities. The procedures given in IS standards or CPCB approved methods will be followed of analysis and sampling of various environmental parameters.

Indicative list of laboratory equipment need for the environmental monitoring is given in table below

Table 6-4 Laboratory equipments Equipment name No if Instruments Muffle furnace 1 Hot plate 1 Weather Station, which can record wind speed, wind direction Temperature, Relative Humidity (Automatic or manual),

1

Respirable Dust samplers 3 Distillation assembly 1 pH meter 1 Fine Dust samplers 3 Carl fisher apparatus 1 Conductivity / TDS meter 1 Portable Flue Gas Combustion Analyser 1 Noise meter 1 Portable Noise level meter (Dosimeter) 1 Portable Wastewater Analysis Kit 1 BOD Incubator 1

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 6 – Environmental Monitoring Programme

Environmental Consultant Page 219

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

COD Digester with colorimeter 2 Electronic Balance 1 Spectro photo meter 1 Hot Air Oven 1 VOC sampler 1 Laboratory Water Distillation and demineralization unit 2 General glass ware and laboratory chemicals, etc As required

Measurement Methodologies

Monitoring of environmental samples shall be done as per the methods/guidelines provided by MoEFCC/ CPCB and /or relevant Indian Standards or methods as specified by Standard Methods for Water and Wastewater Treatment by American Public Health Association (APHA). Methodology of monitoring (sampling & analysis) shall be documented as SOP (standard Operating Procedure) for parameters analyzed through in house laboratory and shall be subjected to Internal audit and review.

For monitoring of workplace area, methods suggested / published by National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH), USA or as specified in Standard Methods for Air Analysis published by APHA shall be adopted.

The records of the monitoring program viz water, wastewater, solid waste, air, emission, soil shall be prepared and preserved properly. Monitoring reports will be reviewed regularly by Factory Management along with Environmental Consultant for necessary improvement of the monitoring plan/mitigation measures/environmental technologies as well as for necessary actions of environmental management cell.

Environmental management cell

An efficient environmental management cell headed by a Project Incharge/head having a minimum of 5 to 10 years of experience will be formed. The project Incharge /head will be supported by team of members (Managers, Operators, Chemists, Technicians, etc.) having minimum of 2 to 3 years’ experience in their respective fields of work. The organizational setup of the environmental management cell is given below in figure.

Figure 6-1 Proposed Organisational Set up for Management

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 6 – Environmental Monitoring Programme

Environmental Consultant Page 220

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

The environmental cell shall be a apex agency to co-ordinate and provides necessary services on environmental issues during operation and post operation of the project. This environmental group will be responsible for implementation of environmental management plan, interaction with the environmental regulatory agencies, reviewing draft policy and planning. This department will interact with State Pollution Control Board (SPCB), other environment regulatory agencies and all member industries. The department will also interact with local people to understand their problems and to formulate appropriate community development plans.

Pollution monitoring facilities

Incinerator stack, Power plant and DG set stack should have provision of platform and port hold to stack sampling meeting MOEF standards with necessary power point. Environmental laboratory shall have above equipment/instruments to analyze air and wastewater parameters.

Reporting schedule of the monitoring data

The records of the monitoring program viz water, wastewater, solid waste, air, emission, soil shall be prepared and preserved properly. The records showing results/outcome of the monitoring programs will be submitted as per the proposed schedule (reporting schedule) below.

The environmental monitoring cell shall co-ordinate all monitoring program at site and data thus generated shall be regularly furnished to the State regulatory agencies. The frequency of reporting shall be on six monthly bases to the local state PCB officials and to Regional office of MOEF & CC. The Environmental Audit reports shall be prepared for the entire year of operations and shall be regularly submitted to regulatory authorities.

Table 6-5 Reporting schedules Sr. No.

Monitoring During

Reporting Schedule

Applicable Statute

Compliance Reporting To

1 Construction Phase

1st June and 1st December of each year till end of construction

EIA Notification Clause 10

a) SEIAA, Goa b) GSPCB c) MOEFCC- Southern

Zone office and Monitoring Cell

2 Commissioning

Phase

1st June and 1st

December of each year till end of construction

EIA Notification

Clause 10

a) SEIAA, Goa

b) GSPCB c) MOEFCC- Southern

Zone office and Monitoring Cell

3 Operation Phase 1st June and 1st December of each year

EIA Notification Clause 10

a) SEIAA, Goa b) MOEFCC- Southern

office & Monitoring Cell

c) GSPCB

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 6 – Environmental Monitoring Programme

Environmental Consultant Page 221

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Before 10th of next Month in respect of stack/ vents, AAQ, ETP inlet/outlet, Noise levels

Combined Consent & Authorization (CC & A)

GSPCB

4 Post closure Phase

1st June and 1st December of each year

EIA Notification Clause 10

a) SEIAA, Goa b) GSPCB c) MOEFCC- Southern

office and Monitoring Cell

SMSEL will also file returns under HW Rules (yearly), Cess Act (monthly) and annual Environmental statements &/or performance report/compliance report/audit report as per conditions of EC and CC&A and submit to Goa PCB within the stipulated timeframe. CC&A and other statutory permission/consents must be obtained & renewed timely as per legal provision & guidelines. Similarly, all necessary report & forms will be prepared and submitted to the concern authority as per the requirement of Environmental Acts/rules, Factory Act & MSIHC rules. Reporting of accident & other requirements will be made in prescribed format well within stipulated time frame as per statutory requirements & guidelines.

Budget provisions for EMP

On regular basis, environment management cell shall inspect the necessity & availability of the materials, technologies, services & maintenance works. The cell shall make appropriate budget for the purpose. Regular record review for change in financial requirement of environment management shall be done and appropriate budgetary provisions shall be made. Budget for environmental management shall be prepared and revised regularly. The budget shall include provisions for:

• Environmental Monitoring Program

• Operation & Maintenance of environmental Technologies/Equipment

• Laboratory works for Environmental management activities

• Emergency Purchase of necessary material, equipment, tools, services

• Greenbelt development

• Social & Environmental Welfare & Awareness programs/training

• Annual Environmental Audit.

Company has made budgetary provision for the proposed expansion project along with existing plant facilities as a part of their initial planning. The same is presented below.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 6 – Environmental Monitoring Programme

Environmental Consultant Page 222

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Table 6-6 Budgetary Provisions for EMP

Environmental Controlling Measure Capital Investment (Rs. In Lakhs)

O&M Cost/Annum

(Rs. In Lakhs)

Air Pollution Control system (Bag filter, scrubber etc)

50 3

Water Pollution Control system (Leachate collection), ETP , STP, MEE etc

150 12

Gas collection / odor management 10 2 Noise Pollution control (acoustic enclosures, noise barriers for pumps, incinerator etc)

5 -

Land scaping / green belt dvelopment 25 4

Storm water drainage 50 4 On line stack monitoring 15 2

AAQ monitoring, laboratory equipments 50 10 Third party monitoring, energy audit. Safety audit, environmental audits, training programs

- 5

Environmental control measures during construction stage, miscellenous work

10 5

Occupational Health & Safety - 5

Other Green initiatives - Rain water harvesting 30 5

- Solar power / LED 25 1

- Energy conservation 10 2 Total 430 60

It is expected that M/s. SMSEL shall incur approximate capital expenditure of about ~ INR 430 Lacs and an annual recurring expenditure of about ~ INR 60 Lacs, at current price on environmental matters.

Public health monitoring

The value of Public Health studies in seeking to establish whether or not a site or facility has caused significant adverse health effects is well known. In this situation the results

form a public health study may not fulfill the primary objective of such a program, which is to detect health changes before the manifestation of adverse health effects. However, three-stage health monitoring program is proposed.

• Monitor health of workers within the project site to identify adverse health effects, and

• Periodically obtain feedback from local doctors regarding any potential indicators of adverse health effects due to environmental cause in the communities surrounding, and particularly down-stream of the landfill.

• By organizing health camps on a regular basis.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 7 – Additional studies

Environmental Consultant Page 223

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

ADDITIONAL STUDIES ( RISK ASSESSMENT, PUBLIC H EARING)

Introduction

The principal objective of the risk assessment study is to identify and quantify the major hazards and the risk associated during various phases and operations of the proposed project, which may lead to emergency consequences (disasters) affecting the public safety and health. Based on this information, an emergency preparedness plan is to be prepared to mitigate the consequences. The approach involves hazards identification, hazards assessment and evaluation, developing Disaster Management Plan (DMP).

Risk assessment and Disaster management plan

Risk Analysis

Risk analysis includes an estimate of the probability or likelihood that an event will occur. Estimation of random incidents totally unconnected with plant activities can also be

considered. Risk can be characterized in qualitative terms as high medium or low, or in quantitative terms using numerical estimates and statistical calculations. For practical purposes a risk analysis may be based on a subjective, common- sense evaluation. Both probability and consequences are extremely important in evaluating risk. A high risk situation can be the result of a high probability with severe consequences (e.g.

irreversible health effects or death due to an airborne toxic dust, a fire or explosion with injuries or fatalities), whereas moderate risk situations can be a result of either high probability with mild consequences or low probability with more severe consequences. Diminishing the likelihood of an accident or minimizing the consequences will reduce risk overall. A relative ranking of hazards requires extensive mathematical evaluations, application of statistics and extensive support from experts. Application of readily

available information and common sense when combined with site-specific evaluations such as the vulnerability analysis will complete much of the risk analysis process.

Hazard identification and evaluation

Hazard analysis involves the identification and quantification of the various hazards (unsafe conditions) associated with CHWTSDF Facility which is to be located at Plot no 5, Pissurlem Industrial estate, Pissurlem, District North Goa. The risk analysis deals with the quantification of risk to the plant equipment, personnel and neighboring population, due to accidents resulting from hazards present in the plant.

Hazards identified during different stages of the project cycle are given in table below identifying cases where quantification of hazards might be necessary. This requires an

This chapter includes Risk assessment and Public Participation aspects; details risks associated with the project activities and storage of hazardous chemicals. Identification, analysis and assessment of risk & hazard safety measures during emergent situation.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 7 – Additional studies

Environmental Consultant Page 224

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

assessment of failure probability, credible accident scenario, vulnerability of population etc. Much of this information is difficult to get or generate. Consequently, the risk analysis is often confined to maximum credible accident studies.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 7 – Additional studies

Environmental Consultant Page 225

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Table 7-1 Hazard Identification & Risk Assessment at Different Project Stages Sr. No

Step/Activity Hazard identification

Typical Areas /activities

Possible causes

Safety Measures Required

Risks

1.0 Construction of buildings and Erection of Plant

Physical Hazards

- Fall from height

- Working at ht > 2m

- Formwork - Ramps - Unprotected

sides and edges - Roofing - Overhead brick

laying

- Untrained workers

- Wearing loose clothes

- No safety gear

Fall protection - guardrail - safety net/PPEs - harness - warning lines - appropriate clothes - supervision to

identify hazards

Accidental injury (personal)

- Motor vehicle crash

Ramps, excavation sites, roads

- Untrained reckless drivers

Vehicles with - service, emergency

and parking brake - hooter system - windows, wipers,

lights, rear window mirrors, reflectors

Accidental injury (personal)

- Excavation accidents

Foundation, landfill pit excavation

- Unidentified cables & utilities

Notify prior to starting excavation Check oxygen levels Design safe access

Accidental injury (personal)

- Electrocution

Entire site - Temporary connections

- Cables running across site

Supervision to identify hazards

Accidental injury (personal)

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 7 – Additional studies

Environmental Consultant Page 226

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Sr. No

Step/Activity Hazard identification

Typical Areas /activities

Possible causes

Safety Measures Required

Risks

- Struck by falling objects

Entire site walking below loading or working equipment

Supervision Warning ribbons and signs

Accidental injury (personal)

- Dust Generation

Entire site excavation Dust mask Injury personal

Noise exposure

Entire plant Construction & erection activities

Ear Muffs/plugs oiling and greasing Vibration dampening

Personal injury (noise induced hearing loss)

2.0 Commissioning

Electrocution Use of Energy Temporary connections

Tagging & Lock out Warning signs

Electrocution (personal injury)

Chemical exposure

Use & storage of chemicals

Improper handling

Safety Gear/PPEs Training

Personal injury (Chemical burn, organ damage)

Instrumental failure

Complying HAZOP recommendations

On/offsite Accident injuries

Noise exposure

Entire plant Commissioning activities

Ear Muffs/plugs Oiling and greasing Vibration dampening

Personal injury (noise induced hearing loss)

3.0 Operation Electrocution Use of Energy Temporary connections

Tagging & Lock out Warning signs

Electrocution (personal injury)

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 7 – Additional studies

Environmental Consultant Page 227

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Sr. No

Step/Activity Hazard identification

Typical Areas /activities

Possible causes

Safety Measures Required

Risks

Chemical exposure

Use & storage of chemicals & hazardous wastes

Improper handling

Safety Gear/PPE’s Training

Personal injury (Chemical burn, organ damage)

Instrumental failure

Regular HAZOP & audits & complying recommendations

On/offsite Accident injuries

Noise generation

Entire plant Improper maintenance

Ear Muffs/plugs Preventive maintenance, oiling and greasing

Personal injury (noise induced hearing loss)

4.0 Closure and Decommissioning

Chemical exposure

Use & storage of chemicals & hazardous wastes

Improper handling

Safety Gear/PPE’s Training

Personal injury (Chemical burn, organ damage)

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 7 – Additional studies

Environmental Consultant Page 228

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Hazard identification

Identification of hazards at the proposed TSDF is of primary significance of the analysis, and quantification of risk. Hazard indicates the characteristics of hazardous wastes that pose potential for an emergency situation. All the components of proposed TSDF need to be thoroughly examined to assess their potential for initiating or propagating an unplanned event/sequence of events, which can be termed as an emergency.

At the proposed TSDF site, following type of hazard wastes may be involved during operation of facility, which can create potential emergency situation in the event of spillage and accidental release of hazardous wastes from the site:

• Explosive wastes in form of explosive solid and explosive liquid.

• Flammable wastes

• Corrosive Wastes

• Reactive wastes

• Toxic wastes

Flammable wastes containing solvent residue, can form explosive mixture with air, and heating may cause pressure rise with risk of bursting and explosion (however in case of TSDF explosion probability is very less as highly reactive materials and pressure vessels are not there). Sometime vapors may be heavier than air and spreads along the ground, narcotic in high concentrations, gives off toxic or irritant fumes in a fire.

Various type of organic hazardous wastes, paint wastes, waste oil, etc. are flammable in nature and can catch fire if getting source of ignition. There will release toxic fume at the time of burring in the event of fire.

Hazardous waste to be handled at TSDF site

Details of hazardous waste proposed to be handled are given below

Table 7-2 Details of hazardous waste handled Section / Facility Material Storage details Hazardous waste Solid hazardus waste (incinerable)

Liquid hazardus waste (incinerable)

Packed and in loose form (under shed), 500 MT In drums (under shed), 100 MT

Hazardous waste Solid hazardus waste (Landfillable with / without treatment)

Packed and in loose form (under shed), 500 MT

Details of flammable substances storages at TSDF site

HSD / LDO (required for operation of Incinerator and DG set) and bagasse/coal/husk (required for boiler operation) shall be as follows,

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 7 – Additional studies

Environmental Consultant Page 229

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Table 7-3 Details of fuel handled and storage Material Estimated consumption Storage details HSD / LDO 5.5 TPD One tank of 12 T capacity, Above

ground vertical cylindrical, fixed roof with adequate dyke.

Bagasse/Coal/Husk 11 TPD Storage yard for storage of about 300 T material

Hazardous activities at TSDF site

During operation of the proposed TSDF, following activities can pose hazards and risk to human and surrounding environment:

• Storage of Recycled Oil/LDO in tanks

• Maneuvering of Wastes and Manual Handling

• Loading and unloading hazardous wastes on vehicle – mechanical movements

• Removal of bungs from drums, cuts & abrasions

• Contact with hazardous chemicals.

• Chemical reaction – fire, gas

• Access egress – fatigue, chemical exposure

• Movement of trucks within site

Human health risk at TSDF site

Toxic and other hazardous wastes which are managed and disposed at the proposed TSDF can release Constituents of concern (CoCs) as vapors or particles to the air via wind-blown erosion of disposed hazardous waste or as leachate to the groundwater. Hazardous wastes managed in barrels or tanks can release CoCs into the atmosphere via volatilization. During the operation of TSDF site, wastes may enter into the environment though the following sources:

• Emission of particulate matters due to windblown erosion of disposed wastes

• Volatization of organic liquid wastes;

• Infiltration of leachate into ground and subsequently contamination of ground

water in an unlikely event of damage to the liner system of TSDF site;

• Spillage of contaminated runoff from the TSDF site during heavy rains;

• Bio-accumulation of Constituents of Concern through food and vegetation.

Exposure Pathways

Exposure pathways of toxic constituents of concern are either direct, such as inhalation through dispersion in ambient air, or indirect, such as the farm food chain pathways. The exposure pathways considered in this assessment were inhalation of ambient air, ingestion of soil, ingestion of aboveground produce, ingestion of root crops, ingestion of beef and dairy products, ingestion of fish, inhalation of indoor air via contaminated

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 7 – Additional studies

Environmental Consultant Page 230

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

groundwater, and ingestion of drinking water. The groundwater pathways were considered separately from the aboveground pathways for the adult resident and the child resident because the time frame for groundwater exposure is often not consistent with that of other exposure pathways. Furthermore, aboveground receptors are randomly located and do not necessarily coincide with the location of the groundwater plume.

Hazards due to loss of containment

Hazardous waste handled, stored and disposed at the TSDF will be mostly flammable and toxic in nature. In the event of spillage, leakage or accidental release of these there hazardous wastes, it will create localized effects within the short distances inside the site in the form of thermal radiations or toxic fume release. Safety measures including

firefighting facilities will be provided at the TSDF to attend any emergency due to handling and storage and disposal of such hazardous wastes. No toxic gas as hazardous wastes will be handled at the TSDF, therefore, dispersion of toxic vapors cloud is not an issue at the TSDF.

Release of Flammable waste

Hazardous wastes containing fraction of organic waste and residue, paint wastes, will be stored in drums and tanks of various sizes for incineration. At the time of leakage, spreading or fixed pool will be formed and in an unlikely event of fire, thermal radiation may cause damage to life and property within short distance.

Fire in stored hazardous waste at TSDF site

At TSDF, hazardous waste will be stored in containers and drums. The hazardous wastes stored may be in solid and semisolid state. In normal condition, hazardous wastes at TSDF cannot initiate fire. However, in the event of fire, hazardous wastes can burn and sustain fire resulting in generation of toxic fumes and smoke. Such toxic fume will comprise of suspended particulate matter, soot, carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, oxides of nitrogen, and other toxic constituents, HCl etc. In the event of fire, hazardous waste will act as area source of toxic gas emissions and disperse in to the atmosphere and be responsible for deterioration of ambient air quality, subsequently, adverse impacts on the heath can occur due to inhalation of toxic gases

The need for the sophisticated techniques for evaluating hazards depends on the result

of Preliminary Hazard Analysis. Various techniques for evaluation hazards are:

• Accident consequence analysis

• Fault tree analysis

• FMEA ( failure modes, effects and criticality analysis

• HAZOP (Hazard and operability studies)

• Event tree analysis

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 7 – Additional studies

Environmental Consultant Page 231

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

In order to be in a state of readiness to face the adverse effects of accidents, an Emergency Preparedness Plan (EPP) has to be prepared. Such a plan must. Inter-alia, cover the possible hazardous situations in the locality and the causes, areas most likely to be affected, on-site and off-site plans, establishment of Emergency Control Centers(ECC), location of emergency services and duties of officers/staff during emergency. The EPP document for accidents is to be designed to provide for measures to contain the incident and for minimization of effects due to fire, explosives, release or escape of toxic gas, spillage of hazardous substances in storage, processing or during transportation. The necessary preventive and protective steps required to be taken before, during and after an accident need to be worked out in operational terms and detailed in the document.

Identification of major hazards as per government rules

Major hazards are generally based on Manufacture , Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals (MSIHC) rules 1989 as amended from time to time (by studying accidents in India over past few decades, a specific legislation covering major hazard activities has been enforced by Government of India in 1989 under the with Environment Protection Act, 1986. This is referred here as MSIHC rules 1989).

For the purpose of identifying major hazard installations the rules employ certain criteria based on toxic, flammable and explosive properties of chemicals.

Identification of Toxic, Flammable, explosive chemicals

Toxic Chemicals: Chemicals having the following values of acute toxicity and which

owing to their physical and chemical properties are capable of producing major accidents:

Table 7-4 Toxicity limits No Toxicity Oral Toxicity

LD50 (mg/kg) Dermal

Toxicity LD50 (mg/kg)

Inhalation Toxicity LD50

(mg/kg) 1 Extremely toxic 1 - 50 1 - 200 0.1 – 0.5 2 Highly toxic 51 - 500 201 - 2000 0.5 – 2

Flammable chemicals:

Flammable gases: Gases which at 20 Deg C and at standard pressure of 101.3 KPa are:-

• Ignitable when in a mixture of 13 percent or less by volume with air, or

• Have a flammable range with air of at least 12 percentage points regardless of the lower flammable limits.

Explosives: Explosives means a solid or liquid or pyrotechnic substance (or a mixture of substances) or an article which is

• in itself capable by chemical reaction of producing gas at such a temperature and pressure and at such a speed as to cause damage to the surroundings;

• designed to produce an effect by heat, light, sound, gas or smoke or a combination of these as a result of non-detonative self-sustaining exothermic chemical reaction.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 7 – Additional studies

Environmental Consultant Page 232

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Applicability of Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules, 1989 and subsequent amendments

A systematic analysis of the chemicals and their quantities of storage has been carried out to determine if actual quantities at storage are more than the threshold quantities as notified by MSIHC Rules, 1989 (as amended in 1994 and 2000) and the applicable provisions are identified. The results are summarized in table below

Table 7-5 Description of Applicable Provisions of MSIHC Rules Applicable rule

Description

1 Identify Major accident Take adequate steps to prevent major accidents Provide information to persons working onsite, Impart training, provide equipment and antidotes

2 Notification of major accidents to concerned authority If any major accident occurs, occupier to inform Concerned authority as listed in SC-5 and submit report as per the format in SC-6 (applies after commencing of the activity)

3 Notification of site to competent authority 4 Updating of site notification following changes in threshold quantity 5 Transitional provision for the existing activity 6 Preparation of safety reports for commencement of activity 7 Updating of safety reports based on modification 8 Provision of further information on safety reports to the authority 9 Preparation of onsite emergency plan by the occupier

10 Preparation of offsite emergency plan by the occupier 11 Information to be given to persons liable to be effected by a major

accident 12 Collection, development and dissemination of information on hazardous

chemicals employed by the occupier

Occupier shall develop information in the form of safety data sheet as specified in SC-9. Every container of the hazardous chemical should be labeled with name of the manufacturer or importer of the hazardous chemical.

Storage facilities of Hazardous chemicals at TSDF

The storage capacities / details of the major hazardous chemicals proposed to be used in the project is given in below:

Table 7-6 Details of Proposed Chemicals to be Stored Name Storage type Storage

capacity (MT)

Listed in Schedule

Threshold quantity for applicable rules (MT)

5,7-9, 13-15 10 -12 Diesel Vertical cylindrical

storage tank 12 Sch 3 (Part II) 5000 50000

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 7 – Additional studies

Environmental Consultant Page 233

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

From the above table it can be inferred that there would be no major Hazardous chemical stored at the proposed plant, which would attract the MSIHC Rules 4 5,7-9 and 13-15, as the quantity likely to be stored at site lies below the stipulated threshold quantities.

Nature of possible hazards at CHWTSDF site

There can be two kinds of major hazards

• Leakage of Fuels/Solvents tanks leading to pool Fire – Explosion and Fire hazard

• Electrical Hazards like flashover and short circuits

Maximum Credible Accident (MCA) Analysis for Diesel Storage area

Identification of causes and types of hazards is the primary task for planning for risk

assessment. Hazard can happen because of the nature of chemicals handled and also the nature of process involved. So for risk analysis, first step is to identify the hazardous chemicals which are to be studied for risk analysis.

Identification of Hazardous Chemicals is done in accordance with The Manufacture, Storage and import of Hazardous Chemical Rules, 1989 (as amended).

Schedule 1, of the Rule provides a list of the Toxic and Hazardous chemicals and the flammable chemicals and defines criteria for classification of a chemical as hazardous.

"Major accident hazards (MAH) installations" is defined as the isolated storage and industrial activity at a site handling (including transport through carrier or pipeline) of hazardous chemicals equal to or, in excess of the threshold quantities specified in Column

3 of Schedule 2 and 3 respectively Schedule 3 has classified hazardous substances in an operating plant into 5 groups and has provided the threshold quantities for application of above rules.

• Group1 & 2 – Toxic substances

• Group 3 – Highly reactive substances

• Group 4 – Explosive substance

• Group – 5 Flammable substances

Following table shows list of major chemicals which have been identified as hazardous chemicals in The Manufacture, Storage and import of Hazardous Chemical Rules, 1989

and which are to be considered as Major Accident Hazard (MAH) installations. ~ 165 Ton/month of diesel fuel is expected to be consumed at incinerator site.

Table 7-7 Hazardous chemicals at site

No Chemical Usage Nature of chemical (schedule 1 & 3)

Type and storage and number

Storage quantity

Threshold quantity for MAH

1 Diesel Support fuel for incinerator.

Highly flammable

One tank, cylindrical, verticle

12 MT 2500 MT

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 7 – Additional studies

Environmental Consultant Page 234

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

DG sets and vehicles

Nature of Hazard from Oil Storage:

Diesel is a petroleum product. It is a highly flammable liquid having flash point between 32 – 96 Degree C. However its auto ignition temperature is 256 Degree C. Its boiling point ranges between 150- 400 Degree C. Major Hazards from oil storage can be fire.

Maximum credible accidents from oil storage tank can be

• Tank Fire

• Pool / Dyke fire.

Tank Fire

Oil is stored in floating roof tank. Leak in rim seal leading to accumulation of vapor is a source of fire. Lighting can be a source of ignition and can cause tank fire. Overflow from tank leading to spillage may cause vapor cloud formation. This can catch fire and it can flash back to the tank to cause tank fire.

Pool Fire

If there is outflow from the tank due to any leakage from tank or any failure of connecting pipes or valves, oil will flow outside and form a pool. Where the tank is surrounded by a dyke, the pool of oil will be restricted within that dyke. After sometime, the vapor from the pool can catch fire and can cause pool or dyke fire.

Heat Radiation and Thermal Damage Criteria

The level of damage caused by heat radiation due to fire is a function of duration of exposure as well as heat flux (i.e. radiation energy onto the object of concern). This is true both for the effect on building and plant equipment and for the effect on personnel. However the variation of likely exposures times is more marked with personnel, due to possibility of finding shelter coupled with protection of the skin tissue (clothed or naked body). Further, it is assumed that everyone inside the area by the pool fire will be burned to death (100% lethality) or will asphyxiate. Radiation at various heat flux levels which are critical in risk analysis, are given in the table below

Table 7-8 Effect of heat radiation Exposure Time in seconds for % Fatality Radiation level (kw/m2)

1 % 50 % 99 %

1.6 500 1300 3200 4.0 150 370 930

12.5 30 80 200 37.5 8 20 50

The damage and fatality (percentage of the exposed people to be killed) due to the exposure time is very important in determining the degree of fatality and corresponding effect distance. It is observed that the exposed persons normally find shelter or protection from the heat radiation (e.g. against a wall) within 10 seconds. However, exposure time

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 7 – Additional studies

Environmental Consultant Page 235

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

of 30 seconds is normally assumed for pessimistic calculation which applies if people do not run away immediately or when no protection is available. The variation of the effects on humans due to heat flux and duration of exposure have been developed in the form of a Probit Equation which gives following values for human fatality levels in table

Table 7-9 Heat radiation and fatality No Heat radiation (kw/m2) Effect 1 37.5 Damage to equipment 2 25 Limit of class I building material 3 12.5 Plastic melting 4 4 Blistering 5 1.6 Severe hot feeling

Quatitative risk assessment based on ALOHA

ALOHA (Arial Locations of Hazards Atmosphere) is an atmospheric dispersion model used for evaluating releases of hazardous chemical vapors. ALOHA is a part of software called CAMEO (Computer Aided Management of Emergency Operation). CAMEO is one of the tools developed by EPA’s Chemical Emergency Preparedness and Prevention Office (CEPPO) and the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration Office of Response and Restoration (NOAA), to assist front-line chemical emergency planners and responders.

CAMEO consists of three parts viz. CAMEO (which is basically a data base), ALOHA and MARPLOT (Mapping Applications for Response, Planning, and Local Operational Tasks).

ALOHA allows the user to estimate the downwind dispersion of a chemical cloud based on the toxicological/physical characteristics of the released chemical, atmospheric conditions, and specific circumstances of the release. Graphical outputs include a "cloud footprint" that can be plotted on maps with MARPLOT to display the location of other facilities storing hazardous materials and vulnerable locations, such as hospitals and schools. Specific information about these locations can be extracted from CAMEO

information modules to help make decisions about the degree of hazard posed.

Systematic study based on ALOHA has been carried out for proposed Diesel storage. The details of consequence analysis studies carried out are presented at Annexure 7.1 for various accident and consequence scenarios like:

Table 7-10 Consequence Analysis studies carried out Failure Scenarios Accident Scenario Effects Catastrophic failure of tank

vapor cloud formation and dispersion

Toxic area of vapor cloud

Flammable area of vapor cloud Overpressure effect of vapor

cloud explosion Vapor cloud catching fire Radiation Effects from pool fire Explosion of vapor cloud Overpressure effects of VCE Leakage from pump discharge valve

vapor cloud formation and dispersion

Toxic area of vapor cloud

Flammable area of vapor cloud

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 7 – Additional studies

Environmental Consultant Page 236

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Explosion of vapor cloud Overpressure effects of VCE

Failure frequency data as given in Loss Prevention in Process Industries by Frank P Lees is presented below for information.

Table 7-11 Failure Frequency Data SR. NO.

ITEM FAILURE FREQUENCY (No. per 106 years)

1 Shell

2 Process / Pressure Vessel 1.0 3 Atmospheric Pressure Storage 0.1 4 Full Bore Vessel Connection 25 30.0 40 10.0 50 7.5 100 4.0 150 3.0

5 Full Bore Process Pipeline (Diameter in mm) Less Than 50 0.30* >50, <150 0.09* More than 150 0.03* (*Failure frequency expressed in No. per met length per 106 years)

Maximum Credible Accident scenario identified is leakage of pump discharge line due formation of pin hole (20% flow). The damage distances worked out for this scenario

indicates that for most of the effects the damage will be confined to the plant boundary.

The above table indicates that probability of occurrence of this scenario is very low (<0.5 x 106 years), which is within the acceptable limits. However, various preventive and protective measures are required to ensure that the above accident scenarios do not occur. These are presented in section below.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 7 – Additional studies

Environmental Consultant Page 237

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Table 7-12 Findings of Consequence Analysis Studies

Consolidated Preventive and Protective measures based on ALOHA and good manufacturing practices

• Storage tank will be appropriately dyked for the spill containment as per NFPA guidelines

• Periodic inspection and maintenance program on the tank, pumps and piping will be

ensured.

• Least number of flanged joints will be provided in the pipelines.

• Pipelines will be supported adequately so as to avoid sagging.

• Visual inspection of the pipelines will be done periodically to ascertain external pitting and corrosion.

• Protective equipment such as gloves, lab coat, vapor respirator, splash goggles will be ensured while handling chemicals.

• Prominent signage of hazards (such as “Danger”, No smoking”) of the substances will be provided on the tank and surrounding sin addition to the cautionary notice.

Sr No

Substance Failure Scenerio Effects considered Distance , meters

1 Diesel The contents of the tank leaking in

the dyke enclosure and forming a pool

Diesel 1/1 Gas not burning – Toxicity effect PAC - 3 1000 ppm <10

PAC - 1 200 ppm 25PAC - 1 150 ppm 31

Diesel 1/2 Flammable area of vapor cloud 60 % LEL 6600 ppm LOC not exceeded

10 % LEL 1100 ppm <10

Diesel 1/3 Overpressure effect of vapor cloud explosion

Bldg. destruction (no part above LEL)

8.5 psi -

Serious injury 3.5 psi -Glass shatter 1 psi -

Diesel 1/4 Radiation effect from pool fire Potentially lethal 10 kw/m2 <10

2 nd degree burn 5 kw/m2 <10severe pain 2 kw/m2 <10

Diesel 1/5 Radiation effect from th fireball Potentially lethal 10 kw/m2 248

2 nd degree burn 5 kw/m2 351

severe pain 2 kw/m2 5481 Diesel Failure of the unloading pump(full

bore leakage)

Diesel 2/1 Gas not burning – Toxicity effect PAC - 3 1000 ppm 258

PAC - 1 200 ppm 537

PAC - 1 150 ppm 608Diesel 2/2 Flammable area of vapor cloud 60 % LEL 6600 ppm 107

10 % LEL 1100 ppm 247

Diesel 2/3 Overpressure effect of vapor cloud explosion

Bldg. destruction (no part above LEL)

8.5 psi LOC not exceeded

Serious injury 3.5 psi 85Glass shatter 1 psi 127

1 Diesel Failure of the unloading pump line (20 % flow)

Diesel 3/1 Gas not burning – Toxicity effect PAC - 3 1000 ppm 104

PAC - 1 200 ppm 245PAC - 1 150 ppm 286

Diesel 3/2 Flammable area of vapor cloud 60 % LEL 6600 ppm 4410 % LEL 1100 ppm 100

Diesel 3/3 Overpressure effect of vapor cloud explosion

Bldg. destruction (no part above LEL)

8.5 psi LOC not exceeded

Serious injury 3.5 psi 36

Glass shatter 1 psi 57

Calculations of affected distances considering various scenarios have been done and summarized results are as below:

Scenerio No Level of concern (LOC)

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 7 – Additional studies

Environmental Consultant Page 238

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

• Training to be provided to both, Field Operator & Panel Operator for emergency handling and preparedness.

• Engineering Controls to be incorporated at this stage to ensure that the residual liquid is put into the respective tank only & not into other tank, which can create hazardous consequences.

• Material safety Data sheets will be made available.

• Regular inspection and checking to assure risk control (proper earthling, functioning of safety interlocks, bonding, transferring in closed system and no spillages).

• The operators will be thoroughly trained in safe operation of the plant.

• The storage area would be provided with sprinkler arrangement in case of fire

detection.

• Flame detector, gas detector will be provided.

Risk mitigation measures for the proposed TSDF

Risk mitigation measures have been described for the proposed TSDF site as given below:

Collection and Transportation of Hazardous Wastes

• Transportation of waste by covered vehicles.

• Regular training to drivers to handle emergency situation during transportation of waste.

• Implementation of TREM card.

Storage area (Storage shed)

• Flammable, ignitable, reactive and non-compatible wastes will be stored separately and never will be stored in the same storage shed.

• Storage area may consist of different sheds for storing different kinds of incinerable hazardous wastes and sheds will be provided with suitable openings.

• Adequate storage capacity (i.e. 50 % of the annual capacity of the hazardous waste incinerator) will be provided in the TSDF premises.

• Storage area will be designed to withstand the load of waste stocked and any damage

from the hazardous waste spillage.

• Hazardous waste storage area will be provided with the flameproof electrical fittings and it will be strictly adhered to.

• Automatic smoke, heat detection system will be provided in the sheds. Adequate firefighting systems will be provided for the storage area and boundary of TSDF.

• There will be at least 15 meter distance between the storage sheds.

• Loading and unloading of wastes in storage sheds will only be done under the supervision of the well trained and experienced staff.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 7 – Additional studies

Environmental Consultant Page 239

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

• “Fire break” of at least 04 meter between two blocks of stacked drums should be provided in the storage shed. One block of drum will not exceed 300 MT of waste.

• Minimum of 1.5/>2.5 meter clear space will be left between two adjacent rows of pallets in pair for movement of personnel and or fork lift and inspection

• The storage and handling will have at least two openings/ routes to escape in the event of any fire in the area.

• Doors and approaches of the storage area will be of suitable sizes for entry of fork lift and firefighting equipment;

• The exhaust of the vehicles used for the purpose of handling, lifting and transportation within the facility such as forklifts or trucks will be fitted with the approved type of

spark arrester.

• In order to have appropriate measures to prevent percolation of spills, leaks etc. to the soil and ground water, the storage area will be provided with concrete floor or steel sheet depending on the characteristics of waste handled and the floor must be structurally sound and chemically compatible with wastes.

• Measures will be taken to prevent entry of runoff into the storage area. The Storage area shall be designed in such a way that the floor level is at least 150 mm above the maximum flood level.

• The storage area floor will be provided with secondary containment such as proper slopes as well as collection pit so as to collect wash water and the leakages/spills etc.

• All the storage yards will be provided with proper peripheral drainage system connected with the sump so as to collect any accidental spills in roads or within the storage yards as well as accidental flow due to fire fighting.

Drums / container storage

• The container will be made or lined with the suitable material, which will not react

with, or in other words compatible with the hazardous wastes proposed to be stored.

• The stacking of drums in the storage area will be restricted to three high on pallets (wooden frames). Necessary precautionary measures will be taken so as to avoid stack collapse. However, for waste having flash point less than 65.5 degree C, the drums will not be stacked more than one height.

• No drums will be opened in the storage sheds for sampling etc and such activity will be done in designated places outside the storage areas;

• Drums containing wastes stored in the storage area will be labeled properly indicating mainly type, quantity, characteristics, source and date of storing etc.

Leakage / spillage control measures

• The storage areas will be inspected daily for detecting any signs of leaks or deterioration if any. Leaking or deteriorated containers will be removed and ensured that such contents are transferred to a sound container.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 7 – Additional studies

Environmental Consultant Page 240

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

• In case of spills / leaks/dry adsorbents/cotton will be used for cleaning instead of water.

• Proper slope with collection pits be provided in the storage area so as to collect the spills/leakages.

• Storage areas will be provided with adequate number of spill kits at suitable locations. The spill kits will be provided with compatible sorbent material in adequate quantity.

Fire protection measures / systems

The fire protection system will comprise of:

• Pressurized Hydrant System - For waste storage, Incineration plant, administration

building area and other areas also;

• Transformer rooms, consumer 11KV SSU, generator set room and UPS room will be outfitted with CO2 total flooding system;

• Incineration power supply rooms, MCC/PCC room and PLC/Control Room will be outfitted with FM200 Total Flooding System;

• Fire detection and alarm system for waste storage area, Incineration plant, power plant block and administration building area;

• Fire Fighting system will comprises of following major equipment and systems;

• Electric driven main fire pumps with emergency power from standby Diesel Genset for hydrant network serving of hydrants and hose reels;

• All necessary pump controls complete with all accessories for the above-mentioned pumps;

• All buried piping and over-ground pipes, fitting, valves, automatic actuators, supports etc for fire water distribution networks;

• All necessary sign-posting for the water-hydrant ring system including brackets, complete with accessories;

• All electrical rooms will be provided with clean agent automatic fireextinguisher systems

• Complete Addressable analogue fire detection system with heat and smoke detectors

for various plant area including storages with necessary cabling, interface panels, controllers, sounders, manual call points, sirens, response indicators, and all necessary hardware and accessories; and

• All necessary electrical equipment, such as LV switch-gear, LV motors, LV power and control cables, control panels with alarm, PBB and interlocks, necessary DC systems, push button stations, cable trays and accessories, cabling, glands lugs, earthing and lightning protection conforming to relevant electrical specifications.

Miscellaneous risk mitigation measures

• Smoking will be prohibited in and around the storage areas;

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 7 – Additional studies

Environmental Consultant Page 241

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

• Good housekeeping will be maintained around the storage areas.

• Signboards showing precautionary measures to be taken, in case of normal and emergency situations will be displayed at appropriate locations.

• To the extent possible, manual operations within storage area are to be avoided. In case of manual operation, proper precautions need to be taken, particularly during loading / unloading of liquid hazardous waste in drums.

• A system for inspection of storage area to check the conditions of the containers, spillages, leakages etc will be established and proper records will be maintained.

• Wastes containing volatile solvents or other low vapor pressure chemicals will be adequately protected from direct exposure to sunlight and adequate ventilation will

be provided.

• Tanks for storage of liquids waste will be properly dyked and will be provided with adequate transfer systems.

• Storage sites will have adequate & prompt emergency response equipment systems for the hazardous waste stored on-site. This will include fire fighting arrangement based on the risk assessment, spill management, evacuation and first aid.

• Immediately on receipt of the hazardous waste, it will be analyzed and depending upon its characteristics and storage & disposal will be finalized.

• Only persons authorized to enter and trained in hazardous waste handling procedures will have access to the hazardous waste storage areas.

• Mock drill for onsite emergency will be conducted regularly and records maintained.

Hazard Analysis and safety audit

During operation of TSDF, a preliminary hazard analysis will be conducted. Safety Audit will be conducted internally by every year & externally once in two years by a reputed

expert agency and same will be submitted to regulatory agencies. Conditions stipulated by SPCBs while granting authorization under Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling & Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016 to the TSDF operation will be complied.

Information display at TSDF site

Necessary information containing the following elements will be displayed at the site.

• Type of Waste (ignitable, toxic, reactive, etc)

• Approximately quantity of each type of wastes

• Generation location of waste

On site emergency plan

SMSEL will develop emergency management system to tackle any emergency situation for proposed TSDF. The details of Onsite Emergency plan / Disaster management plan (DMP) are discussed in the following section.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 7 – Additional studies

Environmental Consultant Page 242

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

The disaster management plan (DMP) provides for a framework of actions to handle various emergency situations at the SMSEL. It also provides for on-site resources and appropriate outside assistance in case of any incident at the facility. The ERP will be in place before the commencement of operations at site, and all personnel will have undergone a comprehensive training in emergency response.

The primary objective of the plan is

Minimization of the risks to lives and safety of proposed TSDF operators on-site and of the neighboring community.

Containing and minimizing environmental damage, to surroundings, and to site property, and equipment, this could occur from emergency or accidental situations beyond the normal operations of the TSDF.

Coordinating appropriate and effective actions with outside regulatory agencies during and after their involvement in on-site emergencies.

Maintaining effective trained personnel capable of performing the established emergency response procedures when it is required.

An on-site emergency is caused by an accident that takes place in plant itself and the effects are confined to the factory premises involving only the people working in the factory. On-site emergency plan to deal with such eventualities is the responsibility of the occupier and is mandatory. An on-site emergency plan will contain the following key elements:

• basis of the plan

• hazard analysis

• accident prevention procedure/measures;

• accident/emergency response procedure/measures and

• recovery procedure.

Defining nature of Emergency

An Emergency can be defined as an “Occurrence of such magnitude so as to create a situation in which normal pattern of life within a facility is suddenly disrupted, adversely affecting not only the personnel and property within the facility, but also in its vicinity”.

Such an occurrence may result in On Site implication like:

The following maximum credible accident scenarios may occur in a hazardous waste landfill (TSDF):

• Road accident during transportation of Hazardous waste

• Slope Failure of landfill

• Water accumulation at landfill due to heavy rain

• Breakage of Liner due to de-settlement of landfill pit

• Fire of flammable hazardous waste at TSDF

• Fire and LDO/FO tanks

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 7 – Additional studies

Environmental Consultant Page 243

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

The capping activity will be also carried out immediate once the hazardous waste filling is completed in particular cell. After completion of capping of landfill site there will not be chances of increase moisture content of filled waste, so there will be minimum chances of failure of top slope. Only present active cells are under operation. To prevent the failure of slope during the operation, compacting will be done with dozer and roller. Temporary bund wall will also be constructed to prevent any sliding of waste during operation.

In the event of a landfill instability such as a slope failure the first concern is always safety, safety of site personal, safety of site entrance, and safety of general public. The situation will need to be assessed concisely and necessary emergency procedures and precautions implemented as quickly as possible

Emergency classification

Emergency is a general term implying hazardous situation both inside and outside the plant/installation premises. Thus, the emergencies termed “on-site” when it confines itself within the plant/installation even though it may require external help and ‘offsite” when emergency extends beyond its premises. It is to be understood here, that if an emergency occurs inside the proposed TSDF and could not be controlled properly and timely, it may lead to an “off-site” emergency. The emergencies at the proposed TSDF can be broadly classified into three levels:

Level 1 : The incident at proposed TSDF is confined to a small area and does not pose an immediate threat to life or property. Spillage of liquid or solid hazardous wastes, small fire in flammable hazardous wastes, etc can come under this category.

Level 2: An incident at the proposed TSDF involving a greater hazard or larger area which poses a potential threat to life or property. Fire in flammable hazardous wastes, filling of water in disposal pit due to heavy rain, etc can come under this category.

Level 3 : An incident at proposed TSDF involving a severe hazard or a large area which poses an extreme threat to life or property. Breakage in slop and liner system due to de-

settlement/earth quake, subsequently contamination of soil and ground water.

Emergency handling priority

The general order of priority for involving measures during the course of emergency would be as follows

• Safeguard life,

• Safeguard environment

• Safeguard property

Elements of planning

Legal Authority and Responsibility

On Site Emergency Planning

The provisions of the MSIHC Rules, Section 41 B(4) of the Factories Act, 1948 (as amended) requires that every occupier is to draw up an on-site emergency plan with

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 7 – Additional studies

Environmental Consultant Page 244

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

detailed disaster control measures and to educate the workers employed. The obligation of an occupier of installation using hazardous materials to prepare an emergency plan is also stipulated in Rule 13 of the ‘Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules, 1989 and subsequent amendments.

Off-Site Emergency Planning

Under the ‘Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules‘ preparation of ‘ Off-site Emergency Plan’ is covered in Rule No.14. The duty of preparing and keeping up to date the ‘Off-site Emergency Plan’ as per this rule is placed on the District Emergency Authority. Also, occupiers are charged with the responsibility of providing the above authority with such information, relating to the industrial activity under their control, as they may require for preparing the off-site emergency plan.

Off-site emergency response needs actions by various Government agencies over which the operating company has no control. SMSL role and responsibility is to provide material, manpower, and knowledge support under the overall charge of the off-site control administration.

Organization Structure – Duties and Responsibilities

In case of an emergency, the On-site Emergency Plan of the proposed TSDF will come into action. Effective on-site emergency plan requires that in the event of an accident, nominated functionaries be given specific responsibilities, often separate from their day-to-day activities.

The emergency organization follows the usual pattern of the hierarchy. The senior-most functionary available during an emergency at the proposed TSDF takes charge as Chief Emergency Coordinator (CEC) and will locate himself at the designated Emergency Response Centre. The senior most functionaries for each department/section will act as coordinator and will report at the Emergency Response Centre unless otherwise instructed by the Chief Coordinator.

The senior most persons in the shift will be designated as the Site Incident Controller (SIC). The SIC will take charge of the incident site and take the overall command. He will be supported by other key persons representing various emergency services. Key persons are personnel available at the site on round the clock basis. It is to be appreciated that the key persons remain the front line fighters. The role of various coordinators is to assess the situation from time to time, take appropriate decisions in consultation with the

CEC and to provide timely resources to the key persons to fight the emergency. Duties and responsibilities of various emergency functionaries have been described in following sub sections.

Duties and Responsibilities for Functionaries The duties and responsibilities of the functionaries for unlikely event of emergency are given below:

➢ Crisis Co-ordinator

The Chief Executive Officer (CEO) will work as Crisis Coordinator: He will assess the situation and instruct the Chief Emergency Co-ordinator to sound the siren. This will inform the employee that an emergency situation has arisen and that the operations of TSDF should be shut down and evaluated. All the personnel/part of the TSDF need to be

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 7 – Additional studies

Environmental Consultant Page 245

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

evacuated and employees other than given responsibility assemble at the assembly points. He will approve release of information to press, TV and Government agencies as required.

➢ Chief Emergency Coordinator (CEC)

The Manager Operations will work as Chief Emergency Coordinator.

He will report at the command post and will assume overall responsibility of the works and its personnel. His duties will be to :

i. assess the magnitude of the situation and decide whether a major emergency exists or is likely to develop, requiring external assistance. To inform District Emergency Authority (DEA) (i.e. District Collector) in case on-site emergency escalates into off-

site emergency.

ii. contact Crisis Cell of the Ministry and inform about the incident, magnitude of disaster, combating operations and number of casualties, if any.

iii. exercise direct operational control over areas in the proposed TSDF other than those affected.

iv. assess the magnitude of the situation and decide if personnel need to be evacuated to identify safe places.

v. continuously review in consultation with the other coordinators.

vi. liaise with senior officials of police, fire brigade, and Factories Inspectorate and pass on information on possible effects to the surrounding areas outside the factory

premises.

vii. liaise with various coordinators to ensure casualties are receiving adequate attention and traffic movement within the proposed TSDF is well regulated.

viii. arrange for a log of the emergency to be maintained in control room.

ix. release authorized information to press through the media officer designated.

x. control rehabilitation of the affected persons and the affected areas after the emergency.

xi. obtain assistance from Mutual Aid partners.

➢ Site Incident Controller

The Manager Engineering will work as Site Incident Controller.

He will take overall control of handling the emergency at the plant. His first task will be the isolation of the source of containment loss to the extent feasible. Simultaneously, in case of fire, he will organize appropriate fire response to get the situation under control and to prevent escalation.

On arrival at the site, he will assess the scale of emergency and judge if a major emergency exists or is likely to develop and will inform the control room accordingly asking for assistance and indicating the kind of support needed. His duties and responsibilities will include to:

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 7 – Additional studies

Environmental Consultant Page 246

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

I. coordinate the activities of other key persons reporting at the incident site, under his overall command.

II. direct all operations within the affected areas giving due priorities for safety of personnel and to minimize damage to environment, proposed TSDF and property.

III. provide advice and information to Fire & Safety personnel and other fire services as and when they arrive.

IV. ensure that all non-essential workers and staff within the affected area are evacuated to appropriate assembly points and those areas are searched for casualties.

V. organize rescue teams for any casualties and to send them to safe areas/medical centre for first aid and medical relief.

VI. setup communication points and establish contact with control room.

VII. seek additional support and resources as may be needed through the control room.

VIII. seek decision support from the control room for decisions such as activation of mutual aid plan etc.

IX. preserve all evidence so as to facilitate any inquiry into the cause and circumstance, which caused or escalated the emergency (to arrange photographs, video, etc.)

X. arrange for a head count after the emergency is over with respect to the personnel on duty in the affected areas.

➢ Fire and Safety Function

The Manager-Security & Safety along with fire fighting team will work as fire and safety functionary.

The main responsibilities of fire and safety functionary are to :

i. immediately take charge of all fire fighting operations upon sounding of the alarm.

ii. instruct the telephone operator to immediately inform all essential personnel not residing within the audible range of the emergency siren.

iii. guide fire fighting crew and provide logistics support for effectively combating the fire.

iv. barricade the area at appropriate locations in order to prevent the movement of

vehicular traffic.

v. assist in rescue and first aid operations.

vi. operate the Mutual Aid Scheme and call for additional external help in fire fighting via the control room.

vii. organize relieving groups for fire fighting.

viii. inform the Crises Controller and give "All Clear" signal when the fire emergency is over.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 7 – Additional studies

Environmental Consultant Page 247

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

➢ Media Function

The Human Resource Manager will work as Media Function. He will under the direction of the CEC, co-ordinate the following :

i. To liaise with various media and release written statements to the press through prior concurrence of Crises Controller.

ii. To handle media interviews with various media. Make arrangements for televising the information about the incident, if public interest warrants.

iii. Inform State and Central Governments & statutory bodies of the nature and magnitude of the incident, the number of casualties, etc.

iv. To locate himself such that media personnel/third parties do not need to go past the

proposed TSDF security gates and that adequate communication links exist.

v. Media personnel often insist on visiting the incident scene.

vi. To escort media team(s) if the Crises Controller approves such visits.

➢ Communication Function

Manager - Laboratory will work as communication functionary. He will perform the following duties:

i. To ensure all available communication links remain functional.

ii. To quickly establish communication links between incident site and the control room

iii. To ensure that previously agreed inventory of various types of communication

equipment is maintained in working condition and frequent checks carried out and records maintained.

iv. To maintain voice record of significant communications with timings received/passed from the primary control room.

➢ Medical Function

The Manger – Occupational Health will look after medical function. He will perform the following:

i. To arrange for the First Aid team to treat the affected personnel.

ii. To arrange for treatment in the hospital.

iii. To liaise with the local medical authorities and hospitals, if the casualties are more and the situation demands treatment at more/other medical centers.

iv. To liaise with the transport coordinator for transporting the victims to various hospitals.

v. To arrange for ambulances.

vi. The Medical Coordinator will ensure the upkeep of agreed medical supplies, antidotes and equipment that should always be kept in stock for treating victims of burns.

vii. To liaise with the Media coordinator for release of news to the press.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 7 – Additional studies

Environmental Consultant Page 248

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

➢ Transport Function

The Waste Transportation Manager will work as Transport Function. He will perform the following duties:

i. Arrange for transport of victims to hospital/dispensaries.

ii. Mobilize all available vehicles available at the proposed TSDF for emergency use, along-with the drivers.

iii. Arrange for the duty rotation of the drivers to meet with the emergency situation.

iv. To direct refueling of vehicles, if not topped up.

v. To arrange for vehicles from other sources.

vi. To liaise with the CEC for evacuation of personnel and transportation of victims.

List of Names of Functionaries

List of name of various functionaries with designation and telephone numbers are given below.

Type of Coordinator

Name Designation Telephone Numbers

Office Residential Crisis Coordinator Chief Emergency (CEC) Site Incident Controller Fire & Safety

Infrastructure

Emergency Control Room- Emergency Control Room will be set up and marked on the site plan. The Control Room will be the focal point case of an emergency from where the Operations to handle the emergency are directed and coordinated. It will control site activities and will be furnished with external and internal telephone connections, list of essential telephone numbers, list of key persons and their addresses.

Assembly Points- Assembly points are to be set up farthest from the location of likely hazardous events where pre-designated persons from the works, contractors and visitors would assemble in case of emergency. Up-to-date list of pre-designated employees of

various departments (shift-wise) must be available at these points so that roll call could be taken. Pre designated persons will take charge of these points and mark presence as the people come into it.

Operational systems during emergencies

Communication system

There are different types of alarms to differentiate one type of an emergency from other as described below:

Fire or Gas Normal Fire Siren

Emergency/Evacuation High-pitched wailing Siren

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 7 – Additional studies

Environmental Consultant Page 249

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Alarms will be followed by an announcement over Public Address System (PAS). In case of failure of alarm system, communication will be by telephone operator who will make announcement in the site through Public Address System which will be installed. If everything fails, a messenger could be used for sending the information.

Warning system and control

The Control Centers will be located at an area of the minimum risk or vulnerability in the premises concerned, taking into account the wind direction, areas which might be affected by fire/explosion, toxic releases, etc. For promptness and efficiency, the site will be divided into ‘X’ number of zones, which will be clearly marked on the site plan.

Emergency services - Under this, the unit will describe the facilities of firefighting, first-

aid and rescue. Alternate sources of power supply for operating fire pumps, communication with local bodies, fire brigade, etc will also be clearly indicated.

An adequate number of external and internal telephone connections will be installed.

Following plans of work to illustrate are to be made

• Areas with large inventories of hazardous material.

• Sources of safety equipment.

• Fire-hydrant system and alternate supply sources.

• Stock of other fire-fighting materials.

• Assembly points, first-aid centers.

• Surrounding habitation within 1/ 2 km distance.

• Availability of first-aid equipment.

Mutual Aid

It is essential to have mutual aid arrangements with nearby industries as it is useful in cases of major fire and other emergencies. Mutual aid arrangements will be worked out in the plan to facilitate additional help in say, fire-fighting or medical attention which might be beyond the capacity of an individual factory/unit. To make the mutual aid plan a success, the following are considered essential:

• Written procedure which spells out how call for help will be made and how it will be

responded.

• The type of equipment which would be used and procedure for making replacement.

• A quick hot-line method of communication.

• A brief mention of the type of hazard in each plant and fire-fighting measures.

• Orientation and joint training program for staff.

• Joint inspections and drills.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 7 – Additional studies

Environmental Consultant Page 250

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Disaster management Plan

Emergency prevention through good design, operation, maintenance and inspection are essential to reduce the probability of occurrence and consequential effect of such eventualities. The overall objective of the DMP/Emergency Response Plan (ERP) is to make use of the combined resources at the site and outside services to achieve the following.

• Localize the emergency on property and people

• Minimize effects on property and people

• Effective rescue and medical treatment

• Evacuation.

A disastrous event strikes suddenly, violently and without warning. Identifying the potential hazards ahead of time and advance planning can reduce the dangers of serious injury, loss of life and damage to environment in the event of an incident occurrence.

The first response to a disaster is the job of the local government’s emergency services

with the help from the nearby municipalities and the volunteer service agencies. In a catastrophic disaster only the Government can provide the rescue search on the disaster site, resumption of electric power, food, water, medicines, cloths, shelter and other basic human needs. It is the long term recovery phase of disaster which places the most severe financial strain to Government in-addition to damage to public facilities and infrastructure. It takes longer time to get aid from the Government for rescue work when

there is a natural calamity because of various constraints such as reaching the site, priority of personnel involved, availability of material, equipment and rescue team personnel etc. It is always advisable to develop teams within the organization for taking immediate rescue action if possible. Industry has to prepare a detailed disaster control measures and give information such as the quantity of hazardous material stored, the location of storage, the approximate population living in the vicinity and the detail of the hazardous characteristic of the material to the Employees, District Collector, Police, Fire service department, Director of Factories, State Pollution control Board and the Public living in the vicinity regularly to enable the Government to prepare the off site disaster management plan, educate employees and the public living in the vicinity the safety measures required to be taken in the event of an accident taking place.

What are the types of disasters that can occur in a hazardous waste management site?

• An earth quake leading to damage of liner and contamination of soil and ground water due to leakage of chemicals, waste material and leachate.

• Incessant rains leading to flood water entering landfill site contamination of ground water and soil.

• Major explosion of chemicals fire and toxic gas release.

• Contamination of soil and water sources due to leakage of contaminants from the landfill waste or due to leakage of leachate.

• Release of dangerous gases from the incinerator affecting the public in the vicinity.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 7 – Additional studies

Environmental Consultant Page 251

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Earthquake

During site selection stage based on the past seismic data / reports earth quake prone areas have been checked.

According to data available from GSHAP (Global Seismic Hazard Assessment Program), Goa lies in Zone III, low

hazard earthquake region. The state has not experienced any quake of more than 1.5m in last one year. Parts of state had last experienced tremors in January 2004 in Cancona region, but exact epicenter is not known. Although project site is in low hazard zone, several

actions are planned for protection in event of earthquake.

Figure 7-1 GSHAP Earthquake Hazard Map Goa

Preventive Actions to be taken to reduce impacts due Earthquake :

• Cover the site under public liability insurance as per the advice of Government.

• Design building to withstand minor shocks of earth quake without damage to structures.

• Maintain inventory of material and the location of stock on day today basis and

submit the report to disaster management authority (District Collector) and the State

Pollution Control Board weekly / monthly also maintain parallel record at H.O.

• Maintain MSDS of stored materials toxicity of gases that can emanate due to reactions of stored materials including the landfill material.

• Provide communication facilities internal and with people living in the vicinity.

• Educate the employees and the surrounding peoples about the possible dangers in case of an earthquake and the safety measures required to be taken.

Actions to be taken in case of Earthquake occurrence :

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 7 – Additional studies

Environmental Consultant Page 252

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

• Take preventive action of stopping work activities, informing and evacuating employees and the public living in the vicinity to safe location as per the advice of Government agency if there is an advance earth quake warning from the agencies.

• Assess if the site is affected, inform disaster management authorities and State Pollution Control Board authorities over phone, e-mail or through messenger. Keep following Phone Numbers handy :

o District Authorities : District Collector, Police S.P, Fire Service Department, Factories Inspectorate, GSPCB and nearby Hospitals.

o Employees : Project Head, EHS Head, HR Head.

o Insurance authorities: Local Insurance officer and Divisional Manager

• Test the nearby water sources and soil for contamination and the extent of damage and compare data with the base data. If found contaminated, inform public of the affected area not to use water from the wells or bore wells through mobile, public announcement system and by using media like radio and TV. Arrange supply of drinking water from outside till the condition is normalized.

• Use the services of the lab and expertise of pollution board and find solutions to arrest the leakage of material and leachate and start remedial measures.

• Divert material required for lining and transfer skilled employees for new pit construction from other site along with additional number of equipment.

• Construct new pit and transfer landfill content / leachate in to the new pit.

• Test the soil contamination level and find out the level of damage and treat the soil if required or remove the contaminated soil and safely transfer it in the new land fill.

• Check the water contamination level and advise authorities and public about the usability of water.

• Asses the expenditure required for implementation of required remedial measures. Prepare cost estimate of the total loss including the transport and remediation cost.

• Make insurance claim and pay compensation if any advised by the Govt. authorities to the affected victims.

Flooding of Landfill, Landslides etc

During site selection the history / possibility of Landslides / Floods in the particular area has been studied. Goa gets very high and intense rainfall during monsoon season, as low pressure area develops and remains over it sometimes for 2-3 days. Consistent monsoon over 2- 3 days period had resulted in flash floods and mudslides in hilly region of Cancona (coastal town located 58km SSE of site) in October 2014. Similar incidents had happened in 2009.

Dr Shetye, Director NIO had headed a committee to investigate these floods and had identified 14 vulnerable areas in case of similar rainfall events- of this 4 are in Sattari Taluka. These include :

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 7 – Additional studies

Environmental Consultant Page 253

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Table 7-13 Vulnerable Area for Flood, Mudslides in Sattari Taluka Vulnerable area for Flood, Mudslides Distance from Site (km) Direction Valpoi 7.5 SE Sattari 8 NNW Chorla (Ghat) 16 NNE Virdi to Sakhali 10.5 (Virdi)- 7.5 (Sakhali) WNW- NW

Source : Canacona Flash Floods Study Committee Report. NIO

Sattari & Bicholim Talukas have also faced flash floods in the past (2007, 2016) due to incessant rains over 2-3 days in the Chorla Ghat region, purportedly in the areas downstream of Anjamen Dam. The above areas as identified by the Committee were the areas which faced maximum flooding damage.

There has been no history of flooding in this area. There is no upland water pond / tank or dam which can cause flood in the area. The site is along the Northern- Eastern ridge of the hillock.– the site is at an elevation wrt surroundings with lateritic soil which quickly absorbs the water.

Topographically, the site is located on the ridge of a hillock. Site is also sloping towards the North and East (having a slope of 1: 5 along its North Eastern side and 1: 15 on its South- South Eastern side). The secured landfill pits have been planned on the southern side of the plot which is quite plain and at average elevation of about 80-82 m., while Incinerator facility is planned to the North- North eastern side of plot. Land on the south side (near landfill) slopes in the eastern direction, whereas the steeper slope near Incinerator plot is towards the south. Occurrence of landslides is very rare in lateritic

soils. It is observed that the west face of the hillock has an abandoned iron ore mine.

Preventive actions to reduce impacts due Flooding/Landslides

• Maintain base line data of quality of water and soil at least one year before start of site activities.

• Maintain an Automatic Weather Station at the site and keep in touch with IMD Panaji to get latest updates on weather in Goa and possibility of occurrence of low pressure area and/or insistent rains

• Design buildings as per national building code to withstand for the maximum wind speed experienced by the region without damage.

• Provide garland drains along the periphery discharging into sediment traps/ lateritic

filter bunds provided with Poly electrolyte dosing arrangement to trap suspended solids.

• Its is observed that the plots to the south east of the site are also owned by Goa IDC. It is recommended that as an abundant precaution, the Project proponent should take up with IDC to do terracing along the slope to the south east and have a green belt planted so as to prevent landslides and soil erosion

• It is recommended to undertake afforestation along the upper ridge of the hillock and the sloping faces/plot boundary to the north and east (in concurrence with revenue authorities and or local Grampnachayat) to ensure that there is no excess soil erosion along the slopes.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 7 – Additional studies

Environmental Consultant Page 254

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

• Check the maximum rainfall in the location and the possibility of rain water entry from outside in to the site. Provide cover on waste filled in the landfill, so that the water quickly drains away from the landfill and there is no possibility of flooding. Ensure the storm water drainage system is well designed and maintained to drain storm water from the site to outside drains and is sufficient to drain rain or flood water without allowing it to accumulate in/near landfill. Maintain waste storage and landfill level above the drain level.

• Have SOP for quick covering of waste in case of sudden early onset of rains

• Ensure the leachate ponds capacity is sufficient and will not over flow due to rain water collection.

• Get the warning advice from the weather forecasting department regularly. Stop all

activities of land fill and cover the land fill with liners regularly to prevent rain water contact with the waste material before the start of rain fall.

• If possible provide temporary bund wall with sand bags to reduce the damage to landfill bund due to the flowing water. Evacuate the place and move to safe location as per the advice.

• Cover the site with public liability insurance as per government advice.

Actions to be taken in case of Flooding/Land slide occurrence

• Check the extent of contamination and damage to ground water source and the soil after the flood and compare data with base data.

• Assess if the site is affected, inform disaster management authorities and State Pollution Control Board authorities over phone, e-mail or through messenger. Keep following phone numbers handy :

o District Authorities : District Collector, Police S.P, Fire Service Department, Factories Inspectorate, GSPCB and nearby Hospitals.

o Employees : Project Head, EHS Head, HR Head.

o Insurance authorities: Local Insurance officer and Divisional Manager

• Inform public of the affected area not to use water from the wells or bore wells through mobile public announcement and by using media like radio and TV.

• Arrange supply of drinking water from outside till the condition is normalized.

• Continuously test and monitor the soil and ground water sources and advise public the condition regularly.

• Check the soil contamination level if necessary start remedial action as per the advice of State Pollution Control Board

• Plan for removing the contaminated soil and fill it in a new land fill pit.

• Assess the damage, prepare and submit estimate of damage and claim insurance.

• If necessary relocate the affected public to an unaffected site.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 7 – Additional studies

Environmental Consultant Page 255

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Major Explosion of Chemicals / Fire and Toxic Gas release in landfill or Stores

Control measures during planning

• Analyze waste samples before accepting the materials for disposal. For this a comprehensive analysis will be done at Membership stage alongwith study of the raw materials, manufacturing process and the Consent of the industry as granted by GSPCB. This will help SMS Envocare to plan for transport, receipt, storage, treatment and handling of the waste.

• During operation stage, waste samples will be collected and fingerprint analysis done before taking the waste inside the premises. This will help ensure that the wastes

received for disposal are same as anticipated/planned during Membership stage and confirm the disposal pathway.

• Explosive wastes will not be accepted without treatment and check the incoming wastes using an explosive meter.

• Good covered storage space will be kept available for incinerable waste material.

Storage will be well ventilated to prevent accumulation and concentration of gases below explosive and flammable limit. Provide separate storage for reactive chemicals. Provide spark proof equipments to handle solvent waste containers.

• Gas detectors and explosive level meters with early warning alarm will be installed. Electric fittings in flammable material storages will be of flame proof type.

• Compartmentalize storage to limit the stock quantity and risk of fire spread. Locate incinerable waste storages away from heat source and hot furnace areas. Provide communication facility and sufficient number of security personal for 24 hours manual watching.

• Instal smoke detection and warning and automatic fire hydrant with foam monitors, automatic sprinklers, mist sprays and CO2 flooding system in incinerable waste storage for early detection and automatic fire fighting

• Train all the employees in first aid, fire fighting and the procedures to be followed in case of an emergency

• Ensure sufficient gap between storage sheds are maintained as per national building code to prevent fire spread and easy movement of fire vehicles around the storage

during an emergency

• Maintain record of quantity of material stock and the MSDS of material in each shed for giving required information to disaster management team on arrival at site. Install and maintain sufficient number of appropriate types of first aid fire appliances and ensure the approach way is not blocked

• Wind socks with wind speed indicators will be installed in the site to see the wind direction from any location.

• Lightning arrestors will be installed to cover the whole site.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 7 – Additional studies

Environmental Consultant Page 256

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

• Only qualified and trained employees will be employed to supervise the storage activities.

Measures during Operation

• Take public liability insurance cover for the site and keep it in force.

• Plan for the disposal of low flash point material immediately on arrival and minimize inventory of low flash point materials and flammable materials. Reactive materials will be separated and stored away from the flammable materials store. Display no smoking warning boards around the waste material storages. Do not allow any source of heat or spark in material storage. Ensure static electricity is discharged from material containers by bonding the containers. Maintain sufficient gap between stack for inspection and also for better ventilation. Do not use mechanical handling equipments

which produce sparks or static electricity.

• Use spark proof equipment while handling low flash point and waste containing solvents. Ensure good housekeeping is maintained in and around storage.

• Provide information to the Fire crew about types of materials stored at site

• Replace leaky containers and clean spillage immediately. Remember inhaling gas generated due to a fire or explosion is dangerous. Use of Self contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) is mandatory for all rescue and fire fighting work in case of an explosion or fire. Check the wind direction and inform everyone to stand on the upwind direction through public address system or through phones. Advice evacuation of people at site and surrounding if found necessary.

• Try and put off fire with the help of available hand appliances, fire hydrant water using internal trained employees. Bring all available fire fighting appliances and also get help from nearby industries in control and rescue operations only if they are trained and have the required PPE to carry out the work safely.

• If the fire is found very major leave it to professionals to deal with it.

• Inform state fire and police department about the disaster through phone or through messenger. Display Phone Numbers of Nearby Fire station, Police station at many locations. Inform company authorities through phone. Use SCBA and rescue affected employees to safe location and if necessary give first aid with the help of trained first aider.

• Remember to wash with cool water in case of burn injury or chemical spills on human body and eye at least for 15 minutes before shifting the victim to hospital. Measure the gas pollution level in the environment and advice concerned.

• Inform disaster management authorities and state pollution control board authorities through phone or through messenger. Keep Phone Numbers handy in the Emergency Response Centre : District collector, Police. Inform nearby hospitals the possible gas that can release from the incident for quick treatment.

• The site controller will call additional ambulance if felt necessary and to arrange without delay. Provide FIRST AID to the affected victim before moving them to hospitals. Send the victims to hospital with their personal data and their medical

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 7 – Additional studies

Environmental Consultant Page 257

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

history while sending for treatment. Measure the contamination level of air and soil and report to authorities. Initiate remedial measures such as supply of drinking water and measure air contamination level regularly till the condition normalizes.

• If felt necessary, inform public living near the affected area to evacuate through public announcement and by using media like radio and TV the direction of escape route and advise them to use wet cloth to cover the nose while moving..

• Use Self Contained Breathing Apparatus and Collect gas samples analyze the type of gas emanated and the toxicity level. Inform Fire service and police personnel about the potential of the gas emanated due to the reaction promptly. Block the road traffic at least 5 km distance depending on the toxicity of the gas and the wind speed to prevent exposure of more number of public.

• Provide first aid to burn injuries by pouring cool water before shifting the victim to hospital: Keep handy Phone Number of Hospitals in vicinity equipped to tackle fire, gas exposure and trauma care injuries. Shift the gas affected victims to well-ventilated area and provide breathing oxygen. Transport the affected to the hospitals with the advice of the possible name of gas inhaled by the victim.

• Check the extent of damage to the liners if any and arrange for immediate repair based on the need. Prepare report of the incident and investigate and find out the root cause of accident. Inform insurers about the incident. Estimate the loss incurred and make the insurance claim and pay for the actual expenses inquired for treatment and compensation for the victim or the family members of the victim.

Soil contamination and water sources due to leakage of contaminants control measures

Preventive Actions to minimize impacts

• First and foremost is to collect soil and water samples from the site before starting operations and establish the base line data.

• Cover the site with public liability insurance.

• Make sure that the preparation of landfill pits done as per the laid out standard. Special care will be taken while laying the liners such as visual check for damage of liner material and proper welding of joints to ensure that the leakage of leachate from the

liner is absolutely nil also by conducting leak proof tests ultrasonic or X-ray tests.

• Avoid damage of liners during land fill operation by the use of sharp edged objects such as cutting knives, dropping of crow bars and by moving heavy vehicle on the liners.

• Contamination of water and soil due to leakage of leachate from the liners / due to over flowing from leachate ponds especially during rainy season spillage while pumping or spillage during handling operation will be avoided.

• Flooring of material stores will not have cracks and will not allow seepage of material. The floor will be provided with bund wall and collection pit.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 7 – Additional studies

Environmental Consultant Page 258

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

• Periodic checking of soil and water samples and compare data with base line data at least once a month. If any adverse increase in parameters noticed increase the frequency of tests. Prepare comparative analysis data if found more, than the base line data inform the pollution board authorities.

Actions to be taken after the incident

If the operation is continued the condition is going to be disastrous after some time. Hence it is necessary to initiate corrective measures as per the advice of the pollution control board. Follow the corrective measures mentioned after an earth quake and flood.

Toxic gases release from Incinerator

Control measures

• Project proponent to ensure public liability insurance cover is taken for the site.

• Analyze the combination of waste material that is proposed to be burned and check the possibility of toxic gas generation and get the written report from lab before start feeding the waste material in the incinerator.

• Install wind socks and wind speed monitor at site visible from all points. Employ qualified and well trained operators to operate the incinerator. Maintain the temperatures of incinerator hearth chamber and gases at locations as per the incinerator operation instruction. Install instruments to detect and warn operators before the toxicity level reaches higher than the statutory limit.

• Monitor the toxic content levels at the chimney exhaust continuously during the operation. If any changes in parameters of gases noticed during the operation stop feeding the waste and inform the lab manager immediately and take corrective measures. Reanalyze the sample and decide the combination of waste before restart.

• Maintain the record of changes made for future reference. Inform the employees and

the public living in the vicinity about the safety measures required to be taken in case of an accidental release.

• Undertake HAZOP for Incinerator Scrubber and implement the suggestions

• Have on line continuous monitoring system on Incinerator outlet, connect it to CPCB server and have arrangement so that there is cut off of fresh feed if the concentration

of stack gases exceeds the set limits

After the gas release incident

Evacuate everyone from the site and the vicinity to safe place. Additional care to be taken while evacuating, sick, old, infants and physically challenged persons. Detect the gas that is generated by analyzing the gas and its toxicity level. Provide first aid to victims by removing them to safe and well-ventilated area. If necessary send the victim for treatment with information of the type of gas victim is exposed to. If necessary make insurance claim and meet the expenses.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 7 – Additional studies

Environmental Consultant Page 259

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Hazard Control Measures

Fire

To increase the level of safety in proposed project, installation of smoke alarms or

automatic fire detection /alarm systems is proposed at strategic locations as an early warning of fire to the occupants.

To prevent fire mishaps and to manage the emergency situation during fire in the proposed project the following activities and precautions are proposed.

Emergency evacuation plan is important for all projects, and the same will be prepared as per Fire & Safety rules.

Regular mock drills will be carried out to create awareness on procedures to be followed in times of emergency situation/evacuation

It will be advised to keep oxygen cylinders, medical kits and masks to prevent smoke inhalation especially for those with respiratory disorders for whom smoke inhalation can be very dangerous.

Plant manager will be advised to ensure that the firefighting equipment are in good working conditions.

The plant will be provided with sufficient firefighting gadgets (water, soil, cylinders, etc).

Simple steps to be followed during emergency are as follows.

Call the fire rescue department: During fire in plant, leave the premises by nearest available exit. Call fire department and do not assume anyone else has called the fire department. If your cloth catches fire, do not get panic or run, stop, drop and roll.

Cover your nose and mouth with a wet clean cloth: Stay calm, cover your nose and mouth with a wet, clean cloth to prevent smoke inhalation injury and choking. Never jump off or attempt to climb down the side of a tall structure as it will mean certain death.

Do not run: During a fire, smoke containing poisonous gases such as CO tends to rise up.

When you run in a smoke filled room, you tend to inhale the smoke faster. CO dulls the senses and prevents clear thinking, leading to panic. To prevent being asphyxiated, dip tissues or cloth in water and cover your noise with it.

Head-count of the occupants: During an emergency, make good use of the evacuation procedure and help each other to reach out of plant/building safely. Ensure nobody is left behind by doing a head-count of occupants. Visitors should read and understand the evacuation plan before going into the operational area and ensure their safety.

Natural Disasters

Disasters occur without notice. Natural disaster scenarios identified for this site include earthquake, floods, low pressure area occurrence with insistent rains and landslides. We have no way of stopping them, but we can learn to deal with the difficult situations that arise due to them. During disasters like floods, fire, earth quake, landslides, rescue begins at site. Even before external help arrives, people affected by the disasters help each other.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 7 – Additional studies

Environmental Consultant Page 260

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

The Government and many voluntary organizations send teams of workers trained in rescue operations to disaster-affected areas. These teams join hands with the local community helpers such as doctors, nurses, social workers and policemen.

Temporary shelters are built for displaced people. Doctors and nurses provide medical aid. They treat the wounded and work to control epidemics. Social workers collect food and cloth from all over the country for the disaster-affected people. The police maintain law and order. Media –persons help in spreading news about the victims and their conditions. They also post advertisements that urge people to donate for victims.

In extreme conditions, the Army and Air force organize rescue operations. They clear roads, send medical teams and help to move people to safer places. The air force drops food, water and clothes in the affected areas. Organization like UN helps in providing aid

during massive disasters.

Individually, people from all over the world also come forward to help during a disaster. They donate blood while many donate money. Some even reach the disaster affected places to give an extra hand in the rescue operation. Families adopt children who have lost their parents and thus give them a new home.

Some of the points which have to be drilled into employees are as below :

• In an earthquake, remember to crouch under some heavy furniture or stand under the doorframe for cover.

• In case of a fire in the building, leave the building by nearby exit

• If the site is flooded, then climb up to higher areas

• Do not use the telephone, except to call for help, so as to leave telephone lines free for the organization of response

• Listen to the messages broadcast by radio and the various media so as to be informed of development. Carry out official instructions given

• Keep an emergency kit ready. In all the different types of emergency, it is better to be prepared than to get ready, to get information so as to get organized, to wait rather that act too hastily

• During floods turn off electricity to reduce the risk of electrocution

• As soon as flood begins, take vulnerable people (old, children, sick, etc) to upper floor

• Beware of water contamination, wait until the water is declared safe before drinking or boil the water before drinking

• Clean and disinfect the room that is flooded

• During storms and hurricanes do not go out in a car, take refuge as quickly as possible in shelter (never under a tree), if there is no shelter, lie down flat in a ditch.

• In a thunderstorm keep away from doors, windows, and electrical conductors, unplug electrical appliances and aerials. Do not use any electrical appliances or the telephone

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 7 – Additional studies

Environmental Consultant Page 261

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

• During earthquake keep calm, do not get panic, People who are indoors should stay there but move to the central part of the building, people who are outside should stay there, keeping away from buildings to avoid collapsing walls and away from electrical cables. Anyone in a vehicle should park it, keeping away from bridges and buildings

• During spread of clouds of toxic fumes, close doors and windows, seal any cracks or gaps around windows and doors with adhesive tape. Organize a reserve of water (by filling wash basins, baths, etc. Turn off ventilators and air conditioners.

Electrical accidents

Electrical hazards can cause burns, shocks, and electrocution which can lead to serious injury and even death. When dealing with potentially serious electrical hazards stop and

think! Instead of taking a chance and risking your personal safety, call trained professionals to handle problems.

Many times people prefer to take electrical matters into their own hands. Other small aspects of electrical repair in a business setting may be taken care of without needing professional service technicians. If you do decide to take matters into your own hands, safety precautions can avoid injuries and other losses.

Prevention of Electrical accidents

Flexible cords connected to appliance should be wired to confirm to the international color code as given below

Color of insulation wire is

• Brown represents live wire,

• Blue represents neutral wire and

• Green/yellow stripes represent earth wire.

What you should look for when selecting an electrical appliance are given below

• The appliance is suitable for operation on local electrical supply of 240 volts AC and frequency of 50 Hz.

• The appliance is tested and certified by a national or reputed standards testing authority

• Look for certified plugs on the flexible cords connected to the appliances. If the appliance is double insulated and has a 2-pin plug, then it is fitted with a suitable certified plug.

• An essential formality when buying any appliances is a duly completed guarantee card with the dealers/retailer's official stamp & details of the appliance (serial number, etc)

Safety precautions to be taken when using electrical appliances

• Avoid using handheld appliances when your hand and/or body is wet.

• Do not use or leave appliances where liquid can splash onto them.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 7 – Additional studies

Environmental Consultant Page 262

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

• Flexible cords connecting the appliance and the plug is in good condition, if the cord is frayed, chaffed, cut or melted, have the entire cord replaced by a competent person.

• Check accessories such as plugs attached to appliances for cracks and burnt marks and have them replaced. If undue overheating occurs or burnt marks appear in any electrical appliance, have it checked.

• Some common causes of electrical accidents :

• Faulty wiring: This usually occurs when unauthorized extension or rewiring is done by unqualified persons. Some of the usual faults are the omission of earth wires and the Reversing of the live and neutral wires. Without an earth wire, the exposed metal parts of appliances may deliver a lethal shock to the user when a fault develops.

• Improper flexible cords: This can be caused by connecting the flexible cord wrongly to the plug. In the case of appliances which have exposed metallic parts, a 2-core instead of a 3-core flexible cord is used. When the appliance is faulty, the exposed metal parts may become live and a fatal accident could result.

• Faulty appliance: Attempts to repair faults in electrical appliances by people not trained to do so can result in accidental shock.

To prevent Electrical accidents, the following points should be kept in mind:

• All electrical wiring, rewiring or extension work must be carried out by licensed electrical contractors. On completion, the contractors should test before electricity supply is connected

• Repair of appliances and replacement of flexible cords should be carried out only by competent persons.

• To ensure electrical safety in the facility , a current-operated Earth Leakage Circuit Breaker (ELCB) or Residual Current Circuit Breaker (RCCB) set to operate at a very small leakage current is recommended. (This is usually marked 100mA or 0.1A on the label). It should be designed to automatically cut off the supply of electricity in case of dangerous electrical leakage to earth,.

• DO NOT use multi-way adaptors. Over loading can cause fire. One socket outlet is for one appliance only.

• DO NOT carry out wiring extension, Engage a licensed wiring contractor for the work.

• DO NOT use a two-way lighting adaptor for any extension.

• DO NOT connect any electrical appliance to lighting outlets. A lighting outlet does not have an earth wire to prevent danger.

• DO NOT make joints to lengthen the lead of the electrical appliances. If the lead wire is worn out or too short, replace it with a new wire.

• USE individual socket outlet for every electrical appliance.

• KEEP AWAY from danger areas such as a substation for whatsoever reasons.

• CHECK before carrying out excavation work to prevent damaging any underground cable. The operator may receive severe electric shock or even be electrocuted.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 7 – Additional studies

Environmental Consultant Page 263

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

• TAKE PRECAUTION when working in the vicinity of overhead lines to avoid any unforeseen incident. DO NOT meddle with any broken overhead wire. Report the matter immediately to the nearest electric office.

• DO NOT climb any electric pole or transmission towers. You may receive an electric shock or get electrocuted.

• NEVER attempt to retrieve anything stuck to overhead lines by whatever means.

• DO NOT erect any structure close to transmission lines.

• TAKE PRECAUTION when working in the vicinity of overhead lines to avoid any unforeseen incident.

• NEVER stand on a damp or wet surface when using electrical equipment.

• USE a portable electrical tool, which is properly earthed.

• DO NOT tap electrical power without a proper plug.

• DO NOT use any electrical tool which has a damaged casing, cap, switch, lead or plug.

Fire detection and Protection measures proposed

Fire detection and protection:

Following are the fire detection mechanism proposed to be installed at site based on good engineering practice and statutory norms and requirements

• Smoke detectors

• Gas detectors

• Manual call points

• Alarm and hooters

Fire Prevention / Protection system consists of

Fire and hydrant system

• Dedicated fire water storage tank for fire fighting • Main electric water pump • Jockey pump • Fire hydrant system • Portable fire extinguishers • Fire water monitors

Fire prevention system – consist of

• Process interlocks - • Intelligent earth monitoring system -For unloading of flammable organic chemical

tankers • Static electricity decipator • Earthing /bonding • Flame arrestor and breathers • Lightning arrestor • Flameproof lights

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 7 – Additional studies

Environmental Consultant Page 264

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

• Spark arrestors • Mobile foam trolley • Flameproof electrical fittings and fixures • Spark proof tools and tackles • Static electrical dissipaters for persons entering yard

Management Systems Standard operating procedures Safe work permit system Compatibility matrix for storage of material Segregated scrap yard -

Tanker unloading checklist Administarive control

First aid and emergency procedures

Burns can cause due acid spillage and leakage of electricity. Curative measures for any issues of burns and First Aid procedures are given below:

Table 7-14 First aid for burns Burns covering small area Burns covering extensive area Allow cold tap water to run gently over the area or immerse in cold water.

Allow person to lie down.

It may be necessary to cover with gauze or a clean handkerchief, and bandage.

Cover burned areas with sterile dressing or clean cloth and lightly bandage.

If clothing is adhering, do not disturb; leave the clothing alone.

Keep person warm. If person is not nauseated, he may have sips of water.

Arrange for immediate medical care.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 7 – Additional studies

Environmental Consultant Page 265

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Types of Fire extinguishers

The type of fire will determine the type of extinguisher that can be used. Most of the industries and Fire Safety department use multipurpose dry chemical extinguishers because they cover all three types of fires. The class of fire extinguishers that can be used in the industry is given in table below

Figure 7-2 Types of Fire Extinguishers

Public Consultation

Public Hearing

Since the proposed project is Common Hazardous Waste Treatment and Disposal Facility (CHWTSDF) falling under Category 7 (d)- A which is to be developed in the well-developed Industrial estate i.e. GIDC Pissurlem, North Goa district, Hence, public hearing is not applicable. (Refer MOEF OM No. J-11013/36/2014-IA-I dated 10.12. 2014).

http://www.moef.nic.in/sites/default/files/O.M%20Dated%2010.12.2014.pdf).

Social Impact Assessment, R & R (Relocation and Rehabilitation) action plan

Not Applicable (the proposed establishment is at Industrial plot which is located in notified Goa IDC estate).

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 8 –Project benefits

Environmental Consultant Page 266

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

PROJECT BENEFITS

Introduction

Secured landfill as a part of Common Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage and Disposal facility would minimize the risk involved in hazardous waste management by way of transportation and waste movement through manifest and regular monitoring of such facility would be better and feasible as compared to captive facilities by individual industries. These factors as well as a strong desire to come up as a single window solution

provider for waste management issues have led SMSEL to embark setting up this Common Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage and Disposal facility (CHWTSDF), apart from achieving other social objectives.

The Hazardous Waste (Management & Handling) Rules, 1989 and its subsequent amendments bar the industries from dumping their solid wastes indiscriminately. At the same time they permit the industries to dispose of their wastes in safe & secured manner.

It has been made mandatory by the government to dispose of Hazardous waste in systematic and scientific disposal way and pollution control boards have been asked to ensure it. For systematic & scientific disposal of solid wastes, a facility has to be developed where care is to be taken to avoid any negative effects on the environment.

Hazardous waste management benefits

Having an integrated facility would minimize the risk involved in waste transportation and waste movement and monitoring of such facility would be better and feasible. These factors as well as a strong desire to come up as a single window solution provider for waste management issues; led SMSEL to embark setting up this Integrated Waste Management project, apart from achieving other social objectives.

This project will serve as a single facility for Hazardous Waste management. It will have various facilities such as Common Hazardous Waste Treatment Storage and Disposal Facility comprising of secured landfill and incineration.

The main benefits of the proposed project are

• The proposed project facilitates better management of the industrial wastes

• It will be the showcase for management of hazardous waste with additional benefit of green and clean Environment.

• It minimizes the pollution load on environment from hazardous waste

This chapter constitutes of: o Improvements in the physical infrastructure o Improvements in the social infrastructure o Employment potential –skilled; semi-skilled and unskilled o Other tangible benefits

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 8 –Project benefits

Environmental Consultant Page 267

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

• Compliance with prescribed regulatory norms which in turn avert the risk of closure on account of violation of rules

• It reduces the number of hazardous waste dump sites in the area and also eliminates the pollution potential

• Possibility for recovery of material can be researched at common site.

• The management of wastes is relatively easier & economically viable at common facility.

• Cost of environmental monitoring is less at common facility

• In absence of expertise or availability of less expertise this route is confirmed to be most viable and workable

• Reduced environmental liability due to captive storage of hazardous waste in the premises of industries

• Better occupational health and safety at individual industry level

• Prevention of natural resource contamination thereby improving overall environmental status of the region

Benefits of Landfill

Landfills minimize the natural impact of solid waste on the environment by the following mechanism

• Elimination of polluting pathways • Isolation of inert waste through containment

Improvements in physical and social infrastructure

The project will lead to indirect and direct employment opportunity. Employment is expected during construction and operation period, waste lifting and other ancillary services. Employment in these sectors will be temporary or contractual and involvement of unskilled labor will be more. A major part of this labor force will be mainly from local villagers who are expected to engage themselves both in agriculture and project activities. This will enhance their income and lead to overall economic growth of the area.

The following changes in socio-economic status are expected to take place with this project.

The project is going to have positive impact on consumption behavior by way of raising average consumption and income through multiplier effect.

The project is going to bring about changes in the pattern of demand from food to nonfood items and sufficient income is generated.

Due to the corporate social responsible activities by project authorities, the socio economic condition of the people will be improved.

People perceive that the project will in the long run help in the development of social Infrastructures /such as.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 8 –Project benefits

Environmental Consultant Page 268

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

• Education facilities

• Banking facilities

• Post offices and Communication facilities

• Medical facilities

• Plantation and parks

• Community facilities

Industrial development and consequent economic development should lead to improvement of environment through better living and greater social awareness. On the other hand, the proposed project is likely to have several benefits like better disoposal

and treatment of hazardous wastes, improvement in indirect employment generation and economic growth of the area, by way of improved infrastructure facilities and better socioeconomic conditions. Better hygienic conditions, as solid waste being dumped at several places will be brought to one place for further treatment and scientific disposal.

Employment Potential

The main advantage of the proposed project is direct employment generation (i) absorbs rural labour and unskilled workers (in addition to semi-skilled and some skilled); (ii) provides opportunity for seasonal employment thereby supplementing workers’ income from farming; and (iii) permits participation of women workers both during construction and operation phase. The maximum benefit will be for local villagers as they are easily accessible.

Additionally, it is estimated that good number of jobs will be created as an indirect employment opportunities at local/regional level due to contractual, marketing and associated jobs directly with the project. The other related employment due to transportation requirement, supply of essential items and services to the project site and other community services will be plenty.

Employment in these sectors will be permanent based on own initiatives and interest of the individual. Involvement of unskilled labor requirement will be continuous basis depending on the requirement of contractor at site. A major part of this labor force will be hired from nearby places.

Green Belt

Free space will be provided for plantation purpose and the right saplings will be planted to provide ambience to the people working at the facility and also keeping in mind the environmental benefits of these plants.

Green belt though not associated directly with treatment/disposal facility is a major psychological aspect creating impact of effective disposal scheme around the CHWTSDF site area.

The green belt will be developed along plot boundaries with width of 20 m using varieties of plant species suitable to local environment. Species type will be based on soil characteristics and other related aspects to mitigate pollution effects due to noise, odour,

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 8 –Project benefits

Environmental Consultant Page 269

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

dust etc. The major advantage of green belt is development of buffer zone and visual barrier for surrounding locality.

Green belt will be also helpful for reducing the soil erosion, suppress dust generation and enhancing the aesthetic value of the area.

Other Tangible benefits

• Additional housing demand for rental accommodation will increase

• Cultural, recreation and aesthetic facilities will also improve.

• Improvement in communication, transport, education, community development and medical facilities.

• Overall change in employment and income opportunity.

The State Government will also benefit directly from the proposed project, through cleaner environment.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 9 –Environmental cost benefit analysis

Environmental Consultant Page 270

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

ENVIRONMENTAL COST B ENEFIT ANALYSIS

The proposed activity is intended to take care of the contaminants from industrial activities in Goa state. Presently, in absence of such a facility the waste is being disposed to other states primarily Maharashtra where the bulk of waste goes for Incineration.

Maharashtra does not allow waste to be sent for landfilling and thus Industries have no option but to store the waste. The present scenario is not good as it (a) involves incinerable waste transport over long distances (b) creates pollution hot spots (by way of storages in individual industries which maynot be properly designed and maintained). Hence CPCB has directed the medium waste generating states like Goa to develop an

Integrated Common Facility where the waste can be safely treated/disposed off and the facility will be scientifically designed, operated and maintained. Thus, the creation of this facility is a mandatory requirement for the state of Goa and the state will also benefit greatly by way of managing its wastes safely. The availability of a CHWTSDF facility will give a boost to industrialization in Goa as industries will prefer to set up their units in the state. As seen above, the people in nearby villages have perceived the benefits that industry has provided to the state in terms of alternate employment opportunities, thus

the state will greatly benefit due to setting up of CHWTSDF.

SMSEL shall be operating common TSDF and doing Environment Management through Hazardous waste treatment and disposal, so all activities, process and operation is concerned with Environment management and improvement. The investment in developing the facility is pegged at about Rs 98 crores and the capital investment proposed for Environmental protection measures is Rs 4.3 Crores with an annual outlay of Rs 60 lakhs. In addition, Rs 25 lakhs is proposed for CSR activities. The funds earmarked for environment protection measures will be maintained in a separate account and there shall be no diversion of these funds for any other purpose. It shall be also ensured that sufficient funds are set aside by SMS Envocare for the Closure and Post closure phase Monitoring, Inspection and Maintenance over long duration.

Compare to individual industry managing hazardous waste of their own including in captive facility, the common facility for proposed expansion will have significant environmental benefit in terms of proper land filling and incineration designed and established as per guidelines by CPCB.

The upcoming project will generate direct and indirect employment opportunities for the local people. During Construction phase, the labors and workers will be hired from nearby villages. Number of persons required during construction phase is ~ 100 – 150 and 25 – 30 no’s required during operation.

The secondary employment in the form of contracts for services like maintenance, landscaping, water tanker, civil works and waste handling, waste transport etc will also

This chapter deals with environmental cost benefit analysis, if recommended at scoping stage.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 9 –Environmental cost benefit analysis

Environmental Consultant Page 271

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

be developed in the neighboring villages. The company will also provide the helping hand in the development of the nearby villages by arranging regular medical checkup camp for the employees.

The project will generate fair amount of induced employment in the study region & in Goa state since availability of CHWTSDF may attract more industries to Goa. The local economy will receive a boost due to employee spending and services generated by applicant.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 11 –Executive summary and conclusion

Environmental Consultant Page 272

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGE MENT PLAN

Introduction

EIA report has identified a number of impacts that are likely to arise, where adverse

impacts have been identified, the EIA has examined the extent to which these impacts would be mitigated through the adoption of industry standard practice and guidelines and following legislative requirements of the State Pollution Control Board (SPCB). The Environmental Management Plan (EMP) describes both generic good practice measures and site specific measures, the implementation of which is aimed at mitigating potential

impacts associated with the proposed activities.

The Environmental Management Plan is prepared with the main objective of enlisting all the requirements to ensure effective mitigation of adverse impacts for all the components of the proposed project. The objectives taken into account in preparation of EMP are summarized here as follows:

a) The prevention, control and abatement of pollution, i.e. air pollution, water pollution, hazardous/ non-hazardous wastes and noise pollution,

b) To comply with the stipulated enviro-legal requirements and standards,

c) To direct the steps to be followed, for effective maintenance and regulation of environmental management system.

d) To ensure the better and safe work environment through pre-meditated planning of prevention and control of hazards,

e) To direct the investments towards sustainable development by considering the cost of effluent treatment, emission control, waste disposal, social development, green belt development and health & safety in the planning stage only,

f) To account for recycling and reusing measures, proposed or required to be adopted for minimization of consumption of resources and generation of pollutants.

Purpose of the Environmental management plan

Environment Management Plan (EMP) is a site specific plan developed to ensure that the project is implemented in an environmental sustainable manner. EMP also ensures that project implementation is carried out in accordance with design by taking appropriate mitigation measures to minimize impacts on the environment during construction and operational phase. EMP will outline Environmental aspects of concern as well as their level of risk and environmental protection measures to diminish this risk. It emphasizes

Description of the administrative aspects of ensuring the mitigative measures are implemented and their effectiveness monitored, after approval of EIA are presented in this chapter.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 11 –Executive summary and conclusion

Environmental Consultant Page 273

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

how the development may impact on relevant environmental factors and how these impacts may be mitigated and managed so as to be environmentally acceptable.

Environment Management Plan (EMP) plays a vital role in safeguarding the environment and ensures, where all contractors and subcontractors including consultants, understand the potential environmental risks arising from the proposed project. The proposed project of setting up a Waste Management facility itself is a project for environmental and social betterment of the city. However, any activity aimed at development will have repercussions on the environment, both positive and negative. This section attempts to briefly analyze the environmental impacts of the proposed project and suggest the possible mitigative measures and management plans for perceived negative impacts. This section also highlights the positive project impacts and serves as a Management tool for

project implementation with environmental safeguard.

The environment management plan is prepared with a view to facilitate effective environmental management of the project, in general and implementation of the mitigation measures in particular. The EMP provides a delivery mechanism to address potential adverse impacts and to introduce standards of good practice to be adopted for all project works. For each stage of the programme, the EMP lists all the requirements to ensure effective mitigation of every potential biophysical and socio-economic impact identified in the EIA. For each impact or operation, which could otherwise give rise to impact, the following information is presented:

Role of SMS Envo care;

A comprehensive listing of the mitigation measures (actions) that SMS Envo Care shall

implement; the parameters that shall be monitored to ensure effective implementation of the action; The “implementation action plan timings” to ensure that the objectives of mitigation are fully meet

S. No.

Activity Environmental issue

Management action to be taken

I. Operation of Plant Facilities

1. Hazardous waste treatment and disposal facilities.

Air, Land And Water

Ensure proper unloading procedure during Hazardous waste treatment & disposal

Provide required personnel protective equipment to all employees. The organization will ensure proper usage of PPE's by workers and explore methods for reducing the fugitive emission. Monitoring data will analyze and review at regular intervals and compared with the operating standards so that any necessary corrective actions can be taken. Ground and surface Water use will be carefully monitored.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 11 –Executive summary and conclusion

Environmental Consultant Page 274

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

II. Operation of Utilities

1. DG sets (only in emergency)

Noise, Land and Air Ensure proper maintenance of machinery to reduce noise level Ensure proper disposal of contamination due to spillage clean up. Ensure proper maintenance of machinery to reduce noise level

2. Cooling Tower

Air, Water and Noise

Ensure disposal of blow down water in ETP, recycle after treatment and maintain records.

3. Air Compressors

Noise and Land

Ensure proper maintenance of machinery to reduce noise level. Ensure disposal of oil through registered Reprocessor and maintain records of the same. Ensure proper disposal of contamination due to spillage clean up.

4. Effluent Treatment Plant

Water and Land Ensure disposal of contaminated water by Treatment.

5. Temporary Solid Waste storage and handling within the premises

Land and Water Ensure only decontaminated liners - bags, drums to maintain records of same.

Practices such as process optimization, production scheduling, materials tracking and inventory control, special material handling and storage procedures, preventive maintenance programs, and waste stream segregation will be adopted. Contaminated solid waste should be stored and the flue gases will be scrubbed Installation of a storage area with proper top covering and impervious flooring to avoid soil contamination due to leachate infiltration and during rainy season. The construction of landfill and development phase requires proper planning and proper selection of the earthwork / lining material. The containment system of landfill is proposed with double liner system with a view to avoid the leachate infiltration into the ground.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 11 –Executive summary and conclusion

Environmental Consultant Page 275

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

III. Storage, Handling & Transportation of Raw materials and Products

S.

No.

Activity Environmental issue

Management action to be taken

1. Storage of all the input materials, end products.

Air, Water and Land

Install proper facilities to prevent rain/storm water contamination during the storage of solid raw materials.

Ensure compliance of Compatibility chart for hazardous waste storage and transportation of CPCB Ensure disposal of used liners -bags, drums for sale/reuse, only after decontamination Ensure proper training to drivers for transportation of hazardous chemicals, spill control and emergency actions. Ensure availability of Hazardous characteristics of all the input waste materials and fuel etc. to the Off-site Emergency team, whenever required.

2. Transportation of hazardous wastes.

Air, Water and Land

Ensure provision of PPE’s to truck drivers during transportation.

The dust generated due to the movement of the vehicles will be controlled by frequent sprinkling water or good roads which are regularly maintained. Ensure availability of Hazardous Waste characteristics.

Ensure the compliance of compatibility chart for transportation of Wastes to facility

V. Other facilities

1. Toilets Water The sewage water disposes to soak pit.

2. Direct/ Indirect Employment

Socioeconomic issue

Continue policy of local employment

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 11 –Executive summary and conclusion

Environmental Consultant Page 276

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

3. Development and maintenance of green belt

Air and Land Development of greenbelt based on water quantity and soil quality in area.

Green belt though not associated directly with treatment/disposal facility will help screen the site and improve aesthetics – it will also help for slope stabilization and soil erosion prevention.

The green belt will be developed along plot boundaries with minimum width of 20 m and in centre portion of plot (opp admin building) using varieties of plant species suitable to local environment. Species type will be based on soil characteristics and other related aspects to mitigate pollution effects due to noise, odour, dust etc.

The major advantage of green belt is development of buffer zone and visual barrier for surrounding locality.

Preparation of environmental management plan is required for formulation, implementation and monitoring of environmental protection measures during and after commissioning of projects. The plans should indicate the details as to how various

measures have been or are proposed to be taken including cost components as may be required. Cost of measures for environmental safeguards should be treated as an integral component of the project cost and environmental aspects should be taken into account at various stages of the projects.

• Conceptualization: preliminary environmental assessment

• Planning: detailed studies of environmental impacts and design of safeguards

• Execution: implementation of environmental safety measures

• Operation: monitoring of effectiveness of built-in safeguards

Financial Provisions for EMP Implementation

Costs for pollution control, monitoring will be included in the account under separate head in CAPEX as well as OPEX provisions.

Authorities Responsible for EMP Implementation

Structural measures (such as installation of MEE/RO, ETP / STP, preventive and protective equipment etc): Directors, Project manager, accounting head/manager, Site Officer & engineers, Contractors.

Non-Structural (SOP’s, studies, implementing systems etc): Directors, Production manager, accounting head/manager, Plant in-charge, safety & environment Officer & engineers, Contractors & operators.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 11 –Executive summary and conclusion

Environmental Consultant Page 277

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

EMP Implementation Schedule

The project implementation schedule after obtaining Environmental clearance is as given in chapter 2.0 and reproduced here :

Table 10-1 Project Implementation Schedule No Activity Description Start by End by Remark After the Final Approval of EC 1 Detail engineering Month 1 Month 1 SMSEL 2 Consent to establish Month 2 Month 2 SMSEL 3 Drawing approval Month 2 Month 3 SMSEL 4 Site civil work Month 5 Month 11 SMSEL 5 Consent to operate and commissioning Month 11 Month 12 SMSEL

It is observed that the recommendations for environmental protection made in this EIA can be grouped in several heads. The implementation of the measures will progress as other phases are progressing as given below :

Table 10-2 Implementation Schedule for Major actions in the EMP No. Broad

category of EMP

Measures

Typical Examples Phase to be taken up

Approximate Months

1 Land Related Development of garland drains, Berm/retaining wall, terracing of slopes

towards SE, Top soil preservation etc

Start of Construction

Phase

5th to 7th

2 Air Pollution related

Water sprinkling, Use of PUC vehicles, Preventive maintenance of vehicles,

PPE for personnel etc

Through out construction

phase

5th to 11th

3 Noise Pollution related

Use of DG sets and Construction machinery

generating low noise, Preventive maintenec of

Vehicles and Construction machinery,

PPE for personnel

Through out construction

phase

5th to 11th

4 Water Pollution Related

Development of garland drains, Berm/retaining wall terracing of slopes

towards SE

Start of Construction

Phase

5th to 7th

5 Ecology and Biodiversity

Development of Green Belt

Start of Construction

Phase

5th to 7th

6 Socioeconomic Employing local youth , contractors,suppliers etc

Through out construction

phase

5th to 11th

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 11 –Executive summary and conclusion

Environmental Consultant Page 278

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

No. Broad category of

EMP Measures

Typical Examples Phase to be taken up

Approximate Months

7 Technological initiatives for

Water/Air Pollution Control

Construction of ETP, Leachate tank, Sediment traps on garland drains

Mid of Construction

Phase

8th to 10th

Rain Water harvesting Mid of Construction

Phase

8th to 10th

Erection of scrubbers, bag filters etc

Mid of Construction

phase

8th to 10th

On line monitoring equipment for ETP and

stack

End of construction

phase

10th to 11th

8 Administrative Measures

PPE for staff Through out construction

phase

5th to 11th

Insurance cover for staff Before start of construction

/erection at site

4th

Public liability Insurance cover

End of construction

phase

11th

9 Engineering Measures

HAZOP of scrubbers and other Pollution control

Equipment, Fuel Storage Tank

Before start of erection at site

7th to 9th

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 11 –Executive summary and conclusion

Environmental Consultant Page 279

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION

Introduction

Management of pollution and the waste generated from the industries is always been a challenging task faced by the country. As per EIA Notification S.O.No 1533 dated 14th Sep

2006 the proposed project falling under Project / Activity 7 (d) Common Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage and Disposal Facility (TSDFs), Category “A” and requires environmental clearance from EAC, MOEF, New Delhi.

The proposal was considered by the Expert Appraisal Committee in its 4th EAC (Infra 2) Meeting held on 29th March 2016 for determination of the Terms of Reference (TOR) for undertaking detailed EIA Study in accordance with the provisions of the EIA notification dated September 14, 2006.

Company and project proponent

SMS ENVOCARE LTD. is Group Company of SMS Ltd., Nagpur engaged in providing

Environmental Infrastructure projects and Consultancy Services. The company has the expertise of Management of Hazardous Waste providing total solutions for scientific treatment & disposal of various types of wastes solid as well as liquid by the latest eco-friendly technologies. SMS ENVOCARE LTD has dedicated team of highly professional well-experienced personnel having rich expertise in Environmental Sector. In a short span of time it has emerged as one of the major Environmental Infrastructure Development and Renewable Energy Company.

SMS Envocare is the group company promoted by SMS Ltd. In a short span of time the company has emerged as one of the major Environmental Infrastructure development and Renewable Energy Company.

Objectives

• To provide specialized services & solutions to diversified Environmental Issues by Disposal of Hazardous Waste.

• To develop Common Solid as well as liquid waste management & disposal sites on BOO, BOOT & EPC basis and emerge as one of the finest Waste Management Companies.

• To assist entrepreneurs in getting all legal & Environmental clearances right from establishment to commissioning.

• To train industry for effective management of Effluent & Hazardous Waste.

• To provide Analytical services to the Industries.

This chapter includes the overall justification for implementation of the Project and how adverse effects will be mitigated in construction as well as in operation Phase

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 11 –Executive summary and conclusion

Environmental Consultant Page 280

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

• To improve the efficiency of the existing ETP by doing performance audit.

• To train industries on 3R (Reduce, Recycle & Reuse) concept.

The company believes in adopting the best eco-friendly technology available world over for the scientific disposal of wastes. Hence in 2005-06 the company signed an agreement with Westinghouse Corporation US (Now Alter NRG Corporation Canada) for destruction of Incinerable Hazardous Waste by Plasma Gasification Vitrification Technology. This state of the art Technology is being used at the two TSDF Sites of the company. Looking at the need of the hour SMS Envocare has started various other Environmental Service that will help the Entrepreneurs in making this globe clean, Green & Ecofriendly.

Major Environmental projects of the company:

• Two state of the art Common Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage, Disposal Facilities (CHWTSDF's) at Ranjangaon, near Pune & Butibori near Nagpur.

• Four Common Effluent Treatment Plants at Butibori, near Nagpur, Kagal near Kolhapur, Walunj near Aurangabad & Amravati near Nagpur.

• Five Common Bio-Medical Waste Treatment & Disposal Facilities at Delhi, Mumbai, Aurangabad, Nasik Luckhnow & Raipur.

• Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) at Bhandewadi near Nagpur

• Hydro Power Project at Pench near Nagpur

• Integrated Waste Management Facility (IWMF) at Bangalore

• Produced Waste Treatment Plant at Nada near Gujarat

• Environment Consultancies at 7 locations in India

• Two State-of –the-art Laboratories at Pune & Nagpur

Project description

The proposed CHWTSDF has secured landfill and incineration facility which will be executed on phased manner. The project capacity details are given below

Table 11-1 Proposed project details

Description Capacity

Direct Landfill 25,000 T

Incineration 1.5 T/Hr

Area 77,574 sq m

Estimated project cost Rs. 98 Crores

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 11 –Executive summary and conclusion

Environmental Consultant Page 281

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

The site will be operated on BOOT basis. The overall facility shall be so designed in a manner which is reliable and cater for present and for the foreseeable future.

Overall objectives

The overall objectives of setting up the facility are: -

• To ensure that the environmental impacts due hazardous waste disposal are minimized

• To ensure that resource conservation is maximized

• To ensure techno-economic feasibility of the project

• To enable the TSDF to handle the hazardous wastes in a lawful manner

• To prevent accumulation of the hazardous wastes at the facility

• To establish an administrative framework and have necessary infrastructure to ensure proper collection, transport, transit storage, treatment and disposal of the hazardous wastes

• To minimize the health effects associated with hazardous waste handling and management activities

• To ensure the technical reliability of the adopted technology in terms of safety, flexibility and sustainability under local conditions

• To ensure compliance with regulatory requirements at every stage of hazardous

solid waste handling.

Land details

The project is being developed at plot no 5, Pissurlem Industrial Estate as common hazardous waste treatment, storage and disposal facility

The details of the land area breakup is given below

Table 11-2Land area break up

No Particular Area in sq.m % of area

A Total plot area 77,574 100

Break up of A as follows

1 Secured landfill - 1 18025.864 23.07

2 Secured landfill - 2 16232.931 20.78

3 Incineration plant 20,556 26.31

4 Guard / security cabin 15 0.02

5 DG set shed 30 0.04

6 Switch yard 150 0.19

7 Substation / panel room 120 0.15

8 Admin building cum Laboratory 400 0.51

9 Canteen 150 0.19

10 Workers amenities 125 0.16

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 11 –Executive summary and conclusion

Environmental Consultant Page 282

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

No Particular Area in sq.m % of area

11 Weigh bridge 45 0.06

12 Weigh bridge cabin 10.56 0.01

13 Material storage shed 200 0.26

14 Workshop 200 0.26

15 Water resrvoir 1000 1.28

16 Hazardous waste storage shed 1500 1.92

17 Stabilisation shed 1200 1.54

18 Batching plant shed 300 0.38

19 Vehicle wash area 130 0.17

20 Vehicle maintenance shed 200 0.26

21 Effluent treatment plant 450 0.58

22 Lechate collection tank 150 0.19

Water requirement and waste water generation

Water requirement for the project is 205 CMD which will be met through the supply from Goa IDC. The details of the water balance are given in table below

Table 11-3 Water Requirement And Waste Water Generation

Power and Fuel requirement

The details of the power required for operation of the facility and fuel required for running DG sets for emergency use during power failure are given in table below

Table 11-4 Power and fuel requirement Details of requirement Capacity Remarks Power 250 KVA From Goa state electricity board DG Set 320 KVA DG set will be used as emergency power

back up Diesel for DG set 150 LPD Diesel sulphur content < 0.05 % Incineration

Sr No UtilityWater required

in (CMD)

Consumption /

losses (CMD)

Waste water

(effluent)generation

(CMD)

Method of waste water treatment

and disposal

1 Domestic 30 6 24Treatment at Sewage treatment plant and

treted water to be used for Gardening

2 Vehicle wash / tyre wash/ Lab 5 0 5

3 Boiler / Cooling Towers 70 34 36

4 Incinerator / scrubber 35 15 20

6

Corporate social

responsibility activity & other

civil works

45 45 - For CSR actvities and other civil works

7 Green belt 20 20 - Gardening and Landscaping

Total 205 120 85

Treatment through solar evaporation

pond / effluent treatment plant / forced

evaporation and residual salsts disposed

off to landfill

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 11 –Executive summary and conclusion

Environmental Consultant Page 283

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

LDO 227 kg/hr For Incineration Coal/husk/bagasse 450 kg/hr For Boiler for MEE

Manpower requirement

A detail of the skilled and unskilled manpower for the proposed project during construction and operational phase is given below in table below

Table 11-5 Manpower Requirement Sr No Details Construction Operation Remark 1 Management/skilled - 3 Permanent 2 Semiskilled - 9 Permanent 3 Unskilled 15 15 On Contract Total 15 27 - Indirect employment during project construction stage will be around 50

Descripment of Environment and Baseline status

Study period and area

Baseline environmental study was carried out from March 2016 to May 2016 (3 months) within 10 km radius of the proposed site.

Air samples from 7 locations (1 onsite and 6 within study area), Tube well water samples from 6 locations, and soil samples from 15 locations were collected and analyzed.

Noise measurement was carried out at 7 locations.

Land use and land cover

Land use of study area is classified as mixed vegetation land (~36.45%), Miderately dense vegetation land (~19.30%), Scrub land (~15.82%), open land (~8.58%), dense vegetation(~6.17%), Pantation (~3.69%), Fallow land (~2.99%), Mining area (~3.23 %) and balance others.

Meterology

Site specific meteorological data was collected at Pissurlem site shows maximum and minimum temperature as 34.6°C & 21.5°C respectively.

Relative humidity is in the range of 89 to 83 %

Average speed is in range of 3.6 to 4.8 km/hr and predominant wind direction is from west and North West.

Soil quality within study area

The broad findings of the soil quality are as follows:

From the data it is readily seen that soil is acidic and is of Sandy loam or Sandy Clay Loam type. The Organic carbon is medium to high, Nitrogen content is medium to good, Phosphorous content is low and the Potash content is low to medium. The Water holding capacity is fairly high. Soils have low conductivity.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 11 –Executive summary and conclusion

Environmental Consultant Page 284

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Soil quality in site:

• The soil texture varies from Sandy Clay Loam (SCL) to Sandy Loam (SL), soil colour from Brown (B) to Dark Brown (DB) and pH from 5.3 to 6.6, as expected considering the high rainfall in the area Acidic nature is the characteristic feature of lateritic soil

• Soil depth is moderate to deep (> 1 m to 2.0 m) and the soil clay being Kaolinitic in nature, the Water Holding Capacity (WHC) is satisfactory (26 to 40 %).

• Due to light to medium texture and lateritic mineralogy the CEC is low and ranges from 0.2 to 0.6 umhos/cmindicating that the soils are totally free from the problems of salinity and alkalinity and this is normally the case in highly weathered soils formed in warm and high rainfall regions of the West Coast of India, dominated by

the South-West monsoon.

• The soils have a moderately high Organic Carbon (>0.4%) and good/better content of Total Nitrogen (>125 kg/Ha), as expected in soils of humid region with ample vegetation cover.

• The soil is predominantly sandy with less silt and still less clay percentage. Hence, the moisture content is less. Thus, due to sandy nature of the soil indicative possibility of free passage to groundwater.

• Thus, the development of TSDF site needs to be done with suitable precautions.

• The soil samples do not show presence of heavy metals indicative of absence of industrial pollution.

• The Ca content ranges from medium to low (96 mg/kg to 240 mg/kg).

• Except for the exceptionally high levels of Fe (>100 mg/kg), all other trace elements range from Not Detectable (ND) to very Low levels. However, only in three cases the levels of Mn and Zn were detected as High due to localized abnormalities.

Ambient air quality

The broad findings of the ambient air quality monitoring are as follows:

• Avg. Concentration of PM10 is varying from 14.2 μg/m3 to 30.8 μg/m3 mainly due to industrial activities within IDC area.

• Avg. Concentration of PM2.5 is varying from 4.1 μg/m3 to 9.6 μg/m3 mainly due to

traffic on Goa IDC road & nearby village roads.

• Avg. Concentration of SO2 is varying from 6.3 μg/m3 to 12.6 μg/m3 mainly due to industrial activities in study area.

• Avg. Concentration of NOx is varying from 16.8 μg/m3 to 26.2 μg/m3 mainly due to industrial activity/ traffic along road.

• Avg. Concentration of CO & HCl is found to be Below Detectable limit.

Concentration of gaseous pollutants (like PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, CO) is below the specified CPCB norms. Hence ambient air in the 10 km study zone is well within the norms laid down by CPCB. Thus, it can be concluded that ambient air quality in the area is not polluted.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 11 –Executive summary and conclusion

Environmental Consultant Page 285

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Noise

Noise level at all locations were well below the permissible limit of Ambient Air Quality Standards in Respect of Noise. It varies from 50.5 (at Ovaliem Village) to 55.7 (at Buimpal village) during day time and 43.1 (at Mann Village) to 48.4 (at Buimpal village) during night time.

Borewell water quality

The site is away from Habitation, being recently developed as industrial area, surrounded by few industrial units. The industrial units get their daily water from tanker supply and Municipal water is supplied by Padocem water Treatment Plant part of Sanquelim Water supply scheme. The project area is flanked by forests and greenery. There is very little human habitation except in small hamlets. Hence, all the parameters of groundwater are well within the permissible limits. The dissolved salts (TDS), Chlorides, Sulphates, as also Calcium and Magnesium, Alkalinity are also less. Heavy metals and other elements (Iron, Manganese etc) content is within limits. Absence heavy metals underlines low water polluting potential of industrial development and thereby onus on the industries and the CHWTSDF authorities to take adequate precautions and maintain the same in future. Most of the ground water samples collected also pass the microbiological quality requirement. Thus, the groundwater meets the Drinking Water Quality Standards as per IS 10500 :2012 and can be called as Potable Water.

Biological environment

The primary observations of Study area were compared with available secondary information of North Goa on Forest Department website of Goa are summarized below:

Table 11-6 Comparison of Primary & Secondary data FLORA FAUNA

Category Primary Secondary Category Primary Secondary TREES 91 104 MAMMALS 21 42

SHRUBS 50 15 REPTILES 8 35 HERBS 16 19 BIRDS 84 156

GRASSES 34 - BUTTERFLY 14 - CLIMBERS 15 - EPIPHYTES 5 -

FERNS 3 -

Source: List of Flora & Fauna commonly observed in North Goa, Goa Forest Department Website; Table EB1, ANNEXURE 3.4A.

The primary & secondary information was comparable, except for Birds & Mammals, as the sightings are rare & based on certain time of day.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 11 –Executive summary and conclusion

Environmental Consultant Page 286

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

The number of mines, urbanization, modernizations, developing infrastructures etc was observed in west half of Study area, while the right half is still rural and well protected in view of eco-sensitivity and diversity.

There are about 21 trees on site none of which have any significant ecological value.

Socio economic environment

Social studies were carried out covering the following topics within the study area. The summary of the results are also provided:

• The table indicates that the villages are small with average 500 houses. Even the big towns like Onda and Valpoi has a population not more than 8000 people. The number of children in each village is small indicating a low fertility rate. This has a direct

correlation with the decreasing trend of early marriages in Goa.

• The above table indicates that Total population in study area is 48,306 & no. of persons per household is about 4.9.

• Primary survey was carried out by QCI NABET accredited FAE by visiting various villages in study area. Major findings as below:

- Educational Facilities: All villages have a primary school i.e. upto 4th grade. The secondary school is located in medium to large size villages catering to 4-5 villages in the vicinity. In addition there are some private schools and in recent years people prefer to send their children to private schools instead of government schools.

- Literacy rate is about 89.57 % in the study area;

- Drinking water: Tap water connections are available in study area. All villages reported of tap water connection and they receive water supply daily for 2 hours.

- Power supply is available in all villages.

Anticipated Environmental Impacts and mitigation measures

Air environment

Dispersion modeling (ISCST3) is carried out for point and line sources.

This indicates:

• Maximum 24 hourly average GLC’s for PM10 (1.81 μg/m3), SO2 (5.24 μg/m3), NOx (8.19 μg/m3) & HCl (0.96 μg/m3) are within 250 m from the proposed site;

• Post project even after addition of Incremental GLC’s the ambient air quality at all villages will continue to be well within specified norms of CPCB (NAAQ std, 2009).

Mitigation Measures for Air Quality Impacts

o Adequate stack height shall be provided based on CPCB norms for Incinerator and Boiler

o The boilers shall be operated on Coal/husk/bagasse. Any change will impact the environment adversely and hence should be done only with proper studies and approval of authorities.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 11 –Executive summary and conclusion

Environmental Consultant Page 287

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

o APCs provided (Quench / scrubbers for process vents, stacks for incinerator and boiler) will be maintained to ensure lowest possible pollutant levels in emission. All applicable standards for emission quality will be strictly complied.

o The uninterrupted operation of all APC will be ensured during time of operation of respective utility.

o DG sets will be run only in emergency power requirement / power supply failure from electricity department.

o Incinerator stack will be provided with Continuous Online Stack monitoring system for various parameters as identified by CPCB. The system will be hooked up to the GSPCB/ CPCB server.

Traffic

From the proposed facility, approximately on daily basis, 2 - 3 trucks per day is expected & will use the road connecting Site to Pissurlem village for transportation of hazardous waste.

To ensure smooth traffic movement in the plant, proper in and out movement and

parking of vehicles at designated area will be ensured. Additional mitigation measures:

• Trucks with be covered with tarpaulins before traveling on public roads;

• PUC Certified vehicles will be used;

• The engines and exhaust systems of all vehicles and equipment used will be maintained.

Noise environment

Passive and active controls such as noise barriers or acoustic enclosure will be provided. Use of suitable PPE (ear muffs or ear plugs) will be ensured. Thick green belt will be developed in the periphery of the facility.

Water environment

The unit will comply the ZLD system. Lechate will be treated within the system and will be reused. Rainwater harvesting system is proposed to store the water & reuse for various operations. Separate STP will be provided to treat & reuse domestic sewage.

Land environment

Land use will change from barren to industrial. Topography of the site will be changed as excavation and paving of site will be carried out.

The excavated soil will be used for leveling the premises and care should be taken for disposal of the remaining, if any. Proper storm water drain will be developed. Garland drains will be provided around the site & will be taken to through filter bunds constructed out of lateritic rock to ensure settlement of solids. It is recommended that the proponent take up Terracing on the South east of the plot & nearby vacant area in association with IDC. Top soil will be collected separately & used for Green belt development.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 11 –Executive summary and conclusion

Environmental Consultant Page 288

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Biological environment

Removal of common site specific floral species will not have significant or permanent impact on the habitat structure of associated faunal diversity. The identified impacts show that, release of gaseous emissions from Incinerator in operational phase rated as moderate.

Since the emissions from the plant are regulated and will be low with respect to the specified norms, and since project proponent will have dense green belt at and around the site the form of several species, biological environment will be protected.

Socio economic environment

While assessing the socio-economic and sociological impact including health impacts to

surrounding people, it has been noticed that the upcoming project will bring job opportunities for the local people, during the construction (100 Nos.) & operation phase (30 Nos).

Environmental Monitoring Program

The EIA has identified four stages of project namely:

- Construction phase involving Preliminary investigations, designing & Site preparation etc. (3 months) & Civil works/ Mechanical erection (6 months)

- Commissioning phase (2 months)

- Operation phase: Operation of secured landfill & Common HW Incinerator (15

years)

- Closure & Post Closure phase (30 years)

The activities to be carried out, Environemtnal impacts & Mitigation measures for each phase along with detailed monitoring/ reporting schedule/ Inspections requirements have been presented.

It is expected that SMSEL shall incur approximate capital expenditure of about INR 430 Lacs and an annual recurring expenditure of about INR 60 Lacs, on environmental matters. SMSEL proposes CSR budget of Rs. 25 Lakhs. Detailed CSR plan is also presented.

Additional Studies

Public hearing is exempted as per para 7(i) III Stage (3)(i)(b) of EIA Notification, 2006 for preparation of EIA/EMP Report, being site is in the Notified industrial area (Goa IDC).

Risk Assessment, Hazard identification and consequence analysis

The principal objective of the risk assessment study is to identify and quantify the major hazards and the risk associated with various operations of the proposed project, which may lead to emergency consequences (disasters) affecting the public safety and health. All necessary measures to minimize the risk due to the proposed project will be taken during design stage and also during operation period viz, Fire & safety control measures, Emergency preparedness plan, Disaster Management plan, etc.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 11 –Executive summary and conclusion

Environmental Consultant Page 289

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

During operation of the proposed TSDF & Incineration Site, following activities can pose hazards and risk to human and surrounding environment:

• Storage of HSD (High Speed Diesel);

• Loading and unloading hazardous waste - mechanical movements;

• Contact with hazardous chemicals;

• Storage of Incinerable and landfillable Waste.

Scenarios considered for simulation in ALOHA software catastrophic rupture for HSD tank.

It is predicted that for HSD storage, with failure scenario, leak will have high radiation

level of 10 kw/m2 in early late pool fire within 10 m.

Some of the risk mitigation measures to be taken during transportation:

• Transportation of waste by covered vehicles;

• Regular training to drivers to handle emergency situation during transportation of waste;

• Implementation of TREM card.

Various natural hazards scenarios which can lead to disasters have also been studied. These include Earthquakes, Flooding, Landslide.

SMSEL will develop detailed emergency management system (onsite emergency plan) to tackle any emergency situation for proposed facilities.

Project Benefits

From the proposed project the major benefits, include improving the degraded environment by establishing an Integrated Common Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage, Disposal and incineration Facilities.

• The proposed project facilitates better management of the industrial wastes.

• It will be the showcase for other states for management of hazardous waste with additional benefit of green and clean Environment.

• It minimizes the pollution load on environment from industrial hazardous waste

• Compliance with prescribed regulatory norms which in turn avert the risk of closure on account of violation of rules

• It reduces the number of hazardous waste storage sites in Individual industries in Goa as also reduces transport of incinerable waste to other states & thus eliminates the pollution potential

• The management of wastes is relatively easier & economically viable at common facility.

• Cost of environmental monitoring is less at common facility

• Better occupational health and safety at individual industry level

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 11 –Executive summary and conclusion

Environmental Consultant Page 290

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

• Prevention of natural resource contamination thereby improving overall environmental status of the region

Environmental monitoring plan

The Environmental management plan during varios phases is discussed in Chapter 6 & 8. It is summerised below in terms of aspects impact and management,

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 11 –Executive summary and conclusion

Environmental Consultant Page 291

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Table 11-7 Environmental Management Plan Aspect (expected) due to proposed

activity Impact Management plan

Air Environment Emission from site (PM, SO2, NOx, HCl, HF, CO & TOC from proposed Incinerator and boiler)

250 to 500 meters in SW Direction from site

Ensuring adequate stack height ~ 31m for boiler and incinerator Online monitoring system to be in place; Ensuring periodic monitoring of stacks by third party.

Fugitive emissions and generation of odor

Within 100 m from the source

Wet scrubbing system involving removal of odor by absorption will be ensured; Species for odor suppression in the project site shall be planted; Ensuring periodic work place monitoring for VOC & H2S.

Emission of HC, NOx, CO and Dust generation due to waste transportation activity

Within 100 m of road route connecting site via Pissurlem

Ensuring that tansportation of hazardous waste is carried out in covered trucks.

Water Environment Monitoring of Surface water for pH, Color, EC, Turbidity (NTU), SS, TDS, TOC, DO, BOD, COD, heavy metals (such as Pb, Cd, Zn, Cu, Cr, Hg, Ni), Fe, CN, F, As and MN, Cl, NO3, SO4, TKN, Total alkalinity, Total hardness.

Nearest water bodies Ensuring periodic monitoring; Strom water management; Rain water harvesting for storage.

Ground water should be analyzed for pH, Color, EC, Turbidity (NTU), SS, TDS, TOC, COD, heavy metals

Around the project site Ensuring installation of Piezometric wells to monitor ground water.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 11 –Executive summary and conclusion

Environmental Consultant Page 292

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Aspect (expected) due to proposed activity

Impact Management plan

(such as Pb, Cd, Cu, Zn, Cr, Hg, Ni), Fe, CN, F, As and Mn, Cl, NO3, SO4, TKN, Total Alkalinity, Total hardness and total pesticides

Land Environment Soil analysis for pH, Color, EC, TSS, PAH, heavy metals (such as Pb, Cd, Zn, Cu, Cr, Hg, Ni), CN, F, As and Mn

Around the project site Ensuring monitoring during Pre & post monsoon and in the event of accidental spillage.

Noise Environment Noise generation due to construction activities.

Workers at site Properly certified, tested and calibrated equipment will be used; Ear muffs and ear plugs will be provided to workers.

Noise generation due to operation of various equipment like pumps, blowers, compressors, DG Sets

Workers at site At design stage, procurement of low Noise equipments to be ensured; Proper engineering control measures will be taken; Periodic maintenance of equipment shall be ensured; Green belt will be maintained around the site.

Social Environment Job opportunities, ancillary developments in and around project site and CSR activities

Nearby Localities Timely approval of funds for new and proposed CSR activities.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 11 –Executive summary and conclusion

Environmental Consultant Page 293

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Green belt

Greenbelt will be developed includes periphery plantation, road side plantation and plantation around various buildings. Well developed greenbelt off area ~ 7230 sq m consisting different species of trees.

Rain water harvesting

Rain water harvesting shall be implemented at site.

Conclusion

As per the Baseline studies project site has 2 Wildlife sanctuaries (Mhadei WLS at 2.5 km N & Bondla WLS 8.5 km S) having Eco sensitive zones of 1 km each as notified by MoEFCC. Also, site is located near Western Ghat having few villages identified as ESA villages as per Draft notification of MoEFCC.

Appropriate air pollution control equipment, treatment of waste water generation &

reuse and solid / hazardous waste management lead to very negligible environmental impact which will be mitigated by taking preventive measures.

Implementation of well-defined and practiced Onsite-Offsite management plan by experienced and trained staff will developed.

There is employment potential for skilled, semi- skilled and unskilled labors both during

construction and operational phases of the project.

Setting up of CHWTSDF facility is mandatory requirement for Medium waste generating states like Goa. In absence of CHWTSDF facility industries have to send their incinerable hazardous waste to Maharashtra & store landfillable waste within their premises. Both of the above are dangerous since it involves transportation of HW over long distance, storage in each industry where it is difficult to have strict supervision & control & results in creation of pollution hotspots. Thus, this project will immensely help in safe & scientific disposal of Hazardous waste.

The EIA study has concluded that the project would be environmentally acceptable, in compliance with environmental legislation and standards. Hence the proposed project may be considered for granting Environmental Clearance.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 11 –Executive summary and conclusion

Environmental Consultant Page 294

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Environmental Impact Assessment SMS Envocare limited

Chapter 12 –Disclosure of Consultant engaged

Environmental Consultant Page 295

Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED

Name : ADITYA ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES PVT. LTD.

Reg. Office : 107, Hiren Light Indl. Estate, Mogul Lane, Mahim, Mumbai – 400016

Phone No. : 022 42127500 Email id : adityaenviro@vsnl.com

Central Lab : P-1, MIDC Mohopada, P.O. Rasayani, Dist. Raigad Pin 410207

Phone No. : 02192 252008 Email id : aespvtltd@yahoo.com

Branches :

Goa : 08322652456 Ahmedabad : 079 40063271

Pune : 915802585 Delhi : 011 64595949

Baroda : 02652331790

Accreditation Obtained

: 1. ‘A’ Category EIA Consultancy Organization by QCI-NABET 2. Recognized by MoEFCC as “Environmental Laboratory” vide S.O.No.

1190 (E) dt. 01.05.2014 valid up to 30.04.2019 3. ISO 9001:2008 Certified 4. OHSAS 18001:2007 Certified

Services Offered by

AESPL

: Environmental planning studies

Policy planning studies for CPCB, MPCB and other agencies like World Bank.

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) & Environment Management Plan (EMP)

Risk Analysis Studies & On Site/Off Site Emergency Management Plan.

Environment Health & Safety audits & Due Diligence audits

Effluent Characterization & Treatability Studies

Project Management Consultancy for Effluent Treatment Plants

Ventilation, work room air quality surveys

Air pollution control system design

Analytical Services covering entire spectrum of environmental analysis

➢ Ambient air monitoring

➢ Ambient noise level monitoring

➢ Ground & Surface water analysis

➢ Soil analysis

➢ Marine water & sediment analysis

➢ Ecological & Biodiversity surveys

➢ Socio-economic surveys

➢ Hydro-geological surveys

Coastal engineering & coastal process studies & management plans

Website : www.aespl.co.in

This chapter includes disclosure of the consultant’s engaged with their brief resume and nature of Consultency rendered.